SERVICE MANUAL FACSIMILE MODEL FO-4500

CAUTION 

SERVICE MANUAL 

SHARP CORPORATION 

No. 00ZFO4500HSME 

FACSIMILE 

MODEL FO-4500 

This laser printer is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 of the CDRH standard. This means 

that this machine does not produce a hazardous laser radiation. The use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures 

other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. 

This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achieved on the eyes retina, there is 

danger of spot damage to the retina. 

The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time of servicing. 

1) When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred, the whole optical unit must be exchanged as a unit, not an individual part. 

2) Do not look into the machine with the main switch turned on after removing the toner/developer unit and drum cartridge. 

3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the laser optical unit with the connector connected when removing and installing 

the optical system. 

4) The cover of Laser Printer Unit contains the safety interlock switch. 

Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot. 

CLASS 1 

LASER PRODUCT 

LASER KLASSE 1 

Laser Wave Length : 770-810 mm 

Laser Pulse Times : 49.2 μs 

Laser Output Power : 0.37 mW ±10% 

Parts marked with " " is important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified 

ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set. 

FO-4500H 

This document has been published to be used 

for after sales service only. 

The contents are subject to change without notice.


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

[1] Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 

[2] Operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 

[3] Transmittable documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 

[4] Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 

[5] Quick reference guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 

CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS 

[1] Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 

[2] Diagnostics and service soft switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 

[3] Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 

[4] Error code table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 

CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION 

[1] Mechanical description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 

[2] Printer description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 

[3] Disassembly/assembly procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 

CHAPTER 4. DIAGRAMS 

[1] Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 

[2] Wiring diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 

[3] Point to point diagram and connector signal name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 

CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 

[1] Circuit description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 

[2] Circuit description of control PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 

[3] Circuit description of TEL/LIU PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 

[4] Circuit description of CCD PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 

[5] Circuit description of operation PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 

[6] Circuit description of power supply PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 

CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS LAYOUT 

[1] Control PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 

[2] TEL/LIU PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 

[3] Power supply PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 

[4] Operation panel PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 

[5] CCD PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 

[6] Printer control PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 

CHAPTER 7. OPERATION FLOWCHART 

[1] Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 

[2] Power on sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 

CHAPTER 8. OTHERS 

[1] Service Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 

[2] IC signal name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 

PARTS GUIDE

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

[1] Specifications 

• GENERAL 

Applicable telephone Public switched telephone network/PBX 

line: 

Compatibility: ITU-T (CCITT) G3 mode 

Configuration: Half-duplex, desktop transceiver 

Compression scheme: MH, MR, MMR and Sharp special mode 

Memory size*: 1 MB (approx. 50 average pages) 

Memory option: 1 MB/2 MB Flash Memory 

Scanning method: Flat-bed, solid-state CCD 

Resolution: Horizontal: 

8 dots/mm 

Vertical: 

Standard – 3.85 lines/mm 

Fine/Halftone – 7.7 lines/mm 

Super fine – 15.4 lines/mm 

Printing density: Horizontal: 

16 lines/mm 

Vertical: 

15.4 lines/mm 

Reception modes: Auto/Manual switching 

Modem speed: 14400 bps with automatic fallback to 

12000, 9600, 7200, 4800, or 2400 bps 

Transmission time*: Approx. 6 seconds (Sharp specil mode) 

Input document size: Automatic feeding: 

Width – 148 to 280 mm 

Length – 128 to 364 mm 

Manual feeding: 

Width – 148 to 280 mm 

Length – 128 to 432 mm 

Paper capacity: 650 sheets 

Automatic document 50 documents max. 

feeder: 

 

Effective scanning width: 256 mm 

Effective recording width: 203 mm 

Copy function: Single/Multi-copy/Sort-copy 

(99 copies/page) 

Halftone (gray scale): 64 levels 

Noise emission: Less than 70 dBA (Measured according 

to DIN 45635.) 

Power requirements: 230 V AC, 50 Hz 

Operating environment: 10-30°C, 20 to 85% RH 

Power consumption: Stand-by: 11 W 

Maximum: 550 W 

Dimensions: Width: 351 mm 

Depth: 582 mm 

Height: 349 mm 

Weight: Approx. 18.5 kg 

• PRINTER SECTION 

Type: Desktop, Laser Beam Printer 

Print system: Electrostatic Dry Powdered Imaging 

System 

Exposure system: Laser Diode + Polygon Mirror 

Scanning 

Resolution: Horizontal: 406 (dot/inch) 

Vertical: 391 (dot/inch) 

Print speed: 6 pages per minute 

(Letter size paper) 

First print time: Within 19 seconds (face down) 

Warming-up time: Within 35 sec. 

Operating environment: Temperature: 10-30˚C 

Humidity: 20-80%RH 

Toner cartridge life: 3,700 prints or more (when black-towhite 

ratio on print is 4% or less) 

Photo conductor cartridge life: 20,000 prints or more (when blackto-white 

ratio on print is 4% or less) 

* Based on ITU-T (CCITT) Test Chart #1 at standard resolution in 

Sharp special mode, excluding time for protocol signals (i.e., ITU- 

T phase C time only). 

To avoid problems with supplies, please don’t use supplies from other units. Please use new supplies, when supply changes are required. 

1 – 1 

FO-4500H


[2] Operation panel (1) 

LINE STATUS light 

This lights when the 

fax machine or other 

device sharing the 

same line is using 

the telephone line. 

Display 

This displays various 

messages during 

operation and 

programming. 

Service indicator 

This lights when a 

problem occurs which 

must be fixed by a 

service engineer. 

Drum cartridge indicator 

This blinks when the drum 

cartridge nears the end of 

its life, and lights steadily 

when the drum cartridge 

needs replacement. 

SPEED DIAL key 

Press this key to dial 

a Speed Dial number. 

Dial keypad (numeric keys) 

Use these keys to dial 

and program numbers. 

REDIAL key 

Press this key to automatically 

redial the last number dialed. 

CHANGEOVER key 

Two types of information appear in the display: prompts related to 

operations you are performing, and information about how the fax 

is using the telephone line (transmitting, receiving, etc.). Press this 

key to switch between the two types of information. 

Toner cartridge indicator 

This blinks when toner nears 

empty, and lights steadily 

when the toner cartridge 

needs replacement. 

GHI 

SPEAKER key 

Press this key to hear 

the line and fax tones 

through the speaker 

when sending a 

document. 

FUNCTION key 

Press this key to select 

various special functions. 

ABC 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 

7 8 9 

0 

DEF 

JKL MNO 

PQRS TUV WXYZ 

BROADCAST key 

Press this key to send a 

document to a group of 

receiving fax machines. 

FUNCTION 

SPEED DIAL 

REDIAL 

SPEAKER 

STOP key 

Press this key to 

stop operations 

before they are 

completed. 

COVER SHEET key 

Press this key to include 

a cover sheet with a 

transmitted document. 

LINE-STATUS RESOLUTION 

IN USE STANDARD 

FINE 

SUPER FINE 

HALF TONE 

CHANGEOVER 

Paper out indicator 

This blinks when one of the 

paper sources (cassette or tray) 

is out of paper, and lights steadily 

when all sources are out of paper. 

COPY key 

Press this key to make 

a copy of a document. 

1 – 2 

COPY REPORT DOCUMENT 

BROADCAST COVER SHEET PRIORITY 

STOP START 

START key 


send or receive 

a document. 

REPORT key 

Press this key to print out 

a report on the transaction 

just completed. 

RESOLUTION key 


adjust the resolution 

before sending or 

copying a document. 

DOCUMENT key 

Press this key to transmit 

a document without 

reading it into memory. 

PRIORITY key 

Press this key when 

you want to transmit 

a document ahead of 

other documents 

waiting in memory 

for transmission.

Operation panel (2) 

Rapid Dial keys 

Press one of these keys to dial a fax 

or voice number automatically (these 

keys also serve as letter entry keys 

when storing a name). 

01 

A 

09 

I 

17 

Q 

25 

Y 

02 

B 

10 

J 

18 

R 

26 

Z 

03 

C 

11 

K 

19 

SPACE key 

Press this key to enter a 

space when storing a name. 

S 

04 

D 

12 

L 

20 

T 

05 

E 

13 

M 

21 

U 

27 28 29 30 31 32 

06 

F 

14 

N 

22 

V 

07 

G 

15 

O 

23 

W 

08 

H 

16 

P 

24 

X 

Y Z 

SPACE SHIFT SP CLEAR SPACE SHIFT SP CLEAR 

CLEAR key 

Press this key to clear 

mistakes when storing 

names and numbers. 

SP key 

Press this key to enter 

symbols when storing 

a name. 

SHIFT key 

Press this key to switch 

between upper and 

lower case when storing 

a name. 

PAGE COUNTER key 

Press this key to have a slash and 

the total number of pages added 

after each page number on the 

pages of a transmitted document. 

CONTRAST key 

Press this key to adjust the 

contrast before sending or 

copying a document. 

(Flip up the 

Rapid Key 

overlay) 

key, key 

Press these keys to move 

the cursor forward and 

backward when storing 

names and numbers. 

1 – 3 

33 

A 

41 

I 

Q 

B 

J 

CONTRAST PAGE COUNTER CONFIDENTIAL TIMER 

DUPLEX SCAN 

34 

42 

DUPLEX SCAN key 


transmit or copy 

two-sided documents. 

TIMER key 

Press this key to set an 

operation to be performed 

automatically at a later time. 

CONFIDENTIAL key 

Press this key to send or 

print out a confidential 

document. 

R 

R 

35 

C 

43 

K 

S 

36 

D 

44 

L 

T 

37 

E 

45 

M 

RELAY 

U 

38 

F 

46 

R key 

If you are on a PBX 

extension, use this 

key to transfer or 

put the other party 

on hold. 

RELAY key 

Press this key to send a document 

to another fax machine and have 

that machine in turn send the 

document to a number of end 

receiving machines. 

N 

V 

LIFE key 

Press this key, followed 

by the "1" key, to check 

the total number of pages 

printed by the fax machine. 

LIFE 

MEM. STATUS key 


check what documents 

that have been 

scanned into memory 

for transmission, 

reception or copying. 

39 

G 

47 

O 

W 

40 

H 

48 

P 

MEM.STATUS SEARCH DIAL 

X 

DOWN UP 


SEARCH DIAL key 


search by name for 

a number stored 

for automatic 

dialing. 

UP and DOWN keys 

Press these keys to adjust 

the volume of the speaker 

when the SPEAKER key 

has been pressed, or the 

volume of the ringer at all 

other times.


[3] Transmittable documents 

1. Document Sizes 

Normal size 

(Min.) 

width 148 – 216 mm 

length 128 – 297 mm 

Use document carrier sheet for smaller documents. 

* With special sizes, only one sheet can be fed into the machine at 

a time. Insert next page into feeder as current page is being 

scanned. 

2. Paper Thickness & Weight 

Weight 

indication 

Thickness 

indication 

Document 

size 

Number of 

ADF sheets 

Paper 

quality 

128 mm 

Product specifications 

Indication Lower Limit Upper Limit 

Metric system 

indication 

52g/m 2 

80g/m 2 

Metric system 

indication 

Document size 

Range 

Document size 

Weight 

(Max.) 

A4 size 

148 mm 216 mm 

[Normal size] 

297 mm 

(Max.) 

216 mm 

[Special size] 

0.06mm 0.1mm 

(148mm × 128mm) ~ 

W letter (279.4mm × 432mm) 

A4 (210mm × 297mm) 

Letter (216mm × 279mm) 

432 mm 

B6 ~ Letter/A4 size 50 sheets 

B4 size/Legal 20 sheets 

W letter size 1 sheet 

90 kg or more 

135 kg or less 1 sheet 

Kind Paper of fine quality/bond paper/Kent 

paper 

3. Document Types 

• Normal paper 

Documents handwritten in pencil (No. 2 lead or softer), fountain 

pen, ball point pen, or felt-tipped pen can be transmitted. 

Documents of normal contrast duplicated by a copying machine 

can also be transmitted. 

• Diazo copy (blueprint) 

Diazo copy documents of a normal contrast may be transmitted. 

• Carbon copy 

A carbon copy may be transmitted if its contrast is normal. 

1 – 4 

4. Cautions on Transmitting Documents 

• Documents written in yellow, greenish yellow, or light blue ink 

cannot be transmitted. 

• Ink, glue, and correcting fluid on documents must be dry before the 

documents can be transmitted. 

• All clips, staples and pins must be removed from documents before 

transmission. 

• Patched (taped) documents should be copied first on a copier and 

then the copies used for transmission. 

• All documents should be fanned before insertion into the feeder to 

prevent possible double feeds. 

5. Automatic Document Feeder Capacity 

Number of pages that can be placed into the feeder at anytime is as 

follows: 

Normal size: max. 50 sheets (14 lbs – 20 lbs) 

Special size: single sheet only (manual feed) 

NOTES: • When you need to send or copy more pages than the 

feeder limit, place additional pages in feeder when last 

page in feeder is being scanned. 

• Place additional pages carefully and gently in feeder. 

If force is used, double-feeding or a document jam may 

result. 

6. Readable Width & Length 

The readable width and length of a document are slightly smaller than 

the actual document size. 

Note that characters or graphics outside the effective document scanning 

range will not be read. 

• Readable width 

208 mm max. 

Readable width 

• Readable length 

This is the length of the document sent minus 4 mm from the top and 

bottom edges. 

4mm 

Readable length 

4mm

7. Use of Document Carrier Sheet 

A document carrier sheet must be used for the following documents. 

• Those with tears. 

• Those smaller than size 148 mm (W) × 128 mm (L). 

• Carbon-backed documents 

Direction of insertion 

NOTE: To transmit a carbon-backed document, insert a white 

sheet of paper between the carbon back of the document 

and the document carrier. 

• Those containing an easily separable writing substance (e.g., tracing 

paper written on with a soft, heavy lead pencil). 

NOTES: • When using the document carrier, carefully read the instructions 

written on the back. 

• If the document carrier is dirty, clean it with a soft, moist 

cloth, and then dry it before using for transmission. 

• Do not place more than one document in the carrier at a 

time. 

• The thickness of document which can be held with the carrier 

sheet is up to 20 lb. 

[4] Installation 

Make print straight 

across paper 

E.G. 

Place the document 

carrier in the document 

feeder with the clear film 

side down 

1. Site selection 

Take the following points into consideration when selecting a site for 

this model. 

ENVIRONMENT 

• The machine must be installed on a level surface. 

• Keep the machine away from air conditioners, heaters, direct sunlight, 

and dust. 

• Provide easy access to the front, back, and sides of the machine. 

In particular, keep the area in front of the machine clear, or the 

original document may jam as it comes out after scanning. 

• The temperature should be between 41° and 95°F (10° and 35°C). 

• The humidity should be between 30% and 85% (without condensation). 

ELECTRICITY 

AC 230 V, 50 Hz, grounded (3-prong) AC outlet is required. 

Caution! 

• Connection to a power source other than that specified will cause 

damage to the equipment and is not covered under the warranty. 

• If your area experiences a high incidence of lightning or power 

surges, we recommend that you install a surge protector for the 

power and telephone lines. Surge protectors can be purchased at 

most telephone specialty stores. 

1 – 5 

TELEPHONE JACK 

A standard single-line telephone jack must be located near the machine. 

This is the telephone jack commonly used in most homes and 

offices. 

• Plugging the fax machine into a jack which is not an single-line 

jack may result in damage to the machine or your telephone system. 

If you do not know what kind of jack you have, or need to 

have one installed, contact the telephone company. 

If the machine is moved from a cold to a warm place... 

If the machine is moved from a cold to a warm place, it is possible 

that the reading glass may fog up, preventing proper scanning of 

documents for transmission. To remove the fog, turn on the power 

and wait approximately 2 hours before using the machine. 

2. Installing the printer cartridges (Toner 

cartridge: FO-45DC/Drum cartridge: FO-45DR) 

1 Press the button on the side of the printer compartment, and open 

the printer cover. 

• Caution! The ribs on the bottom of the inside of the printer 

cover become very hot during printing. Be careful not to touch 

them. 

• If you are installing the cartridges for the first time, go to Step 4. 

2 If you are replacing the cartridges, grasp the handle on the toner 

cartridge, and pull the toner cartridge out of the compartment. 

• If you are only replacing the drum cartridge, place the toner 

cartridge on a piece of paper on a horizontal surface. 

• If you are only replacing the toner cartridge, go to Step 6. 

3 Pull the old drum cartridge out of the compartment. 



4 Remove the new drum cartridge from its packaging. 

5 Align the arrowhead on the right side of the drum cartridge (the 

right side is marked "R") with the arrowhead pointing down on the 

right side of the compartment, and insert the cartridge into the 

compartment so that the ends of the cartridge move along the 

guides on the sides of the compartment. Make sure the cartridge 

is set firmly in place. 

• Place the old drum cartridge (if you removed one) in the empty 

drum cartridge bag, seal the bag, and dispose of it in a way that 

conforms to any local regulations that may exist in your area. 

• If you are not replacing the toner cartridge, go to Step 7. 

6 Remove the new toner cartridge from its packaging, and shake it 

several times as shown. 

• This ensures that the toner is well distributed inside the cartridge. 

7 Hold the handle of the toner cartridge so that the "2" marked on 

the cartridge is to the right, and insert the cartridge into the compartment 

so that the two knobs on each side of the cartridge move 

along the two guides on each side of the compartment. 

Press the handle down so that the cartridge sets into place. 

• Place the old toner cartridge (if you removed one) in the empty 

toner cartridge bag, seal the bag, and dispose of it in a way that 

conforms to any local regulations that may exist in your area. 

L 

Left 

Left 

Right 

Right 

2 

R1 

1 – 6 

8 Close the printer cover. 

9 If you replace the toner cartridge, reset the toner counter by 

pressing the LIFE key (flip up the Rapid Key overlay if necessary), 

the "2" key, and the START key. 

LIFE 

V 2 

START 

F If you replace the drum cartridge, reset the drum counter by 

pressing the LIFE key (flip up the Rapid Key overlay if necessary), 

the "3" key, and the START key. 

LIFE 

V 3 

START 

3. Assembly and connections 

1 Insert one end of the telephone line into the socket on the fax 

marked "TEL. LINE". Plug the other end into a new plan telephone 

wall socket. 

• If you do not have a new plan telephone socket, contact your 

local telephone supplier. Connection to the telephone network 

must not be hard wired. 

• Eire: Only the supplied cord should be used. If a longer cord is 

required, please consult your supplier or servicing agent. 

TEL. 

LINE

2 Plug the power lead into a 230V, 50Hz, earthed (3-prong) AC 

outlet. 

Press the power switch to turn on the power. 

• Caution: The mains outlet (socket-outlet) shall be installed 

near the equipment and shall be easily accessible. 

• Important: Whenever you unplug the power lead, disconnect 

the fax machine from the telephone network first. 

3 If desired, you can connect a telephone to the fax machine. Insert 

the end of the line for the telephone into the provided adaptor, and 

then insert the adapter plug into the "TEL. SET" socket on the fax 

machine. 

• The safety status of this socket is TNV, and is provided for the 

connection of approved telephone equipment only. To ensure 

continued safety compliance, do not connect any other equipment 

to this socket. 

TEL. 

SET 

ON | 

OFF 0 

4 Attach the original document OUT tray by inserting the tabs into 

the holes in the fax as shown. 

5 Attach the received document tray by inserting the tabs into the 

holes in the fax as shown. 

1 – 7 


6 Insert the male end of the PC interface cable into the port on the 

right side of fax as shown. Tighten the attached screws with a 

screwdriver. 

7 Insert the female end of the PC interface cable into the serial 

(RS232C) port on your computer. 

Tighten the attached screws with a screwdriver. 

4. Loading printing paper 

The paper cassettes and the paper tray hold the paper on which 

received documents are printed. If needed, a second cassette (FO- 

45A4) is available as an option from your dealer. 

The paper cassette can hold 500 sheets of A4-size paper. The paper 

tray can hold 150 sheets of A4-size paper. 

1 Grasp the hand hold on the cassette as shown, lift the cassette 

slightly, and then pull it out until it stops. Press down on the levers 

on each side of the cassette to release it, and then pull it completely 

out of the fax using both hands.


2 Push the pressure plate down until it locks into position. 

3 Place a stack of paper in the cassette, print side up. Make sure 

the two far corners of the paper go under the paper holders as 

shown. 

• Make sure the stack of paper is not higher than the tabs at the 

top of the paper guide. If it is, remove some of the paper. 

4 Put the cassette back in the fax. 

5 If desired, attach an A4 label to the cassette. 

1 – 8 

6 Rotate the received document tray back. Grasp the hand hold on 

the original document IN tray as shown, and open it. 

7 Place the paper in the tray. 

8 Close the original document IN tray. 

9 If desired, attach an A4 label to the fax as shown.

5. Clearing paper jams 

If a document doesn’t feed through the scanner properly during transmission 

or copying, or DOCUMENT JAM appears in the display, first 

try pressing the START key. If the document doesn’t come out of the 

feeder, open the operation panel by squeezing the operation panel 

release on the right side of the operation panel (marked "PULL 

OPEN"), and gently pull out document. 

1 

2 If the leading edge of the document is protruding from the printer 

compartment outlet, try pulling it out. 

• If you are unable to clear the paper jam in this way, continue 

with the following steps. 

3 Open the printer cover and remove the toner cartridge and drum 

cartridge. 

• Caution! The ribs on the bottom of the inside of the printer 

cover become very hot during printing. Be careful not to touch 

them. 

4 Gently pull the paper out of the compartment. 

• If the leading edge of the paper has entered the fusing unit, first 

pull the leading edge out of the fusing unit, then pull the paper 

out of the compartment. 

• Be sure to remove any torn pieced of paper. 

1 – 9 

5 Replace the drum cartridge, and then the toner cartridge. 

6 Close the printer cover. 

L 

Left 

Right 

7 If you didn’t find any paper in the printer compartment, or if 

PAPER JAM still appears in the display after you close the printer 

cover, check each paper cassette and the paper tray. 

• To check the paper tray, grasp the hand hold on the original 

document IN tray and rotate the tray up. 

8 Gently pull out any jammed paper you find, and then replace the 

cassette or close the original document IN tray. 

R1 

Left 


Right 

2


6. Installing an option cassette (FO-45A4) 

1 Remove the two screws on the rear side of the optional cassette, 

and then remove the rear plate of the optional cassette. 

2 Place the fax machine on top of the optional cassette. Connect 

the connector on the optional cassette to the wire connector on 

the bottom of the fax. 

3 Replace the rear plate on the optional cassette, and secure it with 

the two screws. 

4 Secure the optional cassette to the fax machine with two screws 

on the front and one screw on each side. 

1 – 10 

7. Installation of the RS232C I/F PWB unit (FO-45RS) 

1 Open the printer compartment cover, and remove the two screws 

shown. Remove the three screws shown on the side of the machine. 

2 Open the original document tray, and remove the three screws 

shown. 

3 Remove the paper tray by pulling the front cover out slightly and 

then pulling the tray out and up as indicated by the arrows. 

4 Remove the side cover by pulling it down slightly so that the tabs 

on the bottom edge of the cover come out of the holes in the 

metal frame. Pull the side cover slightly to the left as well so that 

the tab on the left side of the side cover comes out of the hole in 

the frame.

5 Insert the protruding connector on the PC interface board into the 

hole in the metal flange on the frame as shown, and secure it with 

two hex bolts. 

Remove the connector cover. Secure the interface board to the 

frame with the screw as shown. Connect the cable to the interface 

board and the main board. Insert the cable into the plastic band 

directly above the interface board. 

6 Remove the seal covering the hole in the side cover. 

7 Replace the side cover. Make sure that the tabs on the bottom 

edge insert upward into the holes in the frame, and make sure 

that the tab on the side of the cover inserts into its hole. 

8 Replace the paper tray, making sure that the top edge of the side 

panel fits upward into the groove on the front, bottom edge of the 

tray. 

1 – 11 

9 Replace the three screws in the paper tray as shown, and then 

close the paper tray. 

F Replace the five screws as shown. 

G Insert the male end of the PC interface cable into the port on the 

right side of fax as shown. Tighten the attached screws with a 

screwdriver. 

H Insert the female end of the PC interface cable into the serial 

(RS-232C) port on your computer. 

Tighten the attached screws with a screwdriver. 

I Set Option Setting 32 to YES to enable the PC connection. Set 

Option Setting 33 to select whether incoming documents will be 

received in the computer or printed out by the fax. 

FUNCTION 

4 

3 2 

4 

START 



7. Installing a option verification stamp (FO-45VS) 

1 Remove the original document OUT tray. 

2 Remove the old ink cartridge from the machine by pressing down 

and out on the protruding green tab with the tip of a ballpoint pen. 

3 Insert the new cartridge into the machine so that the tab on the 

side is facing out. 

4 Replace the original document OUT tray. 

1 – 12

[5] Quick reference guide 

FUNCTION key menu 

The following chart shows the layout of the functions and settings accessed by pressing the FUNCTION key. First press the FUNCTION key, the 

appropriate numeric key as shown, and then "#" or " " until the desired item appears. 

Instructions for making each setting appear in the display. Refer to the detailed instructions on the page shown below the setting. 

1 2 3 4 7 8 9 

Reception 

Mode 

Transmitting documents 

Using extension 

telephone 

Using SPEAKER 

key 

Direct Keypad 

Dialing 

Rapid Key Dialing 

Speed Dialing 

Redialing 

Listing Mode Entry Mode 

Activity Report Fax/Tel 

Numbers for 

Timer List Auto Dialing 

Telephone 

Number List 

Passcode Number 

Own Number and 

Relay Group List Name Set 

Passcode List 

Date and Time 

Option Setting 

Set 

List 

ID Number 

Program/Group 

List 

System Number 

Batch 

Transmission List 

Store Junk Fax 

Number 

Department Department 

Usage List 

Confidential 

Reception List 

Anti Junk Fax 

Number List 

Code Mode 

Note: Steps which are optional are enclosed in a dotted frame: 

Load 

document 

Load 

document 

Load 

document 

Load 

document 

Load 

document 

Load 

document 

Optional Settings 

Fine Resolution 

Priority 

Number of Rings 

Auto Reception 

Number of Rings 

Manual Reception 

Auto Listing 

Transaction Report 

Print Select 

Recall Times 

Recall Interval 

Security Selection 

ECM 

Auto Cover Sheet 

Memory Scanning 

Copy Scanning 

Copy Cut-off 

Receive Reduce 

Image Memory 

Print 

Cassette Selection 

Cassette 

Changeover 

RESOLUTION 

Wait for 

reception tone 

Wait for 


RESOLUTION 

RESOLUTION 

RESOLUTION 

RESOLUTION 

RESOLUTION 

1 – 13 

FUNCTION 

Lift telephone 

handset 

START 

START 

Dial (press 

numeric keys) 

Press Rapid 

key 

SPEED DIAL 

REDIAL 

Retransmission 

Times 

Retransmission 

Interval 

Heater Mode 

Junk Fax Check 

Alarm Volume 

Dial Mode 

Quick on Line 

Multi TTI 

Beep Length 

Department Code 

Digits 

PBX Recall 

Mercury Function 

Verification Stamp 

PC-Interface Mode 

Receive Unit 

(Note: The last three 

settings are only 

available if activated 

by your dealer.) 

Press 

SPEAKER 

Dial using 

telephone 

Hang up 

START 

Enter Speed Dial number 

(press numeric keys, - if less 

than 3 digits, press START 

to complete entry) 

Wait for 


Program/Group 

Mode 

Program Entry 

Mode 

Group Entry 

Mode 

Dial (press 

numeric keys) 

START 

Serial Polling 

Mode 

START 

Memory Polling 

Mode 

Memory Polling Set 

Memory Polling 

Clear 



M E M O 

1 – 14

CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS 

[1] Adjustments 

General 

Since the following adjustments and settings are provided for this 

model, make adjustments and/or setup as necessary. 

1. Adjustments 

Adjustments of output voltage (FACTORY ONLY) 

1. Install the power supply unit in the machine. 

2. Set the recording paper and document. 

3. When the document is loaded, power is supplied to the output 

lines. Confirm that outputs are within the limits below. 

Output voltage settings 

CONTROL 

PWB 

CNPW 

Output Voltage limits 

+5V 4.75V~5.25V 

+12V 11.5V~12.5V 

VM (+24V) 23.04V~24.96V 

Fig. 1 

2. IC protectors replacement 

ICPs (IC Protectors) are installed to protect the TX motor drive circuit 

and verification stamp drive circuit. ICPs protect various ICs and electronic 

circuits from an overcurrent condition. 

The location of ICPs are shown below: 

CONTROL 

PWB 

(TOP SIDE) 

IC17 

F1 

IC13 F2 F3 

Fig. 2 

CNPW 

POWER SUPPLY 

PWB 

Connector 

No. CNPW 

Pin No. 

1 VM 

2 VM 

3 VM 

4 MG 

5 MG 

6 MG 

7 +5V 

8 +5V 

9 DG 

10 DG 

11 +12V 

12 AG 

CNPW CNPRT 

CNRS 

CNPN 

2 – 1 

(1) F3 (CCP2E20) is installed in order to protect IC’s from and 

overcurrent generated in the verification stamp drive circuit. If F3 

is open, replace it with a new one. 

(2) F1, F2 (CCP2E30) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an 

overcurrent generated in the TX motor drive circuit. If F1, F2 is 

open, replace it with a new one. 

In addition to the replacement of F1, F2 and F3, the factor 

causing F1, F2 and F3 to open must also be repaired. If not, F1, 

F2 and F3 will open again. 

Replacement parts 

CCP2E20 (Sharp code: VHVCCP2E20/-1) 

CCP2E30 (Sharp code: VHVCCP2E30/-1) 

3. Settings 

(1) Dial mode selector 

OPTION SETTING: DIAL MODE (Soft Switch No. SW2 DATA No. 1) 

Use this to set the fax machine to the type of telephone line you are 

on. 

• The factory setting is "TONE". 

(step 1) Select "OPTION SETTING". 

KEY: 

DISPLAY: TONE SELECTED 

KEY: 

FUNCTION 4 

DISPLAY: OPTION SETTING ENTER #01 33, ,# 

Cursor 

(step 2) Select "DIAL MODE". 

When initially registering, 

the mode shows 1=TONE. 

When registering again, the 

KEY: 2 3 

mode which was registered 

formerly is shown. 

DISPLAY: DIAL MODE 1=TONE, 2=PULSE 

(step 3) Select, using "1" or "2". 

KEY: 

KEY: 

DISPLAY: 

1 

2 

PULSE SELECTED 

(step 4) End, using the "STOP" key. 

STOP 



[2] Diagnostics and service soft switch 

1. Operating procedure 

Two kinds of diagnoses are supported. 

1-1. Fax diagnosis 

This diagnosis is concerned with the main body of fax which is 

used for production and service support. 

Entering the diagnostic mode 

Press FUNC 9 8 7 , and the following 

display will appear. 

ROM: XXXXX XXXXX 

FBG0 

FBG1 

Then press the START key. Select the desired item with the key 

and the key or select with the rapid key. 

Enter the mode with the 

(Diag • specifications) 

START key. 

FUNC 9 8 7 

START 

01 START SOFT SWITCH MODE 

02 START PRINT AREA 

03 START ROM & RAM CHECK 

04 START AUTO FEEDER MODE 

05 START AGING MODE 

06 START PANEL CHECK MODE 

07 START OPTICAL ADJUST MODE 

08 START PRODUCT CHECK 

09 START SIGNAL SEND MODE 

10 START COMM. CHECK MODE 

11 START MEMORY CLEAR 

12 START FLASH MEMORY 

13 START ALL FAX/TEL ENTRY MODE 

14 START RS232C CHECK MODE 

15 

Identical 

START 

ROM: FBG0 FBG1 

DEPT. PASSCODE 

16 START CONF. PASSCODE 

17 START PRINT HOLD CODE 

18 START MEMORY SET MODE 

19 START MOTOR AGING 

20 START STAMP AGING 

21 START SCANNER SET MODE 

22 START DIAL TEST MODE 

23 START COPY DIAG MODE 

2 – 2 

1-2. Print diagnosis 

This diagnosis is concerned with the print which is used for production 

and service support. 

Entering the diagnostic mode 

Press FUNC 9 8 6 , and the following 

display will appear. 

PCU ROM Ver.: 

Then press the START key. Select the desired item with the 

key and the key or select with the rapid key. 

Enter the mode with the 

(Diag •specifications) 

START key. 

FUNC 9 8 6 

01 START AREA PRINT MODE 

02 START CHECK PATTERN 1 

03 

START 

CHECK PATTERN 2 

04 START CHECK PATTERN 3 

05 

06 

07 

08 

START 

START 

START 

START 

START 

PAPER FEED AGING 

BIAS ADJUST MODE 

LIFE SET MODE 

LIFE ALL CLEAR 

09 START LIFE ENTRY MODE 

10 

START 

PCU ROM Ver.: 

TOP ADJUST MODE 

11 START LIFE CLEAR MODE 

3) Memory clear when power is turned on 

Pressing the START and STOP keys, turn on the main power, and 

the following message will be displayed. 

MEMORY CLEAR 

EXECUTE ? 1 = YES 2 = NO 

Here, when 1: YES is selected, the memory will be cleared to be 

ready for operation. 

If 2: NO is selected, it will continue ready for operation as it is.

2. Diagnostic items description 

2-1. Fax diagnosis 

1) Soft switch mode 

In this mode, the soft switch are set and the soft switch list is printed. 

Soft switch mode screen 

1 Switch number selection 

• Press START key for setting of the next soft switch. If the soft switch 

number is the final, pressing START key will exit the soft switch 

mode. 

• Enter two digits of a soft switch number to set the switch number. If 

a switch number of unexisting soft switch is entered, key error 

buzzer sounds to reject the input. 

S O F T S W I T C H M O D E 

S W 0 1 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Soft switch mode screen 


S W 0 1 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

Switch 

No. 

1 8 

Data 


S W 1 

1 6 


S W 1 6 = 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 

2 Data number selection 

The cursor position shows the data to be set. 

Pressing # key moves the cursor to the right. If, however, the cursor is 

on data number 8, pressing # key shifts the cursor to data number 1 of 

the next switch number. If the switch number is the final, pressing # key 

will exit the soft switch mode. 

Pressing key moves the cursor to the left. If, however, the cursor is 

on data number 1, pressing key shifts the cursor to data number 1 

of the former switch number. If the switch number is 1, pressing key 

will not move the cursor. 

3 Data setting method 

Press the FUNCTION key, and the data at the position of the cursor 

will be reversed to 0 when it is 1, or to 1 when it is 0. (If the soft switch 

can be changed at the bit (Refer to 6.), the error buzzer will sound 

with the process not received.) 

4 Outputting method of soft switch list 

In the soft switch mode, press the REPORT key, and the soft switch list 

will be output. 

If the recording paper runs out or is clogged, the key error buzzer will 

sound with the process not received. 

5 Storage of data 

In the following case, the data of the soft switches set will be stored. 

• It is shifted to set the next soft switch by pressing the START switch. 

• It is shifted to set the next soft switch with the [#] key. 

• It is shifted to set the last soft switch with the [ ] key. 

• It is shifted to set another soft switch by inputting two digits as the 

switch number. (When 2 digits are completely input.) 

• Output of the soft switch list is started. 

6 Inhibition of data change 

(This is also applicable for the optional setting.) 

In the following case, it is inhibited to change the data with the key 

error buzzer. 

• OFF to ON of telephone billing function which is using the image 

memory is used (Note: In the existing set, the telephone billing code 

function is specified from OFF to ON when the timer system communication 

(including the batch communication) is set.) 

Here, the memory is usable when the telephone billing code function 

is on. It can be set from ON to OFF while the memory is used. 

However, if setting is practically changed even once, it can not be 

returned from OFF to ON. 

• When the PC interface board is not mounted, [Switch of OFF → ON 

of the item of "PC interface function" and of FAX → PC of the item 

of "automatic receiving in the PC interface mode] 

(Note: This supports not only the operation protect of the optional 

setting and soft switch mode but also an example of the 

automatic compensation of soft switch to OFF/FAX when the 

power is turned on even if the PC PWB is removed when the 

optional setting and soft switch mode are set at ON/PC.) 

2 – 3 

(Though they are not provided, the existing model can operate 

without setting of the soft switch when it is not installed.) 

• OFF to ON of multi TTI function and telephone billing code function 

when the department control function is OFF. 

• OFF to ON of department control function during use of image 

memory. 

(Note: In the existing set, the department control function is set from 

OFF to ON when the timer communication (including the batch 

sending) or the memory hold is set.) 

• ON to OFF of continuous serial polling function when the continuous 

serial polling is started. 

(Note: In the existing set, "ON to OFF of the continuous serial 

polling function when the continuous serial polling is registered" has 

been applied, but the conditions are now moderated. However, registration 

is impossible to the program of the new continuous serial 

polling when the continuous serial polling function is OFF.) 

• In addition, change of all soft switches during communication 

7 Linked change of data (This is the same even in the optional setting.) 

• When the department control function is off, the multi TTI function 

and telephone billing code function are turned off. 

2) Print area 

According to the size of the specified sheet, the effective printing area is 

printed. 

3) ROM & RAM check 

The sum value of ROM, the work and the back-up RAM are checked. 

The RS232C interface is also checked. If any error occurs, the buzzer will 

inform it. (Refer to the following table). Finally, the result will be printed. 

This diagnosis does not check the flash memory. The flash memory is 

checked with the flash memory test. 

Number of buzzer sounds Device checked Remarks 

1 time ROM1 Main 

2 times ROM2 Main 

3 times Integrated ROM/RAM Main 

4 times D-RAM Main 

5 times S-RAM Main 

*6 times S-RAM (on the optional memory) Main 

* As practical, it is judged that the optional memory is not installed if any 

error occurs. Therefore, it does sometimes not sound. 

For the short and long sounds, one pattern is as follows. 

Main system: 0.25 seconds ON/0.25 seconds OFF 

Sub system: 1.00 second ON/0.25 seconds OFF 

The execution state of checking is as follows. Moreover, the list of the 

check result is output after checking is ended. 

Display during check Display after check 

ROM CPU SRAM DRM DPR ROM CPU SRAM DRM DPR 

• • • • • • • • • PP PP E PP P 

P=PASS E=ERROR 

 

ROM CPU SRAM DRM DPR 

• • • • • • 

DRAM (4Mbit) 

SRAM (256Kbit x 2) 

ROM (4Mbit x 2) 

• When the option is installed, 

two SRAMs are added every 

option. 


ROM/RAM 

check list 

output 

The check result of RS232C interface board is listed and printed together 

with the check result of ROM&RAM.


4) Auto feeder mode 

The auto feed function can be checked by inserting and discharging 

the document. (The distance between pages can be displayed during 

operation of the scanner.) 

1 Check of auto feed function 

After this mode is activated, set up the document, and press the 

START key, and it will be automatically fed. (Before the START 

key is pressed, the document sensor alone is activated.) 

Moreover, the document size (A4/B4) and sensor information 

(A4/B4/ORG) are displayed when the document sensor is turned. 

04 : AUTO FEEDER MODE 

( ) 

After setup of the document 

04 : AUTO FEEDER MODE 

B4 (A4 B4 ORG) 

2 Display of distance between pages during operation of the scanner 

• Soon after this mode is c\activated, press the FUNCTION key 

for 5 seconds or more, and the display mode of the distance 

between pages will be activated. Then, set up the sending 

paper and select the image quality, and then press the START 

key, and operation will be started. 

Be sure to press the FUNCTION key prior to the START key. If 

the FUNCTION key is not pressed but the START key is 

pressed, it will operate in the same manner as in the existing 

auto feeder mode. 

If the START key is pressed, the FUNCTION key will be invalid 

hereafter. Therefore, the display mode of the distance between 

pages and the existing mode can not be changed. 

• While the sending paper is read, the image quality key can be 

input. STD/FINE/S-FINE modes are usable. However, the 

same operation of FINE will be selected if the intermediate tone 

is set. 

• The image quality, the length of the sending page read, the 

page distance to the next sending paper and the total of the 

sending papers read are shown on the display. 

• When the stop key is pressed or 100 sending papers are read, 

the content shown on the display will be totally output as the list 

after the remaining sending papers are discharged. 

5) Aging mode 

If any document is set up in the first state (when started), copying will 

be executed. If it is not set up, "check pattern 1" of the print diagnosis 

is output at the intervals of 1 time/60 minutes. (A total of 10 sheets 

are output.) 

6) Panel check mode 

Only the sensor which is 

activated (fallen down) is displayed.) 

The paper sheet size (A4/B4) is 

displayed. 

This is used to check whether each key is normally operated or not. 

According to the key input, LCD is displayed. Moreover, during execution, 

the document reading lamp is turned on. 

1 When [PANEL CHECK MODE] is displayed, press the [START] 

key. 

The test will be started. When the test is started, LED’s will sequentially 

come on. It is used to check all LED’s. 

2 Press any other key except [STOP] key. 

At this time, the name of each key will be displayed every push of 

the key. 

2 – 4 

3 However, if any key is pressed with the page plate opened, it will 

be equal to a press of key 32 with the page plate opened. 

4 Finally press the [STOP] key. 

If all keys can be input, the key input "ALL KEY OK!!" will be 

displayed when the STOP key is ended. 

The screen will be all displayed in black, and the test result will be 

printed. 

In this test, it is okayed if all the other keys except [STOP] key have 

been pressed from start of the test to its end (the [STOP] key is 

pressed). If any key is skipped, it will be regarded as "KEY ERROR!!", 

and the name of the key not pressed will be printed on the list as the 

result. This will complete printing. 

7) Optical adjust mode 

The document reading LED is turned on. 

8) Product check 

The diagnosis is used in the production process. 

After shift to the mode, the following operations are sequentially executed. 

At this time, the sensor of read-error can be checked by feeding 

the B3 document. Set up one short document of B4 size. 

1 Memory clear (Same as Diagnosis 11) 

2 Panel test (Same as Diagnosis 06) 

3 Dial test (Same as Diagnosis 22) 

4 Document feed 

5 Stamp press 

6 ROM & RAM test, RS232C interface board check (Same as the 

Diagnosis 03) 

7 Flash memory test mode (Same as Diagnosis 12) 

8 Registration of fixed data 

Registration of rapid key No. and other data necessary for production. 

The registered data are shown in the following table. The chain 

dial is not set for any destination. 

Rapid 

No. 

FAX 

No. 

Rapid 

No. 

FAX 

No. 

Rapid 

No. 

FAX 

No. 

Rapid 

No. 

FAX 

No. 

01 20 06 25 11 1 21 01 

02 21 07 26 12 2 22 02 

03 22 08 27 13 3 23 03 

04 23 09 28 14 4 24 04 

05 24 10 29 15 5 25 05 

9 Transmission check (Same as Diagnosis 10) 

The soft switches necessary for production are set. 

F Test result print (two sheets) 

• AUTO FEEDER CHECK LIST 

• FLASH MEMORY CHECK LIST 

Memory clear printing 

Panel test result printing 

ROM&RAM test result printing 

Check result printing of RS232C interface board 

G Print area printing (one sheet)

9) Signal send mode 

After shift to the mode, press the START key, and the signals will be 

transmitted in the following sequence. 

It can be used to check the modem and so on. 

[ 1] No signals 

[ 2] 4800BPS (V27ter) 

[ 3] 14400BPS (V. 33) 

[ 4] 12000BPS (V. 33) 

[ 5] 14400BPS (V. 17) 

[ 6] 12000BPS (V. 17) 

[ 7] 9600BPS (V. 17) 

[ 8] 7200BPS (V. 17) 

[ 9] 9600BPS (V. 29) 

[10] 7200BPS (V. 29) 

[11] 4800BPS (V27ter) 

[12] 2400BPS (V27ter) 

[13] 300BPS (FLAG) 

[14] 2100Hz (CED) 

[15] 1100Hz (CNG) 

10) Comm. check mode 

1 Turn on the line monitor. 

2 Bring the copy mode into the continuity mode. 

3 It is set to shift into the diagnosis mode when the SPEED key 

alone is pressed. 

After the check, it is necessary to be sure to return the aforementioned 

soft switches into the initial state. 

(Clear the memory with the diagnosis.) 

11) Memory clear 

Clear the back-up memory to initialize the soft switches. 

The flash memory will be initialized. Then, the initialized list be output. 

12) Flash memory 

The flash memory is checked. 

The ordinary memories (ROM, SRAM, DRAM) are checked in the 

ROM&RAM check process. The write/read test is taken every block to 

print the result. 

When an error occurs, the following error buzzer will sound. 

Number of buzzer sounds Check device 

7 times Page memory 

8 times Flash memory 

9 times Flash memory (optional) 

During operation of this diagnosis, dual operation is not possible at 

all. 

If this is excessively repeated, it will shorten the life of the flash 

memory. 

13) All FAX/TEL. entry mode 

Before entry into the diagnosis, the reference destination number is 

first written into the Rapid key number 01 in the FAX number registration 

mode. 

1 The diagnosis mode is activated. If any number is not registered in 

the Rapid key number 01 or any program or group is registered, 

the diagnosis will be passed without any execution. 

2 The FAX/TEL No. (including the substitutive one) of the Rapid key 

number 01 is copied into the Rapid key numbers 02 thru 48. 

2 – 5 

3 The FAX number of the Rapid key number 01 is copied into the 

speed key numbers 001 thru 100. 

4 If any chain dial is not set in the Rapid key number 01, the Rapid 

key number 02 thru 48 and speed key numbers 001 thru 100 are 

registered in the group number. 

If any chain dial is set, any group will not be produced but the 

chain dial setting alone of the Rapid dial will be canceled. 

(In all others Rapid key numbers except 01, the chain dial is kept 

as it is set.) 

(16th and subsequential letters of the destination name registered in 

the Rapid No. 01 will be discarded.) 

14) RS232C check mode 

RS232C interface board is checked. 

When the interface board is installed, the result will be printed after 

the check. 

It is not installed, the following will be displayed. 

14: RS232C CHECK MODE 

I/F PWB NOT CONNECT 

The process will be ended after sounding of the error end buzzer. 

15) Dept. passcode 

The department passcode list is printed. 

16) Conf. passcode 

The confidential passcode list is printed. 

Differing from printing of one box alone soon after registration, the 

confidential passcodes of all boxes are printed. 

17) Print hold code 

The print lockout passcode No. is printed. 


18) Memory set mode 

The set and dump list of the memory content is output. 

• The address (8 digits (P) generally including the bank information 

is input, and the data of 2 digits is continuously input. 

Inputting is done in the hexadecimal mode. The ten-key is used for 

0 thru 9, and the alphabetic keys A (RAPID01 thru 06) are used for 

A thru F. 

• During data inputting, the address can be moved forward and 

backward one byte by one byte with " " and "#". (The address 

prior to the address 0 is looped as the maximum address.) 

• The Validity of the address is not checked. Accordingly, writing/reading 

operations are possible in the address of the memory 

not assigned, the address of ROM and so on. 

(However, as practical, writing is not done, and the data content 

runs short each reading.) 

Though writing is possible in the flash memory, a little time is 

required. 

It is also necessary to take care that the life of the flash memory is 

excessively shortened if much data is written in the flash memory. 

Since it may run away depending the written content, take minute 

care for the writing address. 

• When the REPORT key is input, the memory dump list is produced 

from the displayed address (here, it is limited at the 16-byte boundary 

address (address with end 0) which does not exceed the specified 

address and is just in front.). The dump list is output to a 

maximum of 99 pages. If any data of one page can be repeatedly 

developed and printed, the list is sufficient. But it is not desired that 

the content of plural pages are developed in the memory once and 

are then printed. If the STOP key is pressed, it will pass to the 

diagnosis after the page which is now being printed is completed 

printed. 

If the address exceeds the maximum address, it will return to the 

address 0 and printing will be continued.


19) Motor aging 

• Whether a document is present or not, the motor in the sending 

system is kept in rotation until the STOP key is pressed. 

• The image quality selection key can be input during stop alone to 

set the rotation speed for the image quality. 

(Here, the speed for FINE is selected when the intermediate tone 

is specified.) 

• The image quality for default at the start of execution is STD 

regardless of the image quality selection priority of the main body. 

• For rotation, the key "1" selects the 1-2 phase excitation, "2" 

selects the 2-phase excitation and "3" selects the micro step. It can 

not be changed during rotation. The 1-2 phase excitation is set as 

default. 

20) Stamp aging 

• It is impossible if any document is not set up. 

• The document is fed at the 10 mm intervals, and is continuously 

stamped. 

• The total number of stamps from entry of the mode is displayed on 

the screen. 

• The ordinary operation aging which stamps a finish every document 

is executed in the ordinary copying mode. 

21) Scanner set mode 

• The reading width and motor drive conditions are set. 

 

1. Top margin 

2. Bottom margin 

3. Left adjustment (The left position alone is specified.) 

Specify the above values. 

• Select the above items 1, 2 and 3 with the [ ] and [#] keys, and 

set the values with the [←] and [→] keys. The values can be set in 

the range of +3.0 mm to -3.0 mm at the 0.1 mm intervals. While 

the [←] and [→] key is continuously pressed one second or more, 

the setting value is automatically increased/decreased (in the 

range between the upper and lower limits). 

• Input the quality selection key, and the value will be respectively 

set corresponding to the selected image quality. Here, the intermediate 

tone is the same as for the setting value of FINE. 

• ±0.0 mm is default for all. 

 

4. Motor 

5. Phase 

6. Slow-up 

7. Slow-down 

Specify the above values. 

• Select the above items 4 thru 7 with the [ ] and [#] keys, and 

select the setting value with the ten-key. 

Setting values 

4. 6 steps 

5. Selection of one mode from 1-2 phase, 2-phase and micro step 

6. 3 steps 

7. 3 steps 

• Input the quality selection key, and the value will be respectively 

set corresponding to the selected image quality. Here, the intermediate 

tone is the same as for the setting value of FINE. 

1. TOP 

2. BOTTOM 

3. LEFT 

4. MOTOR 

5. PHASE 

6. SLOW UP 

7. SLOW DOWN 

2 – 6 

22) Dial test mode 

The mode is used to inspect whether dialing is accurate in two kinds 

of dial modes . All data which can be dialed in this mode are 

automatically called up in both PB mode and DP mode. 

When this mode is activated, the following operations will be automatically 

executed . Whether the dialed content is right or not is judged 

with the external instrument which is connected to the line cable. 

1 After shift to the FAX diagnosis mode, press RAPID 24. 

(Also switch the display with the [ ] and [#] keys.) 

2 Press the START key. 

3 Turn on CML, and dial the following in the PB mode. 

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, , 0, # 

4 Turn off CML 500 mS alone. 

5 Dial the following in the DP mode. 

1, 5, 9, 0 

6 After dialing, turn off CML. 

This mode uses the ordinary auto dial. (Accordingly, the signal sending 

time and minimum pause are all the same as ordinary. 

The measurement result in this mode is completely all the same as in 

the ordinary dial mode. 

Moreover, the same process as above is also done in the dial test 

mode which is executed in the product check mode. 

23) Copy diag mode 

In order to shorten the process time during production, this mode is 

used to automatically switch the copy mode. Three menus are provided. 

1. 1 Set up two documents. (In case of two documents or more, 

there is no problem. 

2 Press the START key. 

3 Copy 1st document in the fine mode/density AUTO. (One 

sheet is printed in the ordinary copy mode.) 

4 Copy 2nd (subsequential) document in the intermediate 

tone mode/density DARK. (In the ordinary copying mode, 

one sheet is printed when the RESOLUTION key is pressed 

three times.) 

When copy test is tried during production or is checked in two modes 

(fine and intermediate tones), this mode is provided to reduce the 

troublesome work which makes the operator stand aside to change 

the mode. Accordingly, the fine and intermediate tones are merely 

switched, and the mode is not switched to another mode. (Input of the 

image quality/density key is invalid.) 

2. Try the copy in the mode fixed at COPY REDUCE 95% and 

fine mode/density AUTO. At this time, don’t change the soft 

key of COPY REDUCE. (Input of the image quality/density key 

is invalid. 

3. Continuously try the above items 1 and 2.

2-2. Print diagnosis 

Rapid key 01: Area print mode 

The effective printing area frame is printed in the specified sheet size. 

1. [Full black pattern] 

2. [Intermediate tone 2 pattern] 

3. [Intermediate tone 1 pattern] 

4. [Mesh point pattern] 

1. Full Black pattern 

2. Intermediate tone 2 pattern 

3. Intermediate tone 1 pattern 

4. Mesh point pattern 

5. Longitudinal strip 2 pattern 

6. Lateral strip 2 pattern 

7. Longitudinal strip 1 pattern 

8. Lateral strip 1 pattern 

9. Full white pattern 

4mm ± 2 

208mm 

4mm 

4mm ± 2.5 

pattern is repeated. 

5mm 

The left pattern is repeated. 

5. [Longitudinal strip 2 pattern] 

Black 2 dot and white 2 dot are repeated in line. 

6. [Lateral strip 2 pattern] 

Black 2 line and white 2 line are repeated. 

7. [Longitudinal strip 1 pattern] 

Black 1 dot and white 1 dot are repeated in line. 

8. [Lateral strip 1 pattern] 

Black 1 line and white 1 line are repeated. 

9. [Full White pattern] 

Rapid key 02: Check pattern 1 

The lateral stripe 2 pattern is printed on one sheet. 

(Black 2 line and white 2 line are repeated.) 


The lateral stripe 2 pattern is printed on multiple pages. 

Press the STOP key to end the printing. 


The intermediate tone 1 is printed on one sheet. 



2 – 7 

Rapid key 05: Paper feed aging 

The mode is used for aging related to the printing. In this mode, the 

following modes are provided. 

1 Blank paper aging mode (ALL WHITE AGING) 

2 Whole black print aging mode (ALL BLACK AGING) 

3 5% printing aging mode (5% AGING) 

4 4% printing aging mode (4% AGING) 

After selecting the paper-pass aging mode in the print diagnosis mode, 

input the number of each mode above with the ten-key, and the mode will 

be executed. The detailed specifications of each mode are described as 

follows. Here, the operation in each mode is stopped only when the STOP 

key is pressed by the operator or a printing-impossible error occurs. 

• Blank paper aging mode 

In the mode, printing is continued in the whole white (white paper) printing 

pattern until the STOP key is pressed by the operator. (In the printing area) 

• Whole black printing aging mode 

In the mode, printing is continued in the whole black (whole black) printing 

pattern until the STOP key is pressed by the operator. (In the printing area) 

Rapid key 6: Bias adjust mode 

The mode is used to adjust the printing density of the printed image. The 

image printing density is adjustable in six steps of 1 to 6. 

For details, refer to the following table. (For selection, use the keys 1 thru 

6.) 

Image printing density Thin ← → Thick 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

Default value O 

Rapid key 7: Life set mode 

The mode is used to set the life counter of the printer and the counter of 

the auto feeder at desired values. For setting, proceed with the following 

procedure. 

1 When the life counter setting mode is selected, the following will be is 

displayed. 

# key 

M A C H I N E 

D R U M 

L I F E = 0 0 0 1 2 3 

L I F E = 0 0 0 1 2 3 

L I F E 1 = 0 0 0 1 2 3 

L I F E 2 = 0 0 0 1 2 3 

L I F E 3 = 0 0 0 1 2 3 

F E E D E R L I F E = 0 0 0 1 2 3 

T O N E R L I F E = 0 0 0 1 2 3 


The cursor blinks at the top data. 

Seven counters can be selected with the "#" and " " keys. 

2 In the state 1, input a desired setting number of 6 digits with the 

ten-key. 

3 After input of 6 digits, shift to another counter with the "#" and " " 

keys as necessary. When all necessary counters are completely 

input, press the START key. 

4 "STORED" will be displayed with the set values stored into the 

memory. For checking, retry this mode. 

Note: 

The counter shows the operational state of the printer (how many 

sheets have been printed since start of use? and others). The ordinary 

memory does not reset the counter. For clearing, set 0 in this 

mode or use the life counter clear mode in Item 3-9. (Accordingly, it is 

necessary to reset the counter or do the clear process in addition to 

the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory on the control 

PWB is broken because of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, 

it is necessary to execute this in the last process.) 

key


Rapid key 08: Life all clear 

The mode is used to clear the life counter of the printer of the counter 

of the auto feeder. 

Note: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (e.g. 

how many sheets have been printed since start of use?). The 

ordinary memory does not reset the counter. For clearing, set 

0 in the mode 8 or execute this mode. (Accordingly, it is necessary 

to reset this counter in addition to the ordinary memory 

clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is 

broken because of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, it 

is necessary to execute this in the last process.) 

Rapid key 09: Life entry mode 

(For Serviceman temporary counter) 

The mode is used to set a desired value for the judgment value 

(alarm judgment counter value) of the general purpose life counters 1 

thru 3 of the printer. If the life of a consumable part (developer, 

imprinter, etc) is set, the model which has the error display and RMS 

function will inform RMS when the counter reaches the set value. 

For setting, proceed with the following procedure. 

1 When the life counter setting mode is selected, the following will 

be displayed. 

L I F E 1 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 

# key L I F E 2 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 

key 

L I F E 3 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 

The cursor blinks at the top data. 

Three counters can be selected with the "#" and " " keys. 

2 In the state 1, input a desired setting number of 6 digits with the 

ten-key. 

3 After input of 6 digits, shift to another counter with the "#" and " " 

keys as necessary. When all necessary counters are completely 

input, press the START key. 

4 "STORED" will be displayed with the set values stored into the 

memory. For checking, retry this mode. 

Note: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (how 

many sheets have been printed since start of use? and others). 

The ordinary memory does not reset the counter. For 

clearing, set 0 in this mode or use the life counter clear mode 

in Item 3-9. (Accordingly, it is necessary to reset the counter or 

do the clear process in addition to the ordinary memory clear if 

the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken because 

of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, it is necessary 

to execute this in the last process.) 

Rapid key 10: Top adjust mode 

As the method to adjust the top margin for printing, adjust top-margin 

adjusting VR on the PWB. If this mode is used at this time, adjustment 

is possible without the printing test every time when VR is 

turned. 

For the practical use, determine the adjusting value on the basis of 

the old data, and adjust to the determined value in this mode. Then, 

check it with the printing test. 

2 – 8 

Rapid key 11: Life clear mode 

The mode is used to respectively clear the life counter of the printer 

and the counter of the auto feeder. For setting, proceed with the 

following procedure. 

1 When the life counter clearing mode is selected, the following will 

be is displayed. 

Seven counters can be selected with the "#" and " " keys. 

# key 

M A C H I N E 

D R U M 

L 

L I F E 

L I F E 

I F E 1 

C L E A R 

C L E A R 

C L E A R 

L I F E 2 C L E A R 

L I F E 3 C L E A R 

F E E D E R L I F E C L E A R 

T O N E R L I F E C L E A R 

2 In the state 1, input the CLEAR key, and the counter will be 

respectively cleared. 

3 After one clear, move the cursor to another counter with the "#" 

and " " keys as necessary, and then press the CLEAR key. 

When the necessary counters are completely cleared, press the 

STOP key. 

key

3. How to make soft switch setting 

To enter the softswitch mode, make the following key entries in sequence. 

Press FUNCTION 9 8 7 START 0 1 START 

S F T S W 1 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

S F T S W 1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

S F T S W 1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

S F T S W 1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

S F T S W 1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

S F T S W 2 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

S F T S W 99 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

The soft switch mode is terminated. 

2 – 9 

Press FUNCTION key. 

Press key. 

Press key. 

Bit1 - 8 are set. 

Press START key during setting. 

Soft SW2 - 99 are set. 

To finish the settings halfway between 

SW 1 and SW99, press the STOP key. 

In this case, the setting being done to 

the SW No. on display will be nullified 

while settings done to the preceding 

SW Nos. remain in effect. 



4. Soft switch description 

• Soft switch 

SW 

NO. 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 

Switch setting and function 

1 0 

Initial 

setting 

Remarks 

1 Recall interval Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 

2 No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) 1 Set to 1 ~ 15 

3 EX 0 1 0 1 0 

SW1 4 eg. Recall interval is set to 5 min. 1 

5 Recall attempts Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 

6 No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 0 

7 EX 0 0 1 0 1 Set to 1 ~ 15 

8 eg. Recall attempt times is set to 2 times. 0 

1 Dialing mode PULSE TONE 0 

2 Receive mode AUTO MANUAL 1 

3 ECM mode Off On 0 OPTION 

SW2 4 Reserved 0 

5 Polling security On Off 1 OPTION 

6 Auto cover sheet No Yes 1 OPTION 

7 JUNK-FAX function in manual reception Yes No 0 

8 JUNK-FAX function Yes No 0 OPTION 

1 Number of rings for auto-receive 

Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 

2 (0: No ring receive) 

No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) 0 Set to 0~15 

3 EX 0 0 0 1 0 

SW3 4 eg. Number of rings for auto receive is set to 1. 1 

5 Switch to auto-receive from manual receive Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 

6 (0: No switch) 

No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 0 Set to 0~15 

7 EX 0 0 0 0 0 

8 eg. Switch to auto receive is set to disable. 0 

Communication results printout Printed at Printed at Printed at Not printed Printed 

OPTION 

error only error/timer/ transmis- 

every time 

memory sion mode 

only only 

1 No. 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 

2 No. 2 0 0 1 0 1 1 

SW4 

3 No. 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 

4 Image addition function to the communication 

result table (for memory transmission only) 

On Off 1 OPTION 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 1 

8 Multi-TTI feature On Off 0 OPTION 

1 Time display format 24 hours 12 hours-AM/PM 1 

2 Date display format Month-Day-Year Day-Month-Year 0 

3 Header print Off On 0 

SW5 

4 

5 

Footer print 

Relay data output 

On 

No 

Off 

Yes 

1 

0 

6 Substitute reception Off On 0 

7 Substitute reception conditions Reception disable without Reception enable without 0 

TSI 

TSI 

8 CSI transmission Off On 0 

2 – 10

SW 

NO. 

SW6 

SW7 

SW8 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 

Switch setting and function Initial 

1 0 

setting 

Remarks 

1 MH fixed Yes No (depend on remote machine) 0 

2 H2 mode No Yes 0 

3 Reserved 0 

Modem speed 

V. 17 V. 29 V. 27ter Except left 

4 

(DCS data reception speed) 

No. 4 

14400 12000 9600 7200 

0 0 0 0 

9600 

0 

7200 

0 

4800 

0 

2400 

0 0 

table, work to 

default. 

5 No. 5 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 

6 No. 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

7 No. 7 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 

8 No. 8 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 

Reception speed fixed NO V. 17- 

14400BPS 

V. 29- 

9600BPS 

V. 27ter- 

4800BPS 


When 14400BPS 

MODEM used, 

setting to 

14400BPS is 

ignore. 

1 No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 

2 

No. 2 0 1 1 0 

0 

3 DIS receive acknowledge in G3 Twice Once in NSF reception, twice in 0 Effective to 

transmission 

DIS reception 

international 

comm. 

4 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 

transmission mode 

On Off 1 

5 EOL detection timer 25sec 5sec 0 

6 Protocol monitor On Off 0 

7 Line monitor On Off 0 

8 Max. length for TX/RX/Copy TX: 432mm, RX: unlimited TX/Copy: 432mm, RX: 1.5m 0 

Compromise Equalizer 0Km 1.8Km 3.6Km 7.2Km Valid when 

1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 transmitting 

2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 1 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Pause time 2sec (1sec from the second pause) 4sec (2sec from the second pause) 0 

5 Signal transmission level Binary input 8 4 2 1 1 

6 No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 0 

7 EX 1 0 1 1 1 

8 Set to -(n+3)dBm 

eg. Signal transmission level is set to -11dBm 

1 

2 – 11


SW 

NO. 

SW9 

SW10 

SW11 

SW12 

SW13 

SW14 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 CED tone signal interval 500ms 75ms 1 

2 CI signal OFF detect enable time 350ms or more 700ms or more 0 

3 Equalizer freeze On Off 0 

4 Equalizer freeze conditions All 7200bps 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 CED detection time 1000ms 2000ms 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

Remarks 

1 Memory retransmission times Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 

2 No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) 0 

3 EX 0 0 1 0 1 

4 eg. Retransmission time set to 10 times. 0 

5 Memory retransmission interval Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 

6 No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 1 

7 EX 0 1 0 1 0 

8 eg. Retransmission interval set to 5 min. 1 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

Alarm buzzer 3sec 1sec No BEEP No BEEP 

3 No. 3 0 0 1 1 0 

4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 0 

5 Action when RTN received Handle to no error Handle to error 1 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 1 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 1 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 1 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 12

SW 

NO. 

SW15 

SW16 

SW17 

SW18 

SW19 

SW20 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 1 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 1 

6 Reserved 1 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 1 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 1 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 1 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 1 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 1 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 1 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 1 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 1 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 13 


Remarks


SW 

NO. 

SW21 

SW22 

SW23 

SW24 

SW25 

SW26 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 1 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 1 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 1 

8 Reserved 1 

1 Reserved 1 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 1 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 1 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 1 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 1 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 14 

Remarks

SW 

NO. 

SW27 

SW28 

SW29 

SW30 

SW31 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

Remarks 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Verification STAMP Yes No 0 Invalid if not 

mounted. 

4 Reserved 0 

Key buzzer volume Off HIGH MIDDLE LOW 

5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 1 

6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 1 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

Speaker volume HIGH HIGH MIDDLE LOW 

1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 1 

2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 1 

3 Reserved 1 

4 Reserved 0 

Ringer volume Off HIGH MIDDLE LOW 

5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 1 

6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 1 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 PC I/F mode On Off 0 OPTION 

3 Auto receive with PC I/F PC FAX 0 OPTION 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Resistration of header Disabled Enabled 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Quick on-line Yes No 1 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 1 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 1 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 15 



SW 

NO. 

SW32 

SW33 

SW34 

SW35 

SW36 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

Initial 

setting 

Remarks 

1 Print hold On Off 0 OPTION 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Changeover of print cassette On Off 1 OPTION 

Selection of print cassette 

Single Auto. T→C C→T 

Indicate of 

(when single cassette) 

cassette 

Work in auto mode 

priority 

5 No. 5 0 1 0 except in this table. 0 T...TRAY 

6 No. 6 0 0 1 0 C...CASSETTE 

7 No. 7 0 0 0 0 

8 No. 8 0 1 1 0 

Heater mode Always on Always off Off timer OPTION 

1 No. 1 0 0 1 0 

2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 

Density adjustment of print bias Binary input 4 2 1 set to 1~6. 

3 

4 

5 

No. = 3 4 5 (Data No.) 

EX 1 0 0 

eg. Bias is set to level 4. 

1: faint 6: deep 0 

1 

1 

set to 0,7 is 

equal to 4 

(100). 

6 Limit value of drum life 0 near = 19,000 pcs. 0 near = 15,000 pcs. 

1 near = 15,000 pcs. 1 near = 16,000 pcs. 

0 

7 0 limit = 20,000 pcs. 1 limit = 16,000 pcs. 

0 limit = 20,000 pcs. 1 limit = 20,000 pcs. 

0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Start time of heater OFF timer 


2 (Upper digit of hour) 

No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) 0 

3 EX 0 0 0 0 0 

4 0 



6 (Lower digit of hour) 

No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 0 

7 EX 0 0 0 0 0 

8 eg. Start time is set to 15: XX 0 



2 (Upper digit of minute) 

No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) 0 

3 EX 0 0 0 0 0 

4 0 



6 (Lower digit of minute) 

No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 0 

7 EX 0 0 0 0 0 

8 eg. Start time is set to XX: 40 0 

1 End time of heater OFF timer 


2 (Upper digit of hour) 

No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) 0 

3 EX 0 0 0 0 0 

4 0 



6 (Lower digit of hour) 

No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 0 

7 EX 0 0 0 0 0 

8 eg. End time is set to 21: XX 0 

2 – 16

SW 

NO. 

SW37 

SW38 

SW39 

SW40 

SW41 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

Remarks 



2 (Upper digit of minute) 

No. = 1 2 3 4 (Data No.) 0 

3 EX 0 0 0 0 0 

4 0 



6 (Lower digit of minute) 

No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 0 

7 EX 0 0 0 0 0 

8 eg. End time is set to XX: 35 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 1 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 1 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 1 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 1 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 1 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 1 

2 – 17 



SW 

NO. 

SW42 

SW43 

SW44 

SW45 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 Reserved 1 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 1 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 1 

1 Reserved 1 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 1 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 1 

Remarks 

1 Automatic printing of activity report Yes (When memory full) No (First data is cleared 

when memory full) 

0 OPTION 

2 Printout of total time and total number of 

pages on activity report 

Off On 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Department function On Off 0 

5 Department ID digit Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 OPTION 

6 No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 1 Set is 3~9. 

7 EX 0 1 0 0 0 

8 eg. Department ID is set to 4 digits. 0 

1 Picture quality priority mode Fine Standard 0 OPTION 

2 Cut-off mode (when copy mode) Continue Cut-off 0 OPTION 

3 Scanning ratio in memory input 1 : 1 Reduce 0 Memory 

scanning 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

Reduce ratio (when copy mode) AUTO 100% 95% 89% 74% 

6 No. 6 0 1 0 0 1 1 

7 No. 7 0 0 1 0 1 0 

8 No. 8 0 0 0 1 0 0 

2 – 18

SW 

NO. 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

Initial 

setting 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

Density adjustment 

Normal Faint Deep Deep 

(when Fine/STD mode) 

(when Dark 

mode) 

3 No. 3 0 0 1 1 0 

SW46 4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 0 

Density adjustment 

Normal Faint Deep Deep 

(when Half-tone mode) 

(when Dark 

mode) 

5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 

6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0 

7 HTF correction in Half-tone mode On Off 1 

8 MTF correction in Half-tone mode Strong Weak 0 

SW47 

SW48 

SW49 

SW50 

SW51 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 19 


Remarks


SW 

NO. 

SW52 

SW53 

SW54 

SW55 

SW56 

SW57 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

Remarks 

1 Reserved 1 

2 Reserved 1 

3 Reserved 1 

4 Reserved 1 

5 Printing when toner empty Printing Stop 0 

6 

7 

8 

Reduction of print data 

No. 6 

No. 7 

No. 8 

AUTO 

0 

0 

0 

100% 

1 

0 

0 

94%(92%) 88%(86%) 73%(72%) 

0 0 1 

1 0 1 

0 1 0 

0 

0 

0 

The number in 

() is applicable 

for the footer 

print on. AUTO 

is equivalent to 

100 %. 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 20

SW 

NO. 

SW58 

SW59 

SW60 

SW61 

SW62 

SW63 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 21 


Remarks


SW 

NO. 

SW64 

SW65 

SW66 

SW67 

SW68 

SW69 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

Remarks 

1 Cassette define (LTR/A4): Tray A4 LTR 1 

2 Cassette define (LTR/A4): Upper A4 LTR 1 When W 

cassette 

3 Cassette define (LTR/A4): Lower A4 LTR 1 Ignore when W 

cassette. 

4 Separation of image area in the half-tone On Off 1 

5 Removal of notch in the binary mode On Off 1 

6 Reserved 1 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 22

SW 

NO. 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

Initial 

setting 

1 Reserved 1 

2 Reserved 1 

3 Reserved 1 

SW70 4 Reserved 1 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

Black line detection 

Continued black line count when detected 

(When transmission scanning) 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Unused 

1 No. 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

2 No. 2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 

3 No. 3 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 

4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 

All white page detection 

All white line count ratio against total count of page to 


judge the white page 

SW71 

5 No. 5 

Unused 1.0% 1.5% 2.0% 2.5% 3.0% 3.5% 4.0% 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

6 No. 6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 

7 No. 7 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 

8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 



4.5% 5.0% 5.5% 6.0% 7.0% 8.0% 9.0% 10.0% 

5 No. 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

6 No. 6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 

7 No. 7 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 

8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 

Black line detection 

Continued black line count when detected 

(When copy scanning) 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Unused 

1 No. 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

2 No. 2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 

3 No. 3 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 

4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 

White page detect 


(When copy scanning) 


SW72 

5 No. 5 

Unused 1.0% 1.5% 2.0% 2.5% 3.0% 3.5% 4.0% 

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 

6 No. 6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 

7 No. 7 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 

8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 



4.5% 5.0% 5.5% 6.0% 7.0% 8.0% 9.0% 10.0% 

5 No. 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

6 No. 6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 

7 No. 7 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 

8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 

SW73 

1 Drum life control No Yes 1 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 1 

2 – 23 


Remarks


SW 

NO. 

SW74 

SW75 

SW76 

SW77 

SW78 

SW79 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 24 

Remarks

SW 

NO. 

SW80 

SW81 

SW82 

SW83 

SW84 

SW85 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 25 


Remarks


SW 

NO. 

SW86 

SW87 

SW88 

SW89 

SW90 

SW91 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 26 

Remarks

SW 

NO. 

SW92 

SW93 

SW94 

SW95 

SW96 

SW97 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

DTMF detection time 50ms 80ms 100ms 120ms 

1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 

2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0 

3 Protection of remote reception (5 ) detect Yes No 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Remote operation code figures by external Binary input 8 4 2 1 0 

6 tel (0 ~ 9) 

No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 1 

7 EX 0 1 0 1 0 

8 eq. 5 1 

Remarks 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Recall controle of same dial No Yes 0 

3 Summer time No Yes 1 

4 U.K./Ireland mode Ireland U.K. 0 

5 Mercury function Yes No 1 OPTION 

PBX recall selection No operation No operation Earth Time break 

6 No. 6 0 0 1 1 1 OPTION 

7 No. 7 0 1 0 1 1 

8 Lower frequency for CI detection 20Hz U.K. Ireland 0 

14.5Hz 15.5Hz 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 1 

5 Reserved 1 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 1 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 27 



SW 

NO. 

SW98 

SW99 

DATA 

NO. 

ITEM 


1 0 

setting 

1 Waiting time after dialing 90sec 45sec 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

1 Reserved 0 

2 Reserved 0 

3 Reserved 0 

4 Reserved 0 

5 Reserved 0 

6 Reserved 0 

7 Reserved 0 

8 Reserved 0 

2 – 28 

Remarks

• Soft switch function description 

SW1 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Recall interval 

Choice is made for a recall interval for speed and rapid dial-numbers. 

Use a binary number to program this. If set to 0 accidentally, 1 will be 

assumed. 

SW1 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Recall attempts 

Choice is made as to how many recall attempts should be made. Use 

a binary number to program this. 

SW2 No. 1 Dialing mode 

Switch the type according to the telephone circuit connected to the 

facsimile. 

0: PULSE DIAL 

1: TONE DIAL 

SW2 No. 2 Receive mode 

Auto/manual receiving mode is set. 

SW2 No. 3 ECM mode 

Used to determine ECM mode function. Refer to the following table. 

SW2-No.3 ECM MODE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

SW6-No.1 MH FIXED 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 

ECM MMR mode Yes No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No 

Compression 

ECM MR mode 

ECM MMH mode 

Yes 

Yes 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

No 

No 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

No 

method ECM MH mode Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No 

MR mode Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No 

MH mode Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 

(Depending on remote machine) 

SW2 No. 4 Reserved 

Set to "0". 

SW2 No. 5 Polling security 

This switch is employed to enable or disable the polling operation 

using the ID code verification function, in order to prevent unauthorized 

polling operation. 

SW2 No. 6 Auto cover sheet 

When "1" (=YES) is selected, the cover sheet is automatically sent 

after transmission of the original to notify the receiver of the number 

of original sheets transmitted. 

SW2 No. 7 JNNK-FAX function in manual reception 

It is set whether JUNK-FAX is functioned in the manual receiving 

mode or not. 

SW2 No. 8 JUNK-FAX function 

This function is used to receive data from a specific remote machine 

(station registered in entry mode). It is the function that refused a 

reception in the case that TSI of remote machine matched with fax 

number of the station registered. 

0: No 

1: Yes 

2 – 29 


SW3 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Number of rings for auto-receive 

(0: No ring receive) 

When the machine is set in the auto receive mode, the number of 

rings before answering can be selected. It may be set from one to 

nine rings using a binary number. If the soft switch was set to 1, a 

direct connection is made to the facsimile. If a facsimile. If it was set 

to 0 accidentally, receive ring is set to 1. If it was above 9, receive 

rings are set to 9. So, this has to be corrected. 

SW3 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Switch to auto-receive from manual receive 

(0: No switch) 

Choice is made after how many rings in the manual receive mode it 

should be automatically change to auto answer mode or remain in the 

manual receive mode. Entering the binary number 0 forces the machine 

to remain in the manual answer mode. If a number between 1 

and 9 is entered, the machine will go into the answer mode after the 

given number of rings. However, it can be used as an ordinary telephone 

if the handset is taken off the hook before this programmed 

number is finished. If entry of a number above 9 by accident, it will be 

set to 9. In this case, it must be corrected to the proper number.


SW4 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Communication results printout 

It is possible to obtain communication results after each transaction. 

Normally, the switch is set (No. 1: 0, No. 2: 0, No. 3: 1) so that the 

communication result is produced only a communication error is encountered. 

If No. 1 was set to 1, No. 2 was set to 1 and No. 3 was set 

to 0, the communication result will be produced every time a communication 

is done, even if the communication was successful. 

If No. 1 was set to 0, No. 2 to 1 and No. 3 to 0, the communication 

result will be produced every transmission. 

Setting No. 1 to 1 No. 2 to 0 and No. 3 to 0 will disable this function. 

No transaction report will be printed. 

If No. 1 was set to 0, No. 2 to 0 and No. 3 to 0, the communication 

result is produced only after a timer and memory transmission or 

when a communication error is encountered. 

SW4 No. 4 Image addition function to the communication result 

table (for memory transmission only) 

Used to set addition of sending image to the communication result 

table. 

SW4 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved 

Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 

SW4 No. 8 Multi-TTI feature 

When this switch is set to "1", Multi TTI function is enabled. 

SW5 No. 1 Time display format 

When this switch is set to "0", time is displayed in 12-hour system. 

When set to "1", 24-hour system. 

SW5 No. 2 Date display format 

Used to select date display/print formats. 

SW5 No. 3 Header print 

When it is set at 0, sender’s name, sending page number and so on 

are automatically printed in the recording paper on the receiving side 

during transmission. Thus, the sender can be known on the receiving 

side. 

0: Applied. 

1: Not applied. 

SW5 No. 4 Footer print 

When set to "1", the date of reception, the sender machine No., and 

the page No. are automatically recorded at the end of reception. 

SW5 No. 5 Relay data output 

0: Output ON 

1: Output OFF 

SW5 No. 6 Substitute reception 

Selection of substitute reception in the case of recording paper exhausted 

or paper jam. If set to "NO", auto receive is disabled even 

when the receive memory is ready to receive. 

Substitute reception is not performed even during receive operation. 

SW5 No. 7 Substitute reception condition 

Selection of substitute reception according to existence of TEL number 

from transmitting side. Initial setting allows substitute reception 

without CSI. If set to "no", the receiver cannot receive any documents. 

2 – 30 

SW5 No. 8 CSI transmission 

CSI signal contains the sender’s phone number registered in the machine. 

If this switch is set to "1", no sender’s name will be printed at 

the receiving side. 

SW6 No. 1 MH fixed 

Normally set to allow automatic selection of MH and MR mode according 

to the remote side. 

If set to 1, the mode is fixed to MH and is useful if the remote side is a 

MH only unit; or a lot of image distortion is met due to a bad line. 

SW6 No. 2 H2 mode 

Used to determine H2 mode (15 sec transmission mode). When set to 

OFF, H2 mode is inhibited even though the transmitting machine has 

H2 mode. 


Set to "0". 

SW6 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Modem speed (DCS date reception speed) 

Used to determine the initial modem speed. The default is 14400BPS 

(V17). It may be necessary to program it to a slower speed when 

frequent line fallback is encountered, in order to save the time required 

for the fallback procedure. 

SW7 No. 1, No. 2 Reception speed fixed 

The transferable speed of modem in the receiving mode is set. 

SW7 No. 3 DIS receive acknowledge during G3 transmission 

Used to make a choice of whether reception of NSF (DIS) is acknowledged 

after receiving two NSFs (DISs) or receiving one NSF (two 

DISs). 

It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression 

problem, if set to 1. 

SW7 No. 4 Non-modulated carrier in V29 transmission mode 

Though transmission of a non-modulated carrier is not required for 

transmission by the V29 modem according to the CCITT Recommendation, 

it may be permitted to send a non-modulated carrier before the 

image signal to avoid an echo suppression problem. 

It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression 

problem, if set to 1. 

SW7 No. 5 EOL detection timer 

Used to make a choice of whether to use the 25-second or 5-second 

timer for detection of End of line. 

This is effective to override communication failures with some facsimile 

models that have longer End of line detection. 

SW7 No. 6 Protocol monitor 

Normally set to "0". If set to "1", communication can be checked, in 

case of troubles, without using a G3 tester or other tools. 

When communication FSK data transmission or reception is made, 

the data is taken into the buffer. When communication is finished, the 

data analyzed and printed out. When data is received with the line 

monitor (SW4-No. 8) set to "1" the reception level is also printed out. 

SW7 No. 7 Line monitor 

Normally set to "0". If set to "1", the transmission speed and the 

reception level are displayed on the LCD. Used for line tests. 

SW7 No. 8 Max. length for TX/RX/Copy 

Used to set the maximum page length. 

To avoid possible paper jam, the page length is normally limited to 

432 mm for copy or transmit, and 1.5 meters for receive. 

It is possible to set it to "No limit" to transmit/receive a long document, 

such as a computer print form, etc. (In this case, the receiver/transmitter 

must also be set to no limit.)

SW8 No. 1, No. 2 Compromised Equalizer 

The following 4 settings can be made by combining the No. 1 and No. 

2 settings. 

No. 1 No. 2 

0 0 The line equalizer built in the modem is turned off. 

0 1 The line equalizer built in the modem is turned on. At 

this time, the equalizer characteristic corresponds to 4 

links of NTT line (Japan). 

1 0 These 2 settings are for extension, and they are not 

0 1 used at present. (If settings are made, the operation 

can be not guaranteed.) 


Set to "0". 

SW8 No. 4 Pause time 

This relates to the pause code of dial signal. When this switch is set to 

"1", the 1st pause is 2 seconds, and the 2nd and subsequent pauses 

are 1 second. In case of "0", the 1st pause is 4 seconds, and the 2nd 

and subsequent pauses are 2 seconds. 

SW8 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Signal transmission level 

Used to control the signal transmission level in the range of –0dB to 

–15dB. 

SW9 No. 1 CED tone signal interval 

For international communication, the 2100Hz CED tone may act as 

an echo suppresser switch, causing a communication problem. 

Though this soft switch is normally set to "0", it should be set to "1" so 

as to change the time between CED tone and DIS signal from 75ms 

to 500ms to eliminate the communication problem caused by echo. 

SW9 No. 2 CI signal OFF detect enable time 

Used to set the continuous detection time during OFF period of CI 

signal. Normally set to 700ms, where the short ring (500ms: OFF 

period) cannot be detected. Therefore, selection of 350ms is allowed. 

SW9 No. 3 Equalization freeze 

This switch is used to perform reception operation by fixing the equalizer 

control of modem for the line which is always in unfavorable state 

and picture cannot be received. Usually, the control is executed according 

to the state of line where the equalizer setting is changed 

always. 

SW9 No. 4 Equalization freeze conditions 

Setting which specifies SW9 No.3 control only in condition of 7200bps 

modem speed. 


Set to "0". 

SW9 No. 6 CED detection time. 

The detection time of the CED signal from the called side in the auto 

calling mode is set. 


Set to "0". 

SW10 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved 

Set to "0". 

2 – 31 


SW11 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Memory retransmission times 

The number of memory retransmissions is set. 

SW11 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Memory retransmission interval 

The interval between memory retransmissions is set. 


Set to "0". 

SW12 No. 3, No. 4 Alarm buzzer 

The sounding length of the buzzer for normal end of operation is set. 

SW12 No. 5 Action when RTN received 

The operation is set when the RTN signal is received in the G3 

transmission mode. 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0".



Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 

2 – 32 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 

SW27 No. 3 Verification STAMP 

End stamp: 

It is set whether the red round mark is stamped at the bottom margin 

of the document every page in the memory input mode and document 

sending mode or not. 


Set to "0". 

SW27 No. 5, No. 6 Key buzzer volume 

Key buzzer volume: 

The sound volume of key inputting buzzer and other buzzers is set. 


Set to "0". 

SW28 No. 1, No. 2 Speaker volume 

Speaker volume: 

The sound volume of the speaker in the on-hook mode is set. 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 

SW28 No. 5, No. 6 Ringer volume 

Ringer volume: 

The calling sound volume of CI signal receiving is set. 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 

SW29 No. 2 PC I/F mode 

PC I/F mode: 

The interface with the personal computer is selected. 

SW29 No. 3 Auto receive with PC I/F 

Automatic receiving of I/F mode: 

Which receives the call is determined. 


Set to "0". 

SW30 No. 1 Resistration of header 

Used make a choice of whether the registered senders phone number 

can be changed or not. If the switch is set to "1", new registration of 

the senders phone number is disabled to prevent accidental incorrect 

input. 


Set to "0".

SW30 No. 8 Quick on-line 

It is selected whether auto dial call is activated in the memory input 

mode when one document is completely read or when all pages are 

completely read. 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 

SW32 No. 1 Print hold 

When set to "1", the print hold function is enabled. 


Set to "0". 

SW32 No. 4 Changeover of Print cassette 

When the cassette selection priority is set to the upper priority or the 

lower priority and paper in the cassette is exhausted, this function is 

used to set changeover of the cassette of not. 

SW32 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Selection of print cassette 

Used to set the priority of selection of the recording paper cassettes. 

(Auto selection/Upper priority/Lower priority) 

SW33 No.1 No. 2 Heater mode 

Used to set ON/OFF of the heater. Three settings are available: always 

ON, always OFF, and OFF timer. (Only when Off timer is selected, 

SW34-SW37 settings are valid.) 

SW33 No. 3 ~ No. 5 Density adjustment of print bias 

The density of printing is set. 

It can be also set in the print diagnosis mode. 

SW33 No. 6, No. 7 Limit value of drum life 

Used to set ON/OFF of the limit value of drum life. 


Set to "0". 

SW34 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Start time of heater OFF time (Upper digit of 

hour) 

Used to set the start time of the heater OFF timer. (Enter in 24-hour 

system.) 

SW34 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Start time of heater OFF time (Lower digit of 

hour) 


system.) 

SW35 No. 1 ~ NO. 4 Start time of heater OFF time (Upper digit of 

minute) 


system.) 

SW35 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Start time of heater OFF time (Lower digit of 

hour) 


system.) 

SW36 No. 1 ~ No. 4 End time of heater OFF time (Upper digit of 

hour) 

Used to set the end time of the heater OFF timer. (Enter in 24-hour 

system.) 

SW36 No. 5 ~ No. 8 End time of heater OFF time (Lower digit of 

hour) 


system.) 

2 – 33 


SW37 No. 1 ~ No. 4 End time of heater OFF time (Upper digit of 

minute) 


system.) 

SW37 No. 5 ~ No. 8 End time of heater OFF time (Lower digit of 

minute) 


system.) 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1".


SW44 No. 1 Automatic printing of activity report 

This soft switch is used to select; whether or not to produce the 

activity report when the memory is full (about 50 items). An activity 

report can be produced when the following key entry command is 

made. 

"FUNC", "2", "#", "START" 

After producing the activity report, all the data in the memory will be 

cleared. 

When the switch function is set to "0" (NO), the data in memory will be 

deleted from the oldest as it reaches the maximum memory capacity 

(approx. 50 items). 

SW44 No. 2 Printout of total time and total number of pages on 

activity report 

Used to make a choice of whether the total communication time and 

pages are recorded in the activity report. 


Set to "0". 

SW44 No. 4 Department function 

This model has the department audit feature, it has to be set to 1 to 

utilize this feature. 

SW44 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Department ID digit 

Used to set the department ID digit number. When set to "D", the 

number is "4". 

SW45 No. 1 Picture qualitypriority mode 

Used to set to the transmission mode which is automatically selected 

when the MODE key is not pressed. In the copy mode, however, the 

fine mode is automatically selected unless the MODE key is manually 

set to another mode. 

SW45 No. 2 Cut-off mode (when copy mode) 

When in copy, if the scanned data is out of the range of recrding, the 

operator has one of the choices below using the switch. 

0: Continue: Data is printed onto the next page with the last 

20mm also printed at the beginning of the next page. 

1: Cut off: Data scanned out of the limit is cut off (a page is 

printed.) 

SW45 No. 3 Scanning ratio in memory input 

In the case of memory transmission, etc., only letter size (A4) documents 

can be stored in the memory. To input B4 documents into the 

memory, therefore, the B4 documents must be reduced to letter size 

(A4) or the both ends of the B4 documents will be cut off to input the 

center letter-size (A4) portion. This switch provides the selection. 

0: Reduced to A4 size and inputted. 

1: The both ends are cut off and the center portion (A4 size) is 

inputted. 


Set to "0". 

SW45 No. 6~No. 8 Reduce ratio (when copy mode) 

Contraction ratio of copying is set. 

It can be changed even in the optional mode. 


Set to "0". 

SW46 No. 3, No. 4 Density adjustment (when Fine/STD mode) 

This is used for density adjustment in fine/standard mode. Adjust the 

density according to that of frequently used original. 

Set to "Dark" for darker reading (either in the auto or the dark mode) 

of light original. Set to "Light" for lighter reading (either in the auto or 

the dark mode) of dark original. 

Set to "Dark only in dark mode" for darker reading only in the dark 

mode. 

2 – 34 

SW46 No. 5, No. 6 Density adjustment (when Half-tone mode) 

This is used for density adjustment in the half tone. Setting procedures 

are the same as SW46 No. 3, No. 4. 

SW46 No. 7 HTF correction in Half-tone mode 

In the half tone mode, image area is separated from character area 

and processed separately to eliminate unclear character transmission. 

This switch is used to change the criteria of judgement of separation. 

When "Strong" (= 1) is selected, more area is judge d as character 

area, providing clearer characters. 

On the contrary, however, edges of image area may be emphasized. 

It is advisable to restrict the use of this function only when clear 

characters must be transmitted, and to use the function of "Weak" (= 

0) for general cases. 

SW46 No.8 MTF correction in Half-tone mode 

This allows selection of MTF correction (dimness correction) in the 

half tone mode. When "NO" (= 1) is selected, the whole image becomes 

soft and mild, On the contrary, however, cleamess of characters 

will be reduced. Normally set to "NO" (= 1). 

SW47 ~ SW55 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved 

Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 

SW56 No. 5 Printing when toner empty 

It is set whether printing is stopped for empty toner or not. 

SW56 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reduction of print data 

Contraction ratio of receiving is set. 

It can be changed even in the optional mode. 


Set to "0". 

SW69 No. 1 (Cassette define (LTR/A4): Tray 

A4 cassette can be used. 

Set 0 or 1 for all of three bits. 

Moreover, do not change the setting during printing. 

SW69 No. 2 Cassette define (LTR/A4): Upper 




SW69 No. 3 Cassette define (LTR/A4): Lower 




SW69 No. 4 Separation of image area in the half-tone 

This allows selection of MTF correction (dimness correction) in the 

half tone mode. When "NO" (= 1) is selected, the whole image becomes 

soft and mild, On the contrary, however, cleamess of characters 

will be reduced. Normally set to "NO" (= 1). 

SW69 No. 5 Removal of notch in the binary mode 

The notch signal is removed in the binary mode. 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 

SW71 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Black line detection 

(When transmission scanning). 

Number of continuous judgements of black lines during duplex scan.

SW71 No. 5 ~ No. 8 All white page detection 


Ratio of black and white during duplex scan. 

SW72 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Black line detection (When copy scanning) 

Number of continuous judgements of black lines during duplex scan. 

SW72 No. 5 ~ No. 8 White page detect (When copy scanning) 

Ratio of black and white during duplex scan. 

SW73 No. 1 Drum life control 

Used to set ON/OFF of the "DRUM LIFE OVER" indicator. 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0". 

SW95 No. 1, No. 2 DTMF detection time 

Used to set detect time of DTMF (Dual Tone Multi Frequency) used in 

remote reception (5 ). 

The longer the detect time is, the less the error detection is caused by 

noises. 

SW95 No. 3 Protection of remote reception (5 ) detect 

Used to set the function of remote reception (5 ). When set to "1", 

the remote reception function is disabled. 


Set to "0". 

SW95 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Remote operation code figures by external 

TEL (0 ~ 9) 

Remote operation codes can be changes from 0 through 9. If set to 

greater than 9, it defaults to 9. The "5 " is not changed. 

Ex-7 (Default: 5 ) 

2 – 35 



Set to "0". 

SW96 No. 2 Recall control of same dial 

If a call to the same person is continuously made, the recall operation 

of second call is limited. 

SW96 No. 3 Summer time 

0: Summer time function enabled 

1: Summer time function disabled 

SW96 No. 4 U.K./Ireland mode 

UK/IR selection 

Default: 0 

SW96 No. 5 Mercury function 

0: No 

1: Yes 

Default: 0 

SW96 No. 6, No. 7 PBX Recall selection 

PBX function 

RECALL selection machine 

Default: 10 (Earth) 

SW96 No. 8 Lower frequency for CI detection 

Ring signal for auto reception is set. 

When this switch is set to "1", PTT standards are set. 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 


Set to "1". 


Set to "0". 

SW98 No. 1 Waiting time after dialing 

This is the time waiting for the opponent’s signals after dialing. 

For the Switzerland version, the time is fixed to 90 sec regardless of 

this switch setting. 


Set to "0". 


Set to "0".


[3] Troubleshooting 

1. Fax troubleshooting 

Refer to the following actions to troubleshoot any of problems mentioned 

in 1-4. 

[1] A communication error evoked. 

[2] Image distortion produced. 

[3] Unable to do overseas communication. 

[4] Communication speed slow liable to failback. 

• Increase the transmission level SOFT SWITCH 8-5, 6, 7, 8 

Can be used in case [1] [2] [3] 

• Decrease the transmission level SOFT SWITCH 8-5, 6, 7, 8 

Can be used in case [3] 

TO: ATT: Ref.No. : 

CC: ATT: Date : 

FM: Dept : 

Sign : 

***** Facsimile communication problem ***** Ref.No.: 

From: Mr. Fax Tel No.: Date: 

Our customer Name Tel No. 

Address Fax No. 

Contact person Model name 

Other party Name Tel No. 

Address Fax No. 

Contact person Model name 

Problem mode Line: Domestic/international Mode: G3 Phase: A. B. C. D. 

Reception/Transmission Automatic reception / Manual reception 

Automatic dialing / Manual dialing / Others 

Frequency: % ROM version: 

Confirmation 

item 

Comment 

Counter-measure 

Our customer 

A1 A2 

Our service 

B1 

B2 

C1 D2 

C2 

E1 

E2 

D1 

Other party's service 

**** Please attach the G3 data and activity report on problem. **** 

2 – 36 

• Apply line equalization SOFT SWITCH 8-1, 2 

Can be used in all cases. 

• Slow down the transmission speed SOFT SWITCH 6-4, 5, 6, 7, 8 

Can be used in case [2] [3] 

• Replace the TEL/LIU PWB. 


• Replace the control PWB. 


* If transmission problems still exist on the machine, use the following 

format and check the related matters. 

Other party 

Please mark problem with an X 

No problem is: 0 

A1 A2 B1 B2 C1 C2 D1 D2 E1 E2 

Transmission level setting is ( 

customer 

) dB at our 

Transmission level ( ) dBm 

Reception level ( ) dBm 

By level meter at B1 and B2

2. Printer trouble detection 

(1) Paper jam 

The printer recognizes if paper remains inside the printer by detecting 

the status of the Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC1) and the Paper Exit 

Sensor (PC3). A paper jam is detected by the timing that PC1 and 

PC3 become activated or deactivated. 

When a paper jam is detected, the drive for all elements is stopped 

except for the Fan Motor (M3) , excluding the two following cases. 

• During multi printing 

When condition 1 listed below is detected and paper remains in the 

printer, all elements except the Fan Motor (M3) will be stopped 

after the paper is fed out of the printer. 

• During single printing 

When condition 1 listed below is detected and paper does not 

remains in the printer, elements except the Heater Lamp (H1) and 

Fan Moter (M3) will ve stopped. 

1. The Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC1) does not activate within 2 

sec, after the Paper Take-Up Roller in the printer starts rotating, 

or within 4 sec. after the Paper Take-Up Roller in the optional 

250 Sheet Second Tray starts rotating. 

2. The Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC1) activates when the Power 

ON/OFF Switch (S1) is turmed ON, or when the Upper Unit is 

closed. 

3. The Paper Exit Senspr (PC3) activates when the Power 

ON/OFF Switch(S1) is turned ON, of when the Upper Unit is 

closed. 

4. The Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC1) does not deactivate within 11 

sec. after the paper leading edge reaches the Paper Take-Up 

Sensor (PC1). 

5. The Paper Exit Sensor (PC3) does not activate within 3.5 to 4.5 

sec. after the paper leading edge reaches the Paper Take-Up 

Sensor (PC1). 

6. The Paper Exit Sensor (PC3) does not deactivate within 3.4 to 

4.7 sec. afer the paper trailing edge passes the paperTake-Up 

Sensor (PC1). 

(2) Laser malfuction 

All elements except the Exit Fan Motor (M3) are deactivated when the 

malfunctions described below are detected. 

The LDVR1 signal or LDVT2 signal deviates from the specified value 

while the laser power is adjusted. 

LDVR1/LDVR2 : These signals are to adjust the laser drive current. 

(3) Polygon motor malfunction 

1. The SSCAN signal has not been entered once within 1 sec. after 

the Polygon Motor is energized. 

2. The number of Polygon Motor rotations has not stabilized within ± 

by 4.2 sec. after the Motor is energized. 

3. The number of Polygon Motor rotations has exceeded ±3% for 

more than 0.5 sec. after the Motor is energized and the rotation 

number stabilizes within ±0.5%. 

(4) Fusing malfunction 

1. The temperature detected by the Thermistor has not risen 20˚C for 

50 mmsec. within 12 to 30 sec. after the warming up. (This detection 

applies only when the Thermistor detecting temperature is 

90˚C or less.) 

2. The Thermistor detecting temperature has not reached to 172˚C 

within 60 sec. after warming up. 

3. Except in the Pause Mode*, the Thermistor detecting temperature 

during the idle state has fallen to 80˚C or lower for 50 msec., or 

the temperature during printing has fallen to 133˚C or lower. 

4. The Thermistor detecting temperature has exceeded 193˚C for 50 

msec. during temperature control. 

*Pause Mode : During this mode, the control temperature is decreased 

to save power during the idle state, the 

Heater Lamp being turned OFF. 

2 – 37 


(5) Exit fan malfunction 

The voltage equivalent to the current* 1 of the Exit Fan Motor remains 

160 mV or lower for 2 sec. 

*1: detected by converting the Motor current into voltage. 

How to Reset these malfunctions 

Turn OFF The Power ON/OFF Switch (S1).


3. Printer troubleshooting 

1. PAPER JAM 

(1) Paper jam occurred when the Power ON/OFF Switch (S1) is turned ON, or when the Upper Unit is closed. 

Is there paper still inside the 

machine? 

YES 

Remove the paper. 

(2) Paper jam occurred at the paper take-up section 

Was the pa- YES 

per taken up? 

NO 

Does the Paper 

Take-Up 

roller rotate? 

NO 

YES 

NO 

Has the paper leading 

edge already reached 

the Paper Take-UP 

Sensor (PC1) ? 

Do the Paper Take-Up 

Sensor (PC1) lever and the 

Paper Exit Sensor (PC3) 

lever move correctly? 

NO 

Correct the Sensor lever 

movement. 

Does the Main Motor 

(M1) operate? 

YES 

Do the Paper Take-Up 

Solenids (SL1) 

function. 

YES 

NO NO 

Replace M1,the Power 

Unit (PWB-E) or 

PWB-A. 

Clean the Paper Take- 

Up Roller and the 

Transport Roller. 

YES 

Replace PC1 or PC3 

Replace PWB-A. 

YES Does the Sensor lever 

move correctly. 

YES 

NO NO 

Replace SL1 or 

PWB-A. 

2 – 38 

Correct the Sensor lever 

movement. 

Replace PC1 or 

PWB-A. 

1. Check if the paper currently used 

satisfies the specification for paper 

type. 

2. Check if the paper is curled, 

waved,of damp.

(3) Paper jam occurred at the paper transport section 

Has the paper leading 

edge alredy reached 

the Fusing Roller? 

NO 

Clean the Pre-Image 

Transfer Roller. 

2. UNIT ERROR 

(1) Laser malfunction 

(2) Polygon motor malfunction 

YES 

Has the paper 

been separated 

YES 

Does the Paper Exit 

Sensor (PC3) lever 

YES 

from the Fusing 

Roller? 

move correctly? 

Check the Fusing 

Roller and the Paper 

Separator. 



NO NO 

NG 

NG 

Correct the Sensor lever. 

Replace the Print Head Unit. 

Replace the Print Head Unit. 

2 – 39 

Replace PC3 or 

PWB-A. 



(3) Fusing malfunction 

(4) Exit fan malfunction 

Does the Heater Lamp 

turn ON when the 

power is ON? 

H1 check 

Is H1 conductive? 

S3 check 

3. OTHER TROUBLE SHOOTING 

(1) No Power 

YES 

Is there electrical conductin 

between 

CN2-1 and CN2-3? 

YES 

Replace the Power 

Unit (PWB-E) or 

PWB-A. 

Does the Exit Fan Motor 

(M3) rotate when the 

power is ON? 

YES Is the Thermistor (TH1) 

surface dirty? 

YES 

NO 

NO 

Replace 

H1. 

Replace the 

Thermistat (S3) 

or the Fusing Unit. 

TH1 check 

NO NO 

NO 

Replace M3. 

NO 

YES 

Has the Power ON/OFF 

Swicth been turned ON? 

YES 

Has the Power Cord been securely 

connected to the printer? 

YES 

Has the Power Cord been securely 

connected to the outlet? 

YES 

Has the fuse in the Power Unit 

(PWB-E) blown? 

YES 

Replace the fuse. 

NO 

2 – 40 

Is there electrical conductin 

between 

CN2 of TH1? 

NO 

Replace TH1. 


YES 

Replace PWB-E or PWB-A. 

Clean TH1 

Replace PWB-E 

or PWB-A.

[4] ERROR CODE TABLE 

1. Communication error code table 

G3 Transmission 

Code Final received signal Error Condition (Receiver side) 

0 Incomplete signal frame Cannot recognize bit stream after flag 

G3 Reception 

1 NSF, DIS Cannot recognize DCS signal by echo etc. 

Cannot recognize NSS signal (FIF code etc) 

2 CFR Disconnects line during reception (carrier missing etc) 

3 FTT Disconnects line by fall back 

4 MCF Disconnects line during reception of multi page 

Cannot recognize NSS, DCS signal in the case of mode change 

5 PIP or PIN The line is hung up without replying to telephone request from the receiving party. 

6 RTN or RTP Cannot recognize NSS, DCS signal after transmit RTN or RTP signal. 

7 No signal or DCN No response in receiver side or DCN signal received* (transmitter side) 

8 − Owing to error in some page the error could not be corrected although the specified number of 

error retransmission was at tempted. 

11 − Error occurred after or while reception by the remote (receiving) machine was revealed to be 

impossible. 

12 − Error occurred just after fallback. 

13 − Error occurred after a response to retransmission end command was received. 

Code Final received signal Error Condition (Receiver side) 

0 Incomplete signal frame Cannot recognize bit stream after flag 

1 NSS, DCS Cannot recognize CFR or FTT signal 

Disconnects line during transmission (line error) 

2 NSC, DTC Cannot recognize NSS signal (FIF code etc) 

3 EOP Cannot recognize MCF, PIP, PIN, RTN, RTP signal 

4 EOM Cannot recognize MCF, PIP, PIN, RTN, RTP signal in the case of mode change 

5 MPS The line is hung up without replying to communication request. 

6 PR1-Q Cannot recognize PIP, PIN signal in the case of TALK request 

7 No signal or DCN No response in transmitter (cannot recognize DIS signal) or DCN signal received* (receiver side) 

8 − Error occurred upon completion of reception of all pages. 

9 − Error occurred when mode was changed or Transmission/Reception switching was performed. 

10 − Error occurred during partial page or physical page reception. 

11 − Error occurred after or during inquiry from the remote (transmitting) machine as to whether 

reception is possible or not. 

12 − Error occurred during or just after fallback. 

13 − Error occurred after the retransmission end command was received. 

2. Service call error massage 

1. HEATER ERROR 

2. LASER ERROR 

3. POLYGON ERROR 

4. FAN ERROR 

5. PCU COMM, ERROR 

2 – 41 



CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION 

[1] Mechanical description 

1. Facsimile block 

1-1. Document feed block and diagram 

Transfer roller (2) 

Document 

LED 

Fig. 1 

2. Document feed operation 

1) As shown in Fig.1, the document set in the hopper (the front 

sensor is on) is fed with the pay-out roller and paper feed roller 

which rotate together with the pulse motor. 

2) When a specified number of pulses are received from the document 

sensor after the document lead edge is sensed, scanning 

will be started. 

3) When a specified number of pulses are received from the document 

sensor after the document rear edge is sensed, scanning 

will be ended to discharge the document to the tray. 

4) If the front sensor is on (the document is set up in the hopper), the 

next document is supplied and fed nearly when the last document 

is completely read and discharged. If the front sensor is off (no 

document is set up in the hopper), the drive will be stopped when 

the document is discharged to the tray. 

3. Hopper mechanism 

3-1. General view 

Original sensor 

Hopper guide 

Fig. 2 

Separation rubber plate 


Front sensor 

Paper feed roller 

Transfer plate 

Document 

Transfer roller 

3 – 1 

The hopper is used to align documents with the document guides 

adjusted to the paper width. 

NOTE: Adjust the document guides before and after inserting the 

document. 

3-2. Automatic document feed 

1) The structure with secure paper feed of the transfer roller and 

secure separation of the separation rubber plate system is employed. 

The transfer roller is so semicircular as to be rotated only 

when the paper feed roller is driven with the 2-step paper feed 

clutch mechanism. 

Moreover, the separation securely done by running the paper feed 

and transfer rollers more slowly than the feed rollor. 

2) Document separation system: 

Friction + speed reduction rario + roller backlash separation system 

Fig. 3 

3-3. Documents applicable for automatic feed 

Product specifications 

Indication Lower Limit Upper Limit 

Weight Metric system 52g/m 

indication indication 

2 

80g/m 2 

Thickness 

indication 

Document 

size 

Number of 

ADF sheets 

Paper 

quality 

Metric system 

indication 

Document size 

Range 

Document size 

Weight 

Separation rubber plate 

Paper feed roller 

Transfer plate 

Transfer roller 

Last page of document 

Document 

First page of document 

0.06mm 0.1mm 

(148mm × 128mm) ~ 

W letter (279.4mm × 432mm) 

A4 (210mm × 297mm) 

Letter (216mm × 279mm) 

B6 ~ Letter/A4 size 50 sheets 

B4 size/Legal 20 sheets 

W letter size 1 sheet 

90 kg or more 

135 kg or less 1 sheet 

Kind Paper of fine quality/bond paper/Kent 

paper 

NOTE: Double-side coated documents and documents on facsimile 

recording paper should be inserted manually. 

Documents corresponding to a paper weight heavier than 90kg and 

lighter than 135kg are acceptable for manual feed. 

Documents heavier than 135kg in terms of the paper weight must be 

duplicated on a copier to make it operative in the facsimile.

3-4. Loading the documents 

1) Make sure that the documents are of suitable size and thickness, 

and free from creases, folds, curls, wet glue, Wet ink, clips, staples 

and pins. 

2) Place documents face down in the hopper. 

i) Adjust the document guides to the document width. 

ii) Align the top edge of documents and gently place them into 

the hopper. The first page under the stack will be taken up by 

the feed roller to get ready for transmission. 

NOTES: 1) Curled edge of documents, if any, must be straighten 

out. 

2) Do not load the documents of different sizes and/or 

thicknesses together. 

3-5. Documents requiring use of document carrier 

1) Documents smaller than B6 (128mm x 182mm). 

2) Documents thinner than the thickness of 0.06mm. 

3) Documents containing creases, folds, or curls, especially those 

whose surface is curled (maximum allowable curl is 5mm). 

4) Documents containing tears. 

5) Carbon-backed documents. (Insert a white sheet of paper between 

the carbon back and the document carrier to avoid transfer 

of carbon to the carrier.) 

6) Documents containing an easily separable writing material (e.g., 

those written with a lead pencil). 

7) Transparent documents. 

8) Folded or glued documents. 

Document in document carrier should be inserted manually into 

the feeder. 

4. Optical system 

(1) General view 

Reading line 


Document 

LED 

Mirror1 

Fig. 4 

Mirror 2 

(2) Composition 

The optical system is composed of the document feed mechanism, 

the lamp, the reflecting mirrors, the focusing lens, the CCD sensor, 

and the read process circuit. 

4-1. LED Lamp 

The LED lamp is used to expose the document. 

Lens 

CCD 


3 – 2 

4-2. Lens 

The lens is used to focus the light reflected from the document on the 

CCD elements. 

4-3. CCD 

Mark 

Fig. 5 

The CCD (charge coupled device) image sensor consists of a photodiode 

array which converts the intensity of light reflected from the 

document surface into series of analog voltages which are then 

stored in an analog shift register. The series of analog voltages are 

then converted into a digital equivalent by a black/white binary logic 

circuit. 

(Example) Scan signal output waveform 

100% 

40% 

minimum 

Peak 

Maximum document width, 256mm 


Scan line 

length 

Fig. 6 

1) The minimum output from the CCD at the maximum scan width of 

document (256mm) must be more than 40% of the peak value. 

2) The peak output must be about 200mV under room temperature 

to avoid CCD saturation.


[2] Printer description 

1. COMPONENTS LAYOUT 

14 

1 

13 

2. DRIVE SECTION 

2 

3 

4 5 6 

12 

11 

Upper Fusing 

Roller 

Lower Fusing 

Roller 

PC Drum 

10 

lmage Transfer 

Roller 

Paper Take-Up Roller 

Paper Transport Roller 

Fig. 1 

2nd Transport unit 

Paper Take-Up Roller 

Paper Transport Roller 

Fig. 2 

3 – 3 

9 

7 

8 

Toner Cartridge 

Sleeve Roller 

A 

Peper Exit Roller 

1. Exit Fan Motor (M3) 

2. Lower Fusing Roller 

3. Paper Exit Sensor (PC3) 

4. Upper Fusing Roller 

5. Heater Lamp (H1) 

6. Paper Exit Roller 

7. Print Head Unit 

8. Toner Cartridge 

9. Paper Lift-Up Plate 

10. Paper Take-Up Roller 

11. Paper Transport Roller 

12. Paper Take-Up Sensor 

(PC1) 

13. Image Transfer Roller 

14. Dram Cartridge 

A 

Main Motor 

(M1)

3. PRINTER ENGINE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS LAYOUT 

PWB-E 

S1 

PC3 

TH1 

PC1 

SL1 

4. ELECTRICAL PARTS IDENTIFICATION 

S3 

M1 

H1 

M3 

PWB-R 

S2 

PWB-D 

Fig. 3 

M2 

PWB-A 

PWB-F 

PWB-B 

Symbol Name Function 

PWB-A Printer Control PWB Communicates with the controller and controls all printer operation. 

PWB-D Laser Diode Drive Detects the start position of the image by the Laser Diode and the SOS Sensor. 

PWB-E Power Supply PWB Converts the power voltage from AC voltage into DC voltage and supplies that to H1. 

PWB-F High Voltage PWB Unit Applies each voltage respectively to the Rotating Charge Brush, the Sleeve Roller, the Toner 

Regulation Plate, the Toner Collecting Plate and the Electrode Plate. 

PWB-R Resistor PWB Prevents the image transfer current from flowing to paper by the resistor. 

M1 Main Motor Is the drive source of the printer. 

M2 Polygon Motor Rotates at high speed and makes the laser scan in scanning direction. 

M3 Fan Motor Exhausts the heated air out of the printer. 

SL1 Paper Take-Up Solenoid Transmits the drive of the Main Motor to the Paper Take-Up Roller. 

H1 Heater Lamp A halogen lamp that supplies heat to the Upper and Lower Fusing Rollers. 

TH1 Thermistor Detects the temperature of the Upper Fusing Roller. 

S1 Power ON/OFF Switch Turns ON or OFF the printer. 

S2 Interlock Switch Detects the opening or closing of the Upper Unit. 

S3 Thermostat Cuts off the current to H1 when blown. 

PC1 Paper Take-Up Sensor Detects when paper is picked up and the paper size. The signal is L when the paper is detected. 

PC3 Paper Exit Sensor Detects when the paper is fed out. The signal is L when the paper is detected. 

PWB-B 2nd Transport PWB Connects the printer and the Second Tray. 

3 – 4 



5. ELECTRICAL SERVICE PARTS ON P.W.BOARDS 

P.W.Board Symbol Function 

PWB-F VR1, 2 Factory settings 

PWB-E F701 Power Unit protection fuse 

230V AC250V 3.15A 

PWB-A VR1 Positioning adjustment of the start of image 

(Refer to Adjustment section.) 

PWB-F 

1 

CN1 

Fig. 4 

CN5 

VR2 

VR1 

PWB-A 

CN15 

CN4 

CN13 

CN10 

CN1 

CN12 CN6 

IC1 

Fig. 6 

VR1 

3 – 5 

CN9 

PWB-E 

S2 

F701 

CN2 

CN2 

CN11 

CN3 CN8 

Fig. 5 

CN7 

CNPW 

CN1 

CN4

6. PRINT PROCESSING 

Fusing 

Image 

Transfer 

2nd Transport 

Unit 

CASSETTE 1 

Print Exit 

Drum Cartridge 

Drum 

Charging 

Toner 

Hopper 

Development 

Toner Cartridge 

Fig. 7 

7. PAPER TAKE-UP SECTION 

Exposure 

Print Head Unit 

Paper can be fed into the printer from the Multi Purpose Tray or from 

the Manual Feed Port (1 sheet). 

Installing the Second Tray adds another feeding method. 

The paper fed by the Paper Take-Up Roller is transported to the 

Transport Roller, Fusing Roller and then Paper Exit Roller. After this, 

the paper is fed out onto the Print Tray. 

The starting position of an image is decided by the Paper Take-Up 

Sensor (PC1). 

7-1. Multi-Purpose Tray 

When the Paper Take-Up Solenoid is energized, the drive of the Main 

Motor (M1) is transmitted to the Paper Take-Up Roller via the Paper 

Take-Up Clutch (one-way clutch) to rotate the Paper Take-Up Roller 

one revolution. At the same time, the Depressing Cam rotates and 

releases the Paper Lift-Up Plate to feed the top (first) sheet of paper. 

The Fixed Separating Pad is used for the paper separation system. It 

prevents the second or later sheets of paper from being fed together 

with the top paper. 

A Paper Empty Sensor in the Multipurpose Tray senses when the 

paper tray is empty. Additionally, a sensor informs the Printer Control 

PWB if the paper guide is adjusted to Legal and that legal sized paper 

is installed. 

Upper Fusing Roller 

Lower 

Fusing 

Roller 

PC Drum 

Image 

Transfer Roller 

Paper Lift-Up Plate 

Fixed Separating Pad 

Transport Roller 

Paper Take-Up 

Sensor (PC1) 

Paper Take-Up 

Clutch 

Paper Exit Roller 

Paper Exit Sensor 

(PC3) 

Paper Take-Up 

Roller 

Depressing 

Cam 

Paper Take-Up 

Solenoid (SL1) 

Paper Lift-Up Plate 

Fig. 8 

When SL1 is de-energized 

Paper 

When SL1 is energized 

3 – 6 

8. DRUM CHARGE 

The PC Drum is charged with static electricity before laser exposure. 

The Rotating Charge Brush and the Precharge-film are used for the 

charging method. 

The rotating brush charging and the Precharge-film charging generate 

little ozone in the printer. Because the charge is directly given to the 

PC Drum, the PC Drum can be charged by low voltage. At the same 

time, PC Drum can be charged stably and evenly. 

The Precharge-film charging supplies the charge to the Rotating 

Charge Brush to improve the charging efficiency. 

The Rotating Charge Brush is turned by the drive of the Main Motor 

(M1) via a gear. 

Drum Cartridge 

Rotating Charge 

Brush 

A: Drum 

Charging 

Bias 

B: Drum 

Ground 

A 

B 

Drum Charging & 

Precharge-film Bias 

PC Drum 

Protecting Shutter 

Charged Surface: 

approx. -800V 

PC Drum 

Fig. 9 

PWB-F 

Prechargefilm 

Prechargefilm 

8 

1 

CN1 

Cleaner 

CN4 

1 

8 

PWB-A 

Rotating Charge 

Brush 

9. LASER EXPOSURE 

An invisible static image is made by the laser beam emitted from the 

Print Head Unit. 

In the sub-scanning direction (vertical direction) 

When the printer receives the PRINT signal, the Polygon Motor and 

the Main Motor rotate and the paper is fed into the printer. 

The printing in the sub-scanning direction is started when the PWB-P 

sends the VIDEO signal to the Print Head a certain time after the 

leading edge of the paper activates the Paper Sensor (TOD signal). 

The print starting position of the 2nd line is decided by delaying the 

VIDEO signal sending timing. 

In the scanning direction (horizontal direction) 

The SOS Sensor is installed on the Laser Diode Control Board (PWB- 

D) to unify the laser emission timing for each scan line. 

Charged Surface 

Laser exposed surface: 

approx. -50V 

PWB-D 

SOS Sensor 

Laser Diode 

Reflector Mirror 

M2 

Fig. 10 

CN10 

1 

4 

CN5 1 

7 


PWB-A


10. DEVELOPMENT 

Toner is applied to the invisible static image on the PC Drum and a 

toner image is created on the surface. 

The development is the process of creating a toner image on the PC 

Drum by applying toner onto the invisible static electricity image. 

8 

6 

5 

7 

4 

V B (Developing Bias) 

3 

4 

7 

V (Toner Blade Bias) 

BL 

1 

2 

V (Lower Seal Bias) 

S 

Fig. 11 

V BL terminal 

(DC-550V) 

PWB-F 

V B terminal 

(DC-330V) 

8 

1 

CN1 

CN4 

1 

8 

V S terminal 

(DC-287V) 

PWB-A 

Part Name Function 

1. Toner Hopper Contains toner. 

2. Toner Agitating Screw Agitates the toner in the Toner Hopper and sends the toner to the Toner Transport Roller. 

3. Toner Transport Roller Transports the toner to the Sleeve Roller. 

4. Doctor Blade Spreads a thin, even coat of toner over the Resin Sleeve. The toner is negatively charged when passing 

between this Blade and the Resin Sleeve. 

5. Sleeve Roller Rotates the Resin Sleeve. 

6. Resin Sleeve Carries the toner to the PC Drum surface for development. 

7. Bias Seal Carries the toner remaining on the Resin Sleeve and neutralizes charge. 

8. PC Drum Exposed to laser to create an invisible image and rotates to carry the developed image to the paper surface. 

3 – 7

11. IMAGE TRANSFER 

Image transfer is the process of transferring the toner image created 

on the PC Drum in the developing process to paper. We use the 

Roller Image Transfer instead of the Corona Image Transfer, as the 

image transfer method. In the Roller Image Transfer, there is little 

generation of ozone due to corona discharge. Also, there is no blur of 

toner because the paper is always pressed by the PC Drum and the 

Image Transfer Roller. 

When cleaning the Image Transfer Roller and before printing, reverse 

bias is applied. 

12. FUSING 

Image 

Transfer 

Roller 

Paper 

PC Drum 

Sequential Bias 

approx. 6 - 16 µA 

Reverse Bias 

approx. -900V 

12-1. An Overview 

The toner image transferred onto the paper is securely fixed. 

A heat roller system is used as the fusing system. The toner image is 

fused by the Upper Fusing Rokkellheated by the Heater Lamp, and 

securely fixed by the pressure between the Upper and Lower Fusing 

Rollers. 

A Thermistor (TH1) detects and conttrols the Upper Fusing Roller 

temperature. 

The Thermostat (S3) blows when the temperature becomes approx. 

133˚C and shuts down the power to the Heater Lamp. 

Fig. 12 

PWB-F 

8 

1 

CN1 

CN4 

1 

8 

PWB-A 

PWB-A Analog voltage detected by the 

Thermistor (TH1) 

IC1 

77 

Lower Fusing Roller 

DC5V 

IC2 

54 

L 

2 

H 

IC3 

1 4 3 

3 

H L 

IC2 H 

5 

75 

6 

H 

L 

Fig. 13 

3 – 8 

12-2. Fusing Temperature Control Circnit 

The Thermistor (TH1) detects the surface temperature of the Upper 

Fusing Roller and inputs that analog voltage into IC1A-77. Corresponding 

to this data, the Heater Lamp ON/OFF signal is output from 

IC1A-54, causing the Heater Lamp (H1) to turn ON or OFF to control 

the fusing temperature. 

When the Heater Lamp is not turned OFF even if the Thermistor 

detects a high temperature malfunction (if the surface temperature of 

the Upper Fusing Roller exceeds 200˚C), the signal from IC1A-75 

changes from H to L to turn OFF the Heater Lamp forcibly. 

CN2 

1 

2 

CN7 

1 

5 

Heater Lamp ON/ 

OFF Signal 

L H1 : ON 

H H1 : OFF 

paper 

CN2 

1 

5 

CN1 

Power 

PWB 

1 

2 

3 

Thermostat 

Thermistor 

Upper Fusing Roller 

Heater Lamp 

TH1 

Thermistor 

Heater Lamp 

H1 

S3 

Thermostat 



1) Warming Up After the initialization of the printer, warming up 

of the printer starts and the Heater Lamp turns 

ON until the temperature of the Upper Fusing 

Roller reaches approx. 172˚C. 

2) Standby In this standby mode, the temperature of the 

Upper Fusing Roller is maintained at 156˚C. 

When this condition continues for 3minutes, the 

printer turns to Standby mode at low temperature. 

3) Print Cycle When the printer obtains the printing command 

from its controller, the Upper Fusing Roller is 

maintained at 172˚C. 

4) Standby at low 

temperatuie 

13. PRINT SEQUENCE 

The Upper Fusing Roller is maintained at 

112˚C. 

Temperature 

Power ON 

13-1. Print Starting 13-2. Print Ending 

Printing command 

Polygon Motor 

(M2) 

Paper Take-Up 

Sensor (PC1) 

Paper Take-Up Solenoid 

(SL1/SL2) 

Main Motor (M1) 

Drum charge 

Laser exposure 

Development 

Image transfer 

20 

200 

2310 

4000 

500 

150 

500 

740 

300 

Unit: msec 

M3 normal rotation 

1st: 790~1300 

2ad: 2670~3080 

1st: 1510 

2ad: 1680 

Fig. 15 

3 – 9 

( C) 

172 

156 

112 

Polygon Motor (M2) 

Paper Exit Sensor 

(PC3) 

Main Motor (M1) 

Drum charge 

Laser exposure 

Development 

Image transfer 

Warming up Standby 

When a print is made soon after warming up 

Fig. 14 

5160 

Standby at low 

temperature 

Time 

Unit:msec 

480

[3] Disassembly and assembly procedures 

• This chapter mainly describes the disassembly procedures. For the assembly procedures, reverse the disassembly procedures. 

• Easy and simple disassembly/assembly procedures of some parts and units are omitted. For disassembly and assembly of such parts and units, 

refer to the Parts List. 

• The numbers in the illustration, the parts list and the flowchart in a same section are common to each other. 

• To assure reliability of the product, the disassembly and the assembly procedures should be performed carefully and deliberately. 

• The part where the mounting screws are painted in red. (See page 3-31.) 

1 Left side panel and speaker 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Hook 

a 

2 

2 

Hook 

Hook 

5 

5 

4 4 

Hook 

4 

5 

6 

1 

7 

a' 

Fig. 1 

3 – 10 

Parts list (Fig. 1) 

No. Part name Q’ty No. Part name Q’ty 

1 Mechanism unit 1 5 Washer (φ3) 3 

2 Screw (3×10) 3 6 Speaker 1 

3 Left side panel unit 1 7 Left side panel 1 

4 Screw (3×10) 3 

TEL/LIU PWB 



2 Right side panel 

1 1 

2 

3 

4 

Fig. 2 

3 – 11 

a' 

Hook 

PRINTER 

CONTROL 

PWB 


No. Part name Q’ty 

1 Mechanism unit 1 

2 Screw (3×10) 1 

3 Screw (3×10) 2 

4 Right side panel 1 

Hook 

4 

3 

2 

Hook 

a 

3 

Hook

3 

Hopper, scanner cover, inner tray and 

printer front cover 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

4 

1 

2 

9 

10 

6 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

5 

Hook 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

20 

3 

a 

19 

5 

5 

3 

17 

21 

18 

Fig. 3 

2 

3 – 12 



1 Mechanism unit 1 12 Pinion gear 1 

2 Hopper unit 1 13 Hopper spring 1 

3 Screw (3×10) 2 14 Hopper guide, left 1 

4 Scanner cover 1 15 Hopper guide, right 1 

5 Screw (3×10) 3 16 Hopper 1 

6 Inner tray unit 1 17 Screw (3×8) 1 

7 Screw (3×10) 2 18 Paper setting plate 1 

8 Printer front cover 1 19 Screw (3×8) 1 

9 Screw (3×8) 2 20 ROM cover 1 

10 Hopper window 1 21 Inner tray 1 

11 Screw (3×6) 1 

15 

a' 

16 

11 

12 

13 

7 

8 

CONTROL 

PWB 

9 

10 

14 

7 

1 

PRINTER 

CONTROL 

PWB 



4 Scanner unit 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

2 

5 

TEL/LIU 

PWB 

2 

Fig. 4 

3 – 13 


4 4 4 4 

2 


1 Mechanism unit 1 

2 Screw (3×6) 4 

3 Earth cable 1 

4 Connector 7 

5 Scanner unit 1 

3 

2 

4 

4 

4 

CONTROL PWB

5 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

Document guide lower, operation panel 

unit and optical unit. 

6 

1 

7 

Fig. 5 

3 – 14 

2 



1 Scanner unit 1 

2 Screw (3×10) 5 

3 Reader glass 1 

4 Document guide lower 1 

5 Screw (3×10) 1 

6 Operation panel unit 1 

7 Optical unit 1 

3 

2 

2 

2 


4


6 Operation panel and document guide upper 


No. Part name Q’ty No. Part name Q’ty No. Part name Q’ty 

1 Screw (3×10) 3 13 Separator plate 1 25 LCD 1 

2 Document guide upper unit 1 14 Separator rubber 1 26 Page plate 1 

3 Release lever 1 15 Separator sheet 1 27 Panel cable 1 

4 Release lever spring 1 16 Paper feed pressure spring 1 28 Screw (2×6) 9 

5 Screw (3×8) 3 17 Rear sheet 1 29 Operation panel PWB unit 1 

6 Electro-static discharger brush earth cable 1 18 Electro-static discharger brush 1 30 Change key 1 

7 Earth plate spring 4 1 19 Bearing 2 31 Stop key 1 

8 Reinforcement bracket 1 20 Transfer roller gear 1 32 Mode key 1 

9 Separator spring 1 21 Transfer roller 1 33 Start key 1 

10 Pinch roller spring 2 22 Document guide upper 1 34 Direct key 1 

11 Pinch roller 2 23 Operation panel unit 1 35 12 key 1 

12 Pinch roller shaft 1 24 Decoration panel 1 36 Operation panel 1 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

1 

2 

3 

4 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

1 

1 

20 

23 

19 

2 

1 

21 

18 

19 

Fig. 6 

3 – 15 

17 

27 

28 

5 

10 

12 

5 

8 

4 

28 

35 

32 

28 

5 

26 

22 

6 

7 

11 

28 

28 

28 

16 

34 

33 

9 

31 

13 

24 

29 

28 

28 

17 

30 

25 

36 

14 

3 

15

7 Optical unit 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

3 

5 

4 

16 

Fig. 7 

3 – 16 



1 Shading sheet 1 9 Connector 1 

2 Mirror 1 10 CCD PWB unit 1 

3 Screw (3×8) 1 11 Screw (3×8) 2 

4 Mirror hold plate, right 1 12 Screw (3×6) 1 

5 Mirror 1 13 Lens holding spring 1 

6 Screw (3×8) 1 14 Lens 1 

7 Mirror hold plate, left 1 15 Lens holder 1 

8 Screw (RED) 2 16 Lens holder plate 1 

15 

14 

1 

12 

13 

11 

10 

2 

11 

8 

7 

9 


8 

6


8 Scanner frame unit and drive unit 


No. Part name Q’ty No. Part name Q’ty No. Part name Q’ty 

1 LED 1 14 Paper feed roller shaft 2 1 27 Front sensor (Black) 1 

2 Screw (3×10) 2 15 E ring 1 28 Front sensor (Red) 1 

3 Pinch roller spring 2 1 16 ADF paper feed gear 1 29 Screw (3×10) 2 

4 Screw (3×10) 1 17 Washer 1 30 Drive unit 1 

5 Earth plate spring 2 1 18 Washer 1 31 Screw (3×6) 1 

6 Pinch roller 2 19 Paper feed roller 1 32 Earth plate spring 3 1 

7 Pinch roller shaft 1 20 Paper feed clutch unit 1 33 Screw (3×10) 2 

8 Screw (3×10) 1 21 Paper feed roller shaft 1 1 34 Scanner frame bracket, rear 1 

9 Stopper spring 1 22 Paper feed gear 1 35 Bushing 1 

10 Transfer idler gear 1 23 Transfer roller 1 1 36 Screw (3×10) 2 

11 Bearing 5 24 Transfer gear 1 1 37 Scanner frame bracket, front 1 

12 Transfer roller 1 25 Transfer sensor (Green) 1 38 Earth plate spring 1 1 

13 ADF transfer gear 1 26 Document sensor (White) 1 39 Dustproof sheet 2 

40 Scanner frame 1 

6 

7 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 

21 22 

23 24 

29 

19 20 

38 

30 

29 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

3 

7 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

2 

36 

6 

31 

35 

38 

39 

40 

1 

2 

39 

36 

5 

Fig. 8 

3 – 17 

4 

Green 

40 

37 

24 

25 

11 

39 

23 

22 

33 

21 

11 

28 

33 

26 

11 

19 

Red 

34 

14 

20 

White 

18 

15 

17 

10 

27 

12 

12 

16 

8 

9 

Black 

13

9 Drive unit 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

4 

3 

5 

2 

Fig. 9 

3 – 18 

5 

7 



1 Reduction gear (14/50Z) 1 

2 Idler gear (45Z) 1 

3 Slow down gear (27/46Z) 1 

4 Idler gear (70Z) 1 

5 Screw (3×6) 2 

6 Transfer motor 1 

7 Motor plate 1 

1 

6 



10 PWB section 

8 

9 

8 

10 

8 

1 

11 

7 

Fig. 10 

3 – 19 



1 Mechanism unit 1 7 Control PWB unit 1 

2 Connector 1 8 Screw (3×6) 3 

3 Screw (3×6) 1 9 TEL/LIU PWB bracket 1 

4 Screw (3×8) 1 10 TEL/LIU PWB sheet 1 

5 Clamp 1 11 TEL/LIU PWB unit 1 

6 Core 1 

2 

5 

4 

Panel cable 

6 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11

11 Power supply PWB and printer unit 

13 

14 

6 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

4 

3 

14 

8 

7 

5 

7 

9 

Fig. 11 

3 – 20 



1 Mechanism unit 1 8 Screw (4×8) 1 

2 Screw (3×6) 2 9 AC cord 1 

3 Screw (3×6) 1 10 Screw (3×8) 1 

4 Screw (3×8) 1 11 Power supply PWB cover 1 

5 Connector 4 12 Power supply PWB unit 1 

6 Power supply PWB ass’y 1 13 Screw (3×6) 4 

7 Screw (3×6) 5 14 Printer unit 1 

5 

7 

13 

5 

7 

7 

11 

12 

13 

1 

10 

1 

13 

2 


13 

2


12 2nd transport unit and chassis unit Parts list (Fig. 12) 

3 

2 

2 

2 

4 

2 

Chassis unit 

Fig. 12 

3 – 21 

1 


1 Mechanism unit 1 5 Screw (3×6) 2 

2 Screw (3×6) 4 6 Printer bracket 1 

3 Connector 1 7 Mini clamp 1 

4 2nd transport unit 1 8 Chassis unit 1 

8 

7 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

5 

5 

6

13 Chassis unit and bottom plate Parts list (Fig. 13) 

14 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

13 

16 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

9 

6 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

9 

15 

13 

9 

16 

4 

1 

10 

11 

4 

12 

Fig. 13 

3 – 22 


1 

2 

Chassis unit 

Edge holder 

1 

1 

12 

Bottom plate bracket, 

top 

1 

3 Wire holder 1 13 Screw (3×6) 2 

4 

5 

Screw (3×6) 

Top plate, top 

4 

1 

14 

Cassette lock plate, 

left 

1 

6 

7 

Edging 

Screw (3×6) 

1 

3 

15 

Cassette lock plate, 

right 

1 

8 Right side chassis 1 16 Foot 4 

9 Screw (3×6) 3 17 Connector cap 1 

10 Left side chassis 1 18 Bottom plate 1 

11 Screw (3×6) 2 

7 

16 

4 

5 

7 

17 

18 

4 

3 

7 

8 

2 



14 Wire treatment Parts list (Fig. 14) 

7 

2 

CONTROL 

PWB 

Transmission 

motor cable 

7 

Document/Front 

sensor cable 

•CCD cable 

3 times 

Transfer sensor 

cable 

Transfer 

sensor cable 

•Document/ 

Front sensor 

cable 

Rib 

•Transfer 

sensor cable 

•LED cable 

•Verification 

cable 

CCD 

cable 

Front 

sensor 

Document 

sensor 

6 

Rib 

Panel 

cable 

LED 

cable 

Rib 

Document/Front 

sensor cable 

Transfer 

sensor 

Rib Rib 

Panel 

cable 

1 

Scanner 

frame unit 

1 

Rib 

Power 

cable 

Printer 

cable 

Front 

sensor 

Rib 

1 

3 

4 

Scanner 

frame 


1 Band (80 mm) 6 5 Core (F7009) 1 

2 Core (F2094) 1 6 Core (F2063) 2 

3 Screw (3×8) 2 7 Band (100 mm) 4 

4 Clamp 1 8 Core (F2064) 1 

1 

3 times 

1 

Fig. 14 

3 – 23 

8 

3 

Panel cable 

PRINTER 

CONTROL PWB 

Printer 

cable 

1 

5 

7 

Printer 

cable 

Document 

guide upper 

Earth cable 

7 

Printer 

cable 

Power 

cable 

Power 

cable

15 Fusing unit 

1. Remove the Upper Unit. 

2. Remove the Image Transfer Unit. 

3. Remove the drive tension section of the Fusing Unit. (1 screw) 

4. Remove the transport gear. 

5. Release the hook of the spring and remove the drive gear section of 

the Fusing Unit. 

NOTE: 

• When rehooking the spring, be sure to hook it at the correct 

position. 

• After reinstalling the drive section of the Fusing Unit, be sure to 

check if the gear section moves forward and backward as in the 

directions shown below. 

Drive gear section of 

the Fusing Unit 

5 

6 

Drive transport 

gear 

5 

3 

Fig. 15 

2 

1 

4 

1 

Hook of the 

spring 

Drive tension section of 

the Fusing Unit 

6. Remove the fusing guide plate. (4 screws) 

3 – 24 



16 Heater lamp 

Fig. 16 

1. Pull the Heater Lamp out of the lamp holder from the right side. 

NOTE: 

• When reinstalling the Lamp, position its voltage indication on the 

fusing drive gear side. 

• Be sure not to touch the lamp surface with bare hands. 

2. Remove the harness cover. 

3. Remove the fusing entrance guide. 

4. Remove the Fusing Unit. (4 screws) 

NOTE: 

3 – 25 

• After reinstalling the Fusing Unit, check the direction of the bushings 

on the Paper Exit Roller and the connection condition between 

the Roller and the ground plate.

17 Thermistor 

Fig. 17 

1. Remove the Thermistor (TH1). (1 screw) 

NOTE: 

• When reinstalling the Thermistor, wire the harness as shown 

below. 

2. Release the lock of the holder and remove the three paper separators. 

NOTE: 

3 – 26 


• When reinstalling the paper separators, be careful of these positions 

as the middle one differs from the others.


18 Paper exit sensor 

Fig. 18 

1. Remove the Paper Exit Sensor (PC3). 

2. Remove the two G-rings from the Fusing Unit. 

NOTE: 

3 – 27 

When reinstalling the G-rings: 

• Be careful of the direction. 

• Securely position them into the grooves of the Fusing Roller.

19 Fusing roller and Thermostat 

Fig. 19 

1. Remove the Upper Fusing Roller drive gear 

2. Remove the Upper Fusing Roller. 

NOTE: 

• When reinstalling the Roller, be careful not to damage the Roller 

surface by the unit frame. 

3. Take out the Lower Fusing Roller. 

4. Remove the Thermostat (S3). (2 screws) 

3 – 28 



20 Print head unit 

Fig. 20 

A 

1. Open the Upper Unit. 

2. Remove the Left, Front and Right Covers. 

3. Unplug the connectors from PWB-A. 

4. Cut the Tie Band. 

5. Remove the screw of the cover mounting plate to ease the removal of 

screw A in the next step. 

6. Remove the Print Head Unit. (7 screws) 

NOTE: 

• Do not disassemble the print head unit. 

3 – 29

CHAPTER4. DIAGRAMS 

[1] Block diagram 

CONTROL PWB UNIT 

PERSONAL 

COMPUTER 

RS232C 

I/F PWB 

MAIN CPU 

SH7021 

(OPTION FO-45RS) 

SRAM 

64KB 

R. T. C. 

NJU6355E 

EPROM 

1MB 

OPTION 

MEMORY 

(FO-1MGG/ 

2MGG) 

DRAM 

512KB 

FLASH 

MEMORY 

(1MB) 

MODEM 

33.6Kbps 

CLOCK I/F 

SCANNER UNIT 

PC I/F 

SENSOR 

COMPARATOR 

TEL/LIU 

PWB UNIT 

TELEPHONE 

LINE 

MECHANISM 

CONTROL/ 

LIU PORT 

TX MOTOR 

DRIVER 

SPEAKER 

LED ARRAY 

DRIVER 

READING 

CONTROL 

4 – 1 

VERIFICATION 

STAMP 

(OPTION FO-45VS) 

DRIVER 

LZ9FJ37A 

RAM 

8KB x 2 

CCD PWB 

ANALOG 

CIRCUIT 

TLS1049 

CODEC 

HD813201F 

DRAM 

4 Mbit x 1 

POWER 

SUPPLY 

UNIT 

PICTURE 

DATA CONTROL 

OPERATION 

PANEL PWB 

UNIT 

RAM 

2KB 

RECORDING 

DATA CONTROL 

COG 

(LCD) 

I/O 

LED LATCH 

LASER 

UNIT 

OPERATION 

PANEL I/F 

DECODER 

OPERATION 

KEY 

LR38292 

PRINTER 

MECHANISM 

PCU 


PRINTER 

UNIT


[2] Wiring diagram 

MAIN UNIT 

PRINTER UNIT 

POLYGON 

MOTOR 

CN10 

4 

M2 

OPTION MEMORY 


2MGG) 

TONER 

EMPTY 

SENSOR 

CN5 

7 

LASER DIODE 

DRIVE PWB 

SPEAKER 

2 

4 

CN13 TE1 

50 

PRINTER 

CONTROL 

PWB 

CN2 

2 

TH1 

THERMISTOR 

CNHB CNSP 

CNOP 

26 

CNPRT 

32 

CN1 

3 

PC1 

PAPER TAKE-UP 

SENSOR 

CN3 

2 

CNLIU 

CNLIU 

TEL/LIU PWB 

CONTROL PWB 

FAN MOTOR 

2 

CN11 M3 

SL1 

PAPER TAKE-UP 

SOLENOID 

CN8 

3 

PC3 

PAPER EXIT 

SENSOR 

MJ1 

PAPER 

EMPTY 

SENSOR 

CN12 

2 

PE1 

CNPW 

12P 

CN4 

8 

TELEPHONE LINE 

CNSEN 

CNPN CNROL CNSTP CNLED CNTXM CNCCD 

CNRS 

HIGH 

VOLTAGE 

PWB 

UNIT 

M1 4 

CN6 

4 – 2 

18 

CN7 

CN9 

2 DOCUMENT 

SENSOR 

2 FRONT 

SENSOR 

(OPTION 

FO-45RS) 

MAIN MOTOR 

5 

12 

24 

CNRS 

RS232C 

I/F PWB 

DOCUMENT 

SENSOR 

2 

CNPW 

CN1 

CN1 

CNDS 

CCD 

PWB 

8 

POWER 

SUPPLY 

PWB 

2ND 

TRANSPORT 

PWB 

10 

3RD 

TRANSPORT 

PWB 

5 

M4 

CNPN 

CN3 

CN1 

CN2 

OPERATION 

PANEL 

PWB 

3RD 

TRANSPORT 

MOTOR 

TX 

MOTOR 

4 

CN3 CN4 CN2 

CN2 

CNLCD 

9 

1 

2 

LED 

LAMP 

2 

PAPER 

TAKE-UP 

SOLENOIDE 

2 

14 

CNH1 

HEATER 

LAMP 

1 

2 

3 

SL2 

SL3 

PAPER 

TAKE-UP 

SOLENOIDE 

VERIFICATION 

STAMP 

2 

COG 

S3 

THERMOSTAT 

2ND TRANSPORT UNIT 

3RD TRANSPORT UNIT 

OPTION(FO-45A4) 

(OPTION 

FO-45VS) 

PERSONAL 

COMPUTER 

ROLLER 

SENSOR 

2 

S2 

INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 

AC CORD

[3] Point to point diagram and connector signal name (1) 

4 – 3 

A2 

A4 

A6 

A8 

A10 

A12 

A14 

A16 

B2 

B4 

B6 

B8 

B10 

B12 

B14 

B16 

A1 

A3 

A5 

A7 

A9 

A11 

A13 

A15 

B1 

B3 

B5 

B7 

B9 

B11 

B13 

B15 

TEL/LIU PWB 

PRINTER 

UNIT (1/2) 

CONTROL PWB 

(1/2) 

CNLIU 

DG 

DG 

+12V 

N.C 

MPX A 

N.C 

E-RLY 

DPMUTE 

SIGRX 

SDT 

CI 

HS1 

N.C 

RDG 

RDG 

TXDA 

RXDA 

RTSA 

CTSA 

DSRA 

DTRA 

RSCD 

RSOPT 

RSCI 

RDG 

+5VR 

RDG 

+5VR 

RDG 

RDG 

RDG 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

RS232C 

I/F 

PWB 

SP+ 

SP– 

1 

2 

SPEAKER 

SP+ 

SP– 

1 

2 

CNSP 

TRANSFER 

SENSOR 

DOCUMENT/ 

FRONT 

SENSOR 

CCD PWB 

CNROL 

ROLSNS 

DG 

ROLSNS 

DG 

1 

2 

1 

2 

LED 

CNLED 

LEDON 

VM 

LEDON 

VM 

1 

2 

1 

2 

VERIFICATION 

STAMP 

TX 

MOTOR 

CNSTP 

VSTP 

STPON 

VSTP 

STPON 

1 

2 

1 

2 

CNPW 

POWER SUPPLY 

PWB (1/2) 

OPERATION 

PANEL 

PWB 

1 

3 

5 

7 

9 

11 

13 

15 

17 

19 

21 

23 

25 

+5V 

AG 

AG 

N.C 

N.C 

SPMUTE 

SPOUT 

SIGTX 

RHS 

DP 

CML 

DT 

N.C 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

26 

CNRS 

RDG 

RDG 

TXDA 

RXDA 

RTSA 

CTSA 

DSRA 

DTRA 

RSCD 

RSOPT 

RSCI 

RDG 

+5VR 

RDG 

+5VR 

RDG 

RDG 

RDG 

DG 

DG 

+12V 

N.C 

MPX A 

N.C 

E-RLY 

DPMUTE 

SIGRX 

SDT 

CI 

HS1 

N.C 

1 

3 

5 

7 

9 

11 

13 

15 

17 

19 

21 

23 

25 

+5V 

AG 

AG 

N.C 

N.C 

SPMUTE 

SPOUT 

SIGTX 

RHS 

DP 

CML 

DT 

N.C 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

26 

CNPRT 

CN1 

PDG 

PDG 

PDG 

PRRDY 

CMD 

PDG 

PDG 

CPRDY 

PDG 

PDG 

PDG 

EPRDY 

STS 

SRCLK 

+5VP 

+5VP 

PDG 

PCURES 

HSYNC 

ETBSY 

PRINT 

VIDEO 

PDG 

N.C 

PDG 

PDG 

PDG 

TOD 

CTBSY 

PDG 

+5VP 

+5VP 

VBT 

TCS2 

MD15 

MD13 

MD11 

MD9 

MD7 

MD5 

MD3 

MD1 

MWRH 

MRD 

MA19 

MA17 

MA15 

MA13 

MA11 

MA9 

MA7 

MA5 

MA3 

MA1 

FLBK3 

FLBK1 

+5V 

1 

3 

5 

7 

9 

11 

13 

15 

17 

19 

21 

23 

25 

27 

29 

31 

33 

35 

37 

39 

41 

43 

45 

47 

49 

DG 

RAMCS 

MD14 

MD12 

MD10 

MD8 

MD6 

MD4 

MD2 

MD0 

MWRL 

MA20 

MA18 

MA16 

MA14 

MA12 

MA10 

MA8 

MA6 

MA4 

MA2 

FLBSY 

FLBK2 

FLOPT 

DG 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

26 

28 

30 

32 

34 

36 

38 

40 

42 

44 

46 

48 

50 

PDG 

PDG 

PDG 

PRRDY 

CMD 

PDG 

PDG 

CPRDY 

PDG 

PDG 

PDG 

EPRDY 

STS 

SRCLK 

+5VP 

+5VP 

A1 

A3 

A5 

A7 

A9 

A11 

A13 

A15 

B1 

B3 

B5 

B7 

B9 

B11 

B13 

B15 

PDG 

PCURES 

HSYNC 

ETBSY 

PRINT 

VIDEO 

PDG 

N.C 

PDG 

PDG 

PDG 

TOD 

CTBSY 

PDG 

+5VP 

+5VP 

A2 

A4 

A6 

A8 

A10 

A12 

A14 

A16 

B2 

B4 

B6 

B8 

B10 

B12 

B14 

B16 

CNPW 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

VM 

VM 

VM 

MG 

MG 

MG 

+5V 

+5VA 

DG 

DG 

+12V 

AG 

VM 

VM 

VM 

MG 

MG 

MG 

+5V 

+5VA 

DG 

DG 

+12V 

AG 

CNPN CNPN 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

LD7 

E 

LD6 

R/W 

LEDEN2 

RS 

LEDEN1 

SEN6 

LD2 

SEN5 

LD3 

SEN4 

LD1 

SEN3 

LD4 

SEN2 

LD0 

SEN1 

LD5 

SEN0 

+5V 

DG 

+5V 

DG 

LD7 

E 

LD6 

R/W 

LEDEN2 

RS 

LEDEN1 

SEN6 

LD2 

SEN5 

LD3 

SEN4 

LD1 

SEN3 

LD4 

SEN2 

LD0 

SEN1 

LD5 

SEN0 

+5V 

DG 

+5V 

DG 

PERSONAL 

COMPUTER 

COG 

(LCD) 

CNSEN 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

FRTS 

DG 

ORGS 

DG 

B4FRS 

DG 

FRTS 

DG 

ORGS 

DG 

B4FRS 

DG 

CNCCD 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

PHIT 

VO 

+5VA 

AG 

AG 

PHIR 

PHI1 

PHI2 

PHIT 

VO 

+5VA 

AG 

AG 

PHIR 

PHI1 

PHI2 

CNTXM 

1 

2 

3 

4 

CNCCD2 

1 

2 

3 

4 

TMA 

TMA 

TMB 

TMB 

TMA 

TMA 

TMB 

TMB 

VBT 

TCS2 

MD15 

MD13 

MD11 

MD9 

MD7 

MD5 

MD3 

MD1 

MWRH 

MRD 

MA19 

MA17 

MA15 

MA13 

MA11 

MA9 

MA7 

MA5 

MA3 

MA1 

FLBK3 

FLBK1 

+5V 

1 

3 

5 

7 

9 

11 

13 

15 

17 

19 

21 

23 

25 

27 

29 

31 

33 

35 

37 

39 

41 

43 

45 

47 

49 

DG 

RAMCS 

MD14 

MD12 

MD10 

MD8 

MD6 

MD4 

MD2 

MD0 

MWRL 

MA20 

MA18 

MA16 

MA14 

MA12 

MA10 

MA8 

MA6 

MA4 

MA2 

FLBSY 

FLBK2 

FLOPT 

DG 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

26 

28 

30 

32 

34 

36 

38 

40 

42 

44 

46 

48 

50 

CNDS 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

CD 

RXD 

TXD 

DTR 

GND 

DSR 

RTS 

CTS 

CI 

CNLIU 

CNOP 

OPTION 

MEMORY 


2MGG) 

(OPTION 

FO-45VS) 

(OPTION 

FO-45RS) 



Point to point diagram and connector signal name (2) 

CONTROL PWB (2/2) 

CN1 

PDG A1 

PDG A2 

PDG A3 

PCURES A4 

PDG A5 

HSYNC A6 

PRRDY A7 

ETBSY A8 

CMD A9 

PRINT A10 

PDG A11 

VIDEO A12 

PDG A13 

PDG A14 

CPRDY A15 

N.C A16 

PDG B1 

PDG B2 

PDG B3 

PDG B4 

PDG B5 

PDG B6 

EPRDY B7 

TOD B8 

STS B9 

CTBSY B10 

SRCLK B11 

PDG B12 

+5VP B13 

+5VP B14 

+5VP B15 

+5VP B16 

CN13 

+5V 1 

TONER LEVER 2 

TONER LED 3 

GND 4 

CN11 

FAN 1 

+24V 2 

N.C 

+24V 

GND 

+5V 

POLYGON CTL 

CN10 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

+24V 

GND 

+5V 

POLYGON CTL 

POLYGON 

MOTOR 

M2 

S SCAN 

CO 

LD APC2 

LD APC1 

GND 

L DATA 

+5V 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

S SCAN 

CO 

LD APC2 

LD APC1 

GND 

L DATA 

+5V 

LASER DIODE 

DRIVE PWB 

THERMISTER 

+5V 

CN5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

CN2 

1 

2 

CN3 

1 

2 

THERMISTER 

+5V 

TH1 

THERMISTER 

ANODE (PS1) 

GND 

PS1 

N.C 

+24V 

FEED1 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

3 

2 

1 

ANODE (PS1) 

GND 

PS1 

PC1 

PAPER TAKE-UP 

SENSOR 

2 

1 

+24V 

FEED1 

SL1 

PAPER TAKE-UP 

SOLENOID 

CN8 

ANODE (PS3) 

GND 

PS3 

1 

2 

3 

3 

2 

1 

ANODE (PS3) 

GND 

PS3 

PC3 

PAPER EXIT 

SENSOR 

CN12 

P EMP1 

GND 

1 

2 

1 

2 

P EMP1 

GND 

PE1 

PRINTER 

CONTROL 

PWB (2/2) 

TE1 

TONER 

EMPTY 

SENSOR 

HIGH 

VOLTAGE 

PWB 

UNIT 

4 – 4 

M3 

FAN MOTOR 

HV T ANA 

HV T 

HV SEL1 

HV SEL2 

HV B 

BIAS MON 

GND 

+24V 

CN4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

HV T ANA 

HV T 

HV SEL1 

HV SEL2 

HV B 

BIAS MON 

GND 

+24V 

PAPER 

SENSOR 

CN15 

1 

2 

M1 

MAIN MOTOR 

PS1ZEO 

+5V 

FA 

FA 

FB 

FB 

CN6 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4 

FA 

FA 

FB 

FB 

CN9 

CN1B 

CN1C 

CNPW 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

CN7 CN1 

VM 

VM 

VM 

MG 

MG 

MG 

+5V 

+5VA 

DG 

DG 

+12V 

AG 

VM 

MG 

DG 

+5V 

HEATER 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

+24V 

GND 

GND 

+5V 

FUSER LAMP 

+24V 

FEED2 

PK UP3 

+5V 

GND 

P EMP2 

CASSETTE 

UNIT 

LTR/LGL 

3RD MOTOR 

M CLOCK 

BIN SEL 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

12 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

+24V 

FEED2 

PK UP3 

+5V 

GND 

P EMP2 

CASSETTE 

UNIT 

LTR/LGL 

3RD MOTOR 

M CLOCK 

BIN SEL 

2ND 

TRANSPORT 

UNIT 

CN3B 

1 +24V 

2 PK UP3 

3 +5V 

4 GND 

5 P EMP3 

6 CASSETTE 

7 3RDBIN 

8 LTR/LGL 

9 3RD MOTOR 

10 M CLOCK 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

+24V 

PK UP3 

+5V 

GND 

P EMP3 

CASSETTE 

3RDBIN 

LTR/LGL 

3RD MOTOR 

M CLOCK 

3RD 

TRANSPORT 

UNIT 

(OPTION FO-45A4) 

HEATER N 

HEATER L 

POWER 

SUPPLY 

PWB (2/2) 

CN2 

1 

2 

CN4 

1 

2 

CN3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

CNH1 

HEATER LAMP 

1 

S3 

THERMOSTAT 

VM 

+24V 

1 

2 

VM 

+24V 

S2 INTERLOCK 

SWITCH 

AC-L 

GND 

AC-N 

AC 

CORD

CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 

[1] Circuit description 

1. General description 

In this machine, the facsimile control block except the printer control 

is mainly composed of the units shown in Fig. 1. 

2. PWB configuration 

HOOK 

SWITCH 

PWB 

LINE 

TEL/LIU 

PWB 

CCD 

PWB 

CONTROL PWB 

OPERATION PANEL 

PWB 

Fig. 1 

POWER SUPPLAY PWB 

PRINTER 

UNIT 

RS232C 

I/F PWB 

AC CORD 

1) Control PWB 

The control PWB controls all the other operations except the printing 

operation of the printer. 

2) TEL/LIU PWB 

The TEL/LIU PWB controls the I/F telephone function of the circuit 

with the control signals from the control PWB. 

3) CCD PWB 

CCD PWB converts the image of the sending or copying draft into the 

photoelectric signals and transmits the signals to the control PWB. 

4) Operation panel PWB 

The operation panel PWB detects the key input, turns on and off LED 

and displays LCD according to the control signals from the control 

PWB. 

5) Power supply PWB 

DC voltages (+5V, +12V, +24V) are produced from AC230-240V, and 

are supplied to the printer unit and control PWB unit. 

[2] Circuit description of control PWB 

1. General description 

The control PWB is composed of the following blocks. 

1 Main control block 

2 Image memory block 

3 Modem block 

4 Reading process and mechanical control block 

5 Gate array (A) block 

6 Gate array (B) block 

7 CODEC block 

8 Page memory block 

9 Driver block 

5 – 1 

2. Description of each block 

(1) Main control block 

The main control block uses RISC microprocessor HD6477021X20 as 

CPU, being composed of ROM (1 MByte) and DRAM (512 KByte). 

1) HD6477021X20 (IC12): pin-100, QFP (main CPU) 

The device is a microprocessor which integrates the peripheral functions, 

using CPU of 32-bit RISC type as the core. In the instrument, 

the following peripheral functions are mainly used. 

1 ROM of 32 KByte and RAM of 1 KByte are integrated. 

A part of programs are stored in the integrated ROM. 

2 DMA controller (4 channels are provided, and 2 channels alone 

are used.) 

ch.0: Used to transmit image data between CODEC (HD813201F) 

and DRAM(IC14). 

ch.3: Used to transmit image data between CPU and 

DRAM(IC14). 

3 Clock-synchronous type serial communication interface Commands 

and statuses are communicated with PCU. 

4 Start-stop synchronous type serial communication interface Used 

for PC interface of RS232C system. 

5 Interruption 

IRQ2: Interruption request from gate array (A) (LZ9FJ37A) 

IRQ3: Interruption request from gate array (B) (LR38292) 

IRQ4: Interruption request from CODEC (HD813201F) 

IRQ6: Interruption request from modem (R144EFXL) 

IRQ0, IRQ1, IRQ5, IRQ7: Not used. 

NMI : Not used. 


6 DRAM controller 

Addressing to DRAM(IC14) of the system and control and refresh 

control of RAS and CAS signals are executed. 

7 Timer and watch dog timer 

8 General-purpose I/O port 

Control of TEL/Liu and control of analog process of read signals 

are executed. 

9 Clock oscillation 

Ceramic oscillator of 19.66 MHz is connected for operation of 

19.66 MHz. 

2) 27C040 (IC1,5): pin-32, DIP (ROM) 

Programs are stored in two 4 Mbit ROM. 

3) HM514260 (IC7): pin-40, SOJ (DRAM) 

Used as the system memory of main CPU and transmission buffer of 

communication. 

4) NJU6355E (IC106): pin-8, SOP (Real time clock IC) 

It is oscillated with the quartz oscillator of 32.768 kHz, and the clock 

and calendar functions are provided. Even if the power supply of the 

main body is turned off, it is backed up with lithium battery. This 

device executes the clock-synchronous type serial communication 

with the gate array (A), and CPU can know the time and date through 

the gate array (A).


HD6477021X20 (IC12) Terminal descriptions 

Classification Code 

Terminal No. 

(TFP-100B) 

Power Vcc 13, 38, 63, 

73, 80, 88 

Vss 4,15,24,32, 

41,50,59,70, 

81,82, 92 

I/O Name Function 

I Power Connect to the power supply. 

Connect Vcc terminals to the power units of all systems. 

If any open terminal is present, it will not operate 

I Ground Connect to the ground. 

Connect Vcc terminals to the power units of all systems. 

If any open terminal is present, it will not operate. 

Clock EXTAL 71 I External clock Connect to the quartz oscillator. Moreover, EXTAL terminal can 

input the external clock. 

Use the same frequency for the quartz oscillator, external clock 

and system clock. 

XTAL 72 I Crystal Connect the quartz oscillator. Connect the same frequency of the 

system clock (CK). 

To input external clock from EXTAL terminal, open EXTAL 

terminal. 

CK 69 O System clock Supply system clock to the peripheral device. 

System control RES 76 I Reset If this terminal is turned to the low level when NMI is at the high 

level, it will be brought into the power-on state. If this terminal is 

turned to the low level when NMI is at the low level, it will be 

brought into the manual.reset state. 

WDTOVF 75 O Watch dog timer 

overflow 

It is overflow output signal from WDT. 

Operation 

mode control 

BREQ 60 I Bus right request Select the low level to make the external device request the 

release of bus right. 

BACK 58 O Bus right request 

acknowledge 

MD2~ 

MD0 

It indicates that the bus right is released to the external device. 

When receiving BACK signal, the device which outputs BREQ 

signal can know that bus right is obtained. 

79~77 I Mode setting The terminal determines the operation mode. 

During operation, don’t vary any input value. The relationship 

between MD2 thru MD0 and operation modes are shown in the 

following list. 

Interrupt NMI 74 I No-maskable interrupt This is the interrupt request terminal which can not be masked. 

Either leading edge or trailing edge is selected for receiving. 

IRQ0~ 

IRQ7 

65,66,67,68, 

97,98,99,100 

I Interrupt request 0 

thru 7 

IRQOUT 61 O Interrupt request 

output in the slave 

mode 

Address A21~A0 45~42,40,39, 

37~33,31~25, 

23~20 

Data bus AD15~ 

AD0 

19~16,14, 

12~5,3~1 

O Address Address is output. 

DPH 64 I/O High-order side data 

bus parity 

DPL 62 I/O Low-order side data 

bus parity 

This is the interrupt request terminal which can be masked. 

Either level input or edge input can be selected. 

It indicates that a factor of interrupt occurs. 

It indicates that interrupt occurs in the bus release mode. 

I/O Data bus Bidirectional data bus of 16 bits 

Multiplex is possible with the low-order 16 bits of the address. 

Parity data corresponds to D15 thru D8. 

Parity data corresponds to D7 thru D0. 

Relationship between MD2 thru MD0 and operation modes 

MD2 MD1 MD0 Operation mode IntegratedROM Bus width of area 0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 MCU mode 

Invalid 

8-bit size 

16-bit size 

0 1 0 Valid — 

0 1 1 (Reserved) — — 

1 0 0 (Reserved) — — 

1 0 1 (Reserved) — — 

1 1 0 (Reserved) — — 

1 1 1 (Reserved) — — 

5 – 2 

(Continuing)

HD6477021X20 (IC12) Terminal descriptions 

Classification Code 

Terminal No. 

(TFP-100B) 

I/O Name Function 

Bus control WAIT 54 I Wait It is input to insert Tw into the bus cycle during access to the 

external space. 

RAS 52 O Low address strobe Timing signal of low address strobe of DRAM 

CASH 47 O High-order column 

address strobe 

CASL 49 O Low-order column 

address strobe 

Timing signal of column address strobe of DRAM 

It is output for access to high-order 8 bits of data. 

Timing signal of column address strobe of DRAM 

It is output for access to low-order 8 bits of data. 

RD 57 O Read It indicates that outside is read out. 

WRH 56 O High-order write It indicates writing at the external high-order 8 bits. 

WRL 55 O Low-order write It indicates writing at the external low-order 8 bits. 

CS0~CS7 46~49, 

51~54 

O Chip select 0 thru 7 Chip select signal for external memory or device 

AH 61 O Address hold Address hold timing signal for device which uses multiplex bus of 

address/data 

HBS, 

LBS 

DMAC DREQ0, 

DREQ1 

DACK0, 

DACK1 

16-bit 

integrated 

timer pulse unit 

(ITU) 

Timing pattern 

controller (TPC) 

Serial 

communication 

interface (SCI) 

20 

56 

O Low-/high-order byte 

strobe 

Strobe signal of high/low byte 

(Commonly used with AO, WRH.) 

WR 55 O Write Output during writing. (Commonly used with WRL.) 

TIOCA0, 

TIOCB0 

TIOCA1, 

TIOCB1 

TIOCA2, 

TIOCB2 

TIOCA3, 

TIOCB3 

TIOCA4, 

TIOCB4 

TOCXA4, 

TOCXB4 

TCLKA~ 

TCLKD 

TP15~ 

TP0 

TxD0, 

TxD1 

RxD0, 

RxD1 

SCK0, 

SCK1 

I/O port PA15~ 

PA0 

PB15~ 

PB0 

66,68 I DMA transfer request 

(Channels 0 and 1) 

65,67 O DMA transfer request 

receiving (Channels 

0 and 1) 

51, 

53 

62, 

64 

83, 

84 

85, 

86 

87, 

89 

90, 

91 

65,66,90, 

91 

100~93, 

91~89, 

87~83 

94, 

96 

93, 

95 

97, 

98 

68~64, 

62~60, 

58~51 

100~93, 

91~89, 

87~83 

I/O ITU input 

capture/output 

conveyor (Channel 0) 

I/O ITU input 



I/O ITU input 



I/O ITU input 



I/O ITU input 



O ITU output conveyor 

(Channel 4) 

Input terminal of DMA transfer request from external 

It indicates that DMA transfer request is received. 

Output terminal of input capture input/output conveyor 





Output terminal of output conveyor 

I ITU timer clock input External clock input terminal to counter of ITU 

O Timing pattern 

Output 15 thru 0 

O Sending data 

(Channels 0 and 1 

I Receiving data 


I/O Serial clock 


Output terminal of timing pattern 

Sending data output terminal of SCI0, 1 

Receiving data input terminal of SCI0, 1 

Clock input/output terminal of SCI0, 1 

I/O Port A Input/output terminal of 16 bits 

Input/output can be assigned for each bit. 

I/O Port B Input/output terminal of 16 bits 

Input/output can be assigned for each bit. 

5 – 3 



(2) Image memory block 

This block is composed of 2 MByte flash memory and 128 KByte 

SRAM. 

1) LH28F800SUT (IC6) --- Pin-56, TSOP 

The memory is a non-volatile type whose content does not volatilize 

even if power is turned off, and stores the copied, sent and received 

image data. Moreover, the initially registered data, registered content 

of "RELAY" key and registered content of "CONF" key are stored. 

2) M5M5255CFP (IC3, 8) -- pin-32, SOP 

(256 Kbit SRAM) 

The setting of receiving mode, optional setting content, soft switch 

content and dairy data are stored. Even if the power supply of the 

main body is turned off, it is backed up with lithium. 

(3) Modem block 

The block is mainly composed of the modem R144EFXL (IC4), and is 

provided with the following modem function. 

No. 

Communication 

mode 

1 G3 

2 G3 

3 G3 

4 G3 

5 G3 

6 G3 

7 G3 

8 G2 

Baud rate 

Modulation 

system 

14400bps 128-value 

TCM 

12000 64-value 

TCM 

9600 16-value 

QAM 

7200 8-phase 

PSK 

4800 8-phase 

PSK 

2400 4-phase 

PSK 

Modulation 

rate 

Transmission 

frequency 

ITU-T 

recommendation 

2400baud 1800Hz V33, V17 

2400 1800 V33, V17 

2400 1700 V29, V17 

2400 1700 V29 

1600 1800 V27ter 

1200 1800 V27ter 

300 FSK 300 1650/ 

1850 

AM•PM• 

VSB 

V21 

2100 T3 

In addition to the above functions, the following tone transfer/tone 

detection functions are also provided. 

No. Signal name Frequency No. Signal name Frequency 

1 CED 2100Hz 1 G1 1850Hz 

2 G1 1850 2 CFR,MCF 1650 

3 GC 2100 3 GC 2100 

4 CFR 1650 

5 MCF 1650 

6 LCS 1100 

7 EOM 1100 

8 PIS 462 

5 – 4 

The above functions are controlled by getting an access to the interface 

memory in the modem through the data bus from CPU (IC12) of 

the control PWB. The interface memory is composed of 32 8-bit registers, 

and is controlled with the bank switch. Accordingly, the register is 

selected by the register selection signals (RS4 to RS0) of 5 bits and 

chip selection signal (CS). The major content controlled by these registers 

is as follows. 

1) Configuration register 

Mode setting of V17, V29, V27, G2, FSK and tone transmission 

2) Option register 

Equalizing method of equalizer, carrier detection threshold, addition of 

echo suppressor protect tone, and setting of transmission/reception 

mode 

3) Others 

G2AGC control, tone frequency setting, and so on 

Moreover, data is read from these registers through the data bus to 

monitor the statuses of the modem such as tone detection, training 

pattern detection and so on. 

Next, transmission/reception operation is described. 

During sending, the sent data is given from the control block to the 

modem through the data bus. Then, it is modulated and sent to LIU 

PWB with SIGTX signal. During receiving, the received data is sent 

from LIU PWB to the modem with SIGRX signal and is demodulated. 

Then, it is sent to the control block with the data bus. The above 

operation is done with the modem LSI (IC).

(4) Reading process and mechanical control block 

1) Reading process block 

The reading block is composed of the following blocks. 

1 CCD drive block (IC15: LZ9FJ37A) 

2 Analog process block 

• Analog LSI(IC22: TLS1049) 

• Tr.C/R etc 

3 Binary coding block/read data control block (IC15: LZ9FJ37A) 

The details of each block are described as follows. 

a) CCD drive block 

The clock signal necessary for CCD drive is supplied from gate array 

(A) to CCD. 

Hereafter, the clocks are outlined. 

• φT -- Line synchronous signal 

• φ1/φ2 --- Transmission clock 

b) Analog process block 

The analog video signal supplied from CCD PWB is directly supplied 

to the analog LSI. 

On the other hand, as the reference level (reference voltage) of A/D 

conversion, the peak voltage of the video signal detected in the peak 

hold circuit is supplied to the A/D conversion block in the standard/fine/super 

fine mode and the fixed voltage is supplied to the 

block in the half tone mode. After the offset part is cut in the analog 

LSI, 7-bit digital video signal is supplied to the gate array by using the 

integrated 7-bit high speed A/D converter according to the A/D conversion 

clock output from the gate array. 

c) Binary coding block/read data control block 

It is composed of the processing circuit (IC15: LZ9FJ37A) which integrates 

various binary coding algorithms and the reading line memories 

(IC20, IC21: LH5268TH10) which record necessary data. The 

digital video signal input in 7 bits is judged as 2 values (black(1) and 

white (0), and the data is transmitted to the gate array (B) (IC16: 

LR38292) in the serial mode and is stored in the page memory. 

The contents binary-coded here are as follows. 

• Shading compensation 

• Half tone process (error diffusion process) 

• MTF compensation 

2) Mechanical control block 

The mechanical control block is mainly composed of the gate array 

(A) (IC15: LZ9FJ37A) to control the following. 

(a) Sending motor control 

The revolution speed and timing of the sending motor are controlled 

to output the control signals to the motor driver (IC13, IC17). 

(b) End stamp and LED lamp control 

On/off of the end stamp and LED lamp is controlled with the software. 

5 – 5 


(5) Gate array (A) block 

This block is mainly composed of the gate array (A) (IC15: 

LZ9FJ37A), and has the following functions. 

1 Mapper 

Mapping is executed in the memory area of the memories, gate 

array (B), modem and CODEC. 

2 Reading process 

Refer to 1) Reading process block of 2-4 Reading and mechanical 

control block. 

3 Mechanical control block 

Refer to 2) Mechanical control block of 2-5 Reading and mechanical 

control block. 

4 IC interface for clock 

Writing and reading to IC (IC106: NJU6355E) for clock is executed 

in the clock-synchronous type serial transfer mode. 

5 TEL/LIU control port 

6 PC interface 

• I/O port control (communication is done with main CPU.) 

• Detection of communication speed with AT command monitor 

6 Generation of alarm sound and ringer sound 

The keys on the operation panel are pressed to respectively generate 

the key input sound, alarm sound and ringer sound. 

7 Speaker sound control 

Output of the circuit monitor sound, key input sound, alarm sound 

and ringer sound is switched with the analog switch (IC110: 

BU4053), and the sound volume is controlled with the analog 

switch (IC105: NJU4051).


LZ9FJ37A (IC15) Terminal descriptions 

PIN I/O Name Function PIN I/O Name Function 

1 O DP Dial pulse control 52 I/O D14 System data input/output 

2 O DT4 Output port 53 I/O D13 System data input/output 

3 O DT3 Output port 54 I/O D12 System data input/output 

4 O DT2 Output port 55 I XCS6 Chip select 6 signal input 

5 O DT1 Output port 56 I XCS2 Chip select 2 signal input 

6 O BZ Buzzer output 57 I/O D11 System data input/output 

7 O BZSL Output port 58 I/O D10 System data input/output 

8 I SDT Input port 59 I/O D9 System data input/output 

9 I XRHS Input port 60 I/O D8 System data input/output 

10 I XCI Input port 61 — GND Ground 

11 I XHS1 Input port 62 — VDD Power supply 

12 I XHS2 Input port 63 I/O D7 System data input/output 

13 I XEXHS1 Input port 64 I/O D6 System data input/output 

14 I XEXHS2 Input port 65 I/O D5 System data input/output 

15 O CRNT Output port 66 I/O D4 System data input/output 

16 O TXB1 B-phase current control output 1 67 I A19 System address input/output 

17 O TXB0 B-phase current control output 0 68 I A20 System address input/output 

18 O TXA1 A-phase current control output 1 69 I A21 System address input/output 

19 O TXA0 A-phase current control output 0 70 I/O D3 System data input/output 

20 — VDD Power supply 71 I/O D2 System data input/output 

21 — GND Ground 72 I/O D1 System data input/output 

22 O TXPB B-phase current direction setting 73 I/O D0 System data input/output 

23 O TXPA A-current direction setting 74 I A6 System address input/output 

24 O LEDON LED light source control 75 I A5 System address input/output 

25 O PLG1ON Plunger 1 control 76 I A4 System address input/output 

26 O PLG0ON Plunger 0 control 77 I A3 System address input/output 

27 — GND Ground 78 I A2 System address input/output 

28 I CLKR Sending system control basic clock input 79 I A1 System address input/output 

29 I XFLBSY Flash memory busy signal input 80 — GND Ground 

30 O FLBK1 Bank control 1 81 I TEST Test terminal 

31 O FLBK2 Bank control 2 82 O XSCCLK Reading serial clock 

32 O FLBK3 Bank control 3 83 O XSRVID Reading serial data 

33 O XFLOPT Chip select (flash option) 84 O XSTVD Reading valid data output gate 

34 O XFLSTD Chip select (flash standard) 85 I TXIN Data receiving from SH1 

35 O XPGMSL Chip select (EPROM) 86 O RXOUT Data sending to SH1 

36 O XSRAM1 Chip select (SRAM option) 87 O TXOUT Data sending signal to PC 

37 O XSRAM0 Chip select (SRAM standard) 88 I RXIN Data receiving signal from PC 

38 O XINTRQ Interrupt request output 89 O XRTS Sending of send-ready signal to PC 

39 O XREVSL Chip select (spare) 90 O XDSR Sending of data terminal ready to PC 

40 I XRESET System reset 91 I XCTS Sending request from PC 

41 — GND Ground 92 I XDTR Data set ready sending to PC 

42 I CLKF System clock 93 O XRSCI Call-back to PC 

43 O XCDCSL Chip select 94 O XRSCD Carrier detection to PC 

44 O XGACSL1 Chip select (spare) 95 I XRSOPT PCI/F presence detection 

45 O XGACSL0 Chip select 96 O RTCIO RTC input/output control 

46 O XGABSL Chip select (gate array B) 97 O RTCCE RTC chip select 

47 O XWR System write output 98 O RTCCK RTC data transfer clock 

48 I XRD System read signal 99 I/O RTCDT RTC data input/output 

49 I XWRH System write (high-order byte) signal 100 — VDD Power supply 

50 I XWRL System write (low-order byte) signal 101 — GND Ground 

51 I/O D15 System data input/output 102 O PHIA CCD clock A 

5 – 6

LZ9FJ37A (IC15) Terminal descriptions 


PIN I/O Name Function PIN I/O Name Function 

103 O PHIB CCD clock B 154 O RA3 Reading memory address output 

104 O PHIR CCD reset signal 155 O RA4 Reading memory address output 

105 O XPHIT CCD #T output 156 O RA5 Reading memory address output 

106 I XA3FRS Input port 157 O RA6 Reading memory address output 

107 I XB4FRS Input port 158 O RA7 Reading memory address output 

108 I XFRSNS Input port 159 O XMDMRST Modem reset output 

109 I XORGSNS Input port 160 — GND Ground 

110 I XDRSNS Input port 

111 O XPHISH Video sample hold 

112 O XPHIBL Line clamp 

113 O HTEN Half tone select output 

114 O XGTW Peak hold gate 

115 O XPGST Peak hold circuit clear 

116 O ADCK ADC sampling clock output 

117 I B7 Video data input 




121 — GND Ground 





126 O RA12 Reading memory address output 





131 O XRWE Reading memory write output 

132 O XROE Reading memory read output 

133 I/O RAD15 Reading memory data input/output 








141 — GND Ground 

142 — VDD Power supply 












5 – 7


(6) Gate array (B) block 

The block is composed of the gate array (B) and SRAM (2 KByte). 

1) LR38292(IC16) -- pin-160, QFP (gate array B) 

The device has the following functions. 

1 Printing data process 

The image data of the page memory for printing is converted into 

400 dpi, and the smoothing and contracting processes are applied. 

2 Printer (PCU) interface 

The control of resetting and so on to PCU and the image data 

processed in Item 1 above are synchronized with the signal 

(HSYNC) from PCU and are transmitted to PCU in the serial 

mode. 

3 DMA controller 

(a) The binary-coded data of the draft transmitted in the serial 

mode from the gate array (A) LZ9FJ37A(IC15) and read with 

the scanner are transmitted to the page memory. 

(b) The image data which will be printed are read from the page 

memory, and the process 1 is applied to transmit the data to 

PCU in the serial mode. 

4 CODEC (HD813201F) interface 

(a) The timing is controlled for CPU to get an access to CODEC. 

(b) The timing is controlled for CODEC to get an access to the 

page memory. 

5 DRAM controller 

Since DRAM is used for the page memory, and the address, RAS 

and CAS are controlled and refresh-controlled. 

6 Panel interface 

The key input detection on the operation panel, LED lighting control 

and LCD display control are executed. 

2) LH5116NA-10 (IC19) -- pin-24, SOP (16-bit SRAM) 

This SRAM is a line memory for the printing data process (resolution 

power conversion, smoothening and contracting to 404 dpi) of the 

gate array (B). 

5 – 8 

LR38292 (IC16) Terminal descriptions 

Pin Name I/O Function 

20 VCC Power supply 

62 VCC 

100 VCC 

142 VCC 

16 GND Ground 

21 GND 

35 GND 

48 GND 

61 GND 

78 GND 

87 GND 

101 GND 

125 GND 

134 GND 

143 GND 

65 MANRESB O Manual reset signal 

66 RESETB I Reset signal 

89 A5 I Address signal on the system side 

90 A4 

91 A3 

92 A2 

93 A1 

70 D15 I/O Data bus signal on the system side 

71 D14 

72 D13 

73 D12 

74 D11 

75 D10 

76 D9 

77 D8 

79 D7 

80 D6 

81 D5 

82 D4 

83 D3 

84 D2 

85 D1 

86 D0 

88 CSB I Chip select signal of gate array LR38292 

97 RDB I Read signal on the system bus side 

98 WRB I Write signal on the system bus side 

115 SHCK0B O Reversion output of clock (SHCK) from 

CPU 

116 SHCK I Clock (19.6 MHz) from CPU 

95 GAINTB O Interrupt request signal to CPU of gate 

array LR38292 

94 CDCINTB O Reversion output (to CPU) of interrupt 

request signal from HD813201F 

96 DREQ0B O Reversion output (to CPU) of DMA 

transfer request signal from HD813201F 

99 RSTCDCB O Reset signal to HD813201F (Default: 

Low) 

102 CDCINT I Interrupt request signal from HD813201F 

103 BRQT I Bus right request signal of image bus 

from HD813201F 

104 BACKB O Bus right permission signal of image bus 

to HD813201F 

105 DRQ0 I DMA transfer request signal from 

HD813201F 

106 DACK0B O Acknowledge signal of DMA transfer to 

HD813201F 

107 CSCDCB I Chip select signal to HD813201F 

108 MDENB I Data enable signal of image bus from 

HD813201F 

109 READY O Ready signal of image bus access to 

HD813201F 

110 MAS I Address strobe signal of image bus of 

HD813201F

LR38292 (IC16) Terminal descriptions 


111 MAENB I Address enable signal of image bus of 

HD813201F 

112 CK16M I 16 MHz clock input 

113 RDCDC O Register read signal (active H) of 

HD813201F of CPU 

114 RDCDCB O Register read signal (active L) of 

HD813201F of CPU 

139 MA20 I Address of image bus of HD813201F 

138 MA19 

137 MA18 

136 MA17 

135 MA16 

133 MAD15 I/O Address/data of image bus of 

132 MAD14 

HD813201F 

131 

130 

129 

MAD13 

MAD12 

MAD11 

Input mode is selected when 

HD813201F gets an access to image 

bus (MAENB=L). 

Data bus to memory (page memory) is 

128 MAD10 

selected when gate array LR38292 gets 

127 MAD9 

an access to the image bus. 

126 MAD8 

124 MAD7 

123 MAD6 

122 MAD5 

121 MAD4 

120 MAD3 

119 MAD2 

118 MAD1 

117 MAD0 

155 DA11 I/O Address bus to memory of image bus 

154 DA10 

(page memory) 

153 

152 

151 

DA9 

DA8 

DA7 

When HD813201F gets an access to the 

image bus, address of MA21 thru MA16, 

MAD15 thru MAD1 are converted to 

Row/Column address in the page 

150 DA6 

memory (DRAM) and output. 

149 DA5 

When gate array LR38292 gets an 

148 

147 

146 

DA4 

DA3 

DA2 

access to the image bus, Row/Column 

address is output to the page memory 

(DRAM). 

145 DA1 

144 DA0 

156 DWEB O Write signal to memory (page memory: 

DRAM) of image bus 

157 RAS1B O RAS1 signal to memory (page memory: 


158 RAS0B O RAS0 signal to memory (page memory: 


159 CASB O CAS signal to memory (page memory: 


140 DRMSIZE I Setting of size of memory (page memory: 


Low: 16 Mbits 

High: 12 Mbits 

141 DRMTYPE I Setting of type of memory (page 

memory: DRAM) of image bus 

Low: Address 8-bit type 

High: address 12-bit type 

(Valid only for DRMSIZE=L. Don’t care 

for DRMSIZE=H.) 

67 STVDB I Serial scanner data valid range signal 

68 SRVID I Serial scanner data 

69 SCCLK I Serial scanner data transfer clock 

51 PCURESB O Reset signal for printer unit 

52 HSYNC I Main scanning synchronous signal from 

printer unit 

53 EPRDYB I Communication ready signal from printer 

unit 

54 PRRDYB I Printing operation ready signal of printer 

unit 

55 TODB I Sub-scanning synchronous signal to 

printer unit 

5 – 9 



56 ETBSYB I Status sending signal of printer unit 

57 CTBSYB O Command sending signal to printer unit 

58 PRINTB O Printing start/continuation signal to printer 

unit 

59 PDATA O Printing image data to printer unit 

60 CPRDYB O Communication ready signal to printer 

unit 

63 XIN I Clock input (quartz oscillator connection) 

64 XOUT O Clock output (quartz oscillator connection) 

38 LMA10 O Address bus of line memory for 

37 LMA9 

smoothing/contracting 

36 LMA8 

34 LMA7 

33 LMA6 

32 LMA5 

31 LMA4 

30 LMA3 

29 LMA2 

28 LMA1 

27 LMA0 

40 LMD7 O Data bus of line memory for 

41 LMD6 

smoothing/contracting 

42 LMD5 

43 LMD4 

44 LMD3 

45 LMD2 

46 LMD1 

47 LMD0 

39 LMWEB 

26 LD15 I/O Control/data bus and LED on/off control 

25 LD14 

signal to key scan and LCD driver on the 

24 LD13 

operation panel 

23 LD12 

22 LD11 

19 LD10 

18 LD9 

17 LD8 

15 LD7 

14 LD6 

13 LD5 

12 LD4 

11 LD3 

10 LD2 

9 LD1 

8 LD0 

160 SEN7 I Key input detection signal of operation 

1 SEN6 

panel 

2 SEN5 

3 SEN4 

4 SEN3 

5 SEN2 

6 SEN1 

7 SEN0 

49 MEMTST I Terminal for device test of integrated 

memory 

Low is set except in the device test mode. 

50 TEST I Terminal for device test 

Low is set except in the device test mode.


(7) CODEC block 

This block is composed of CODEC, LS374 and LS244 in order to 

demodulate the contracted image data of the draft read with the scanner 

and the letter image transmitted in the DMA mode from the system 

memory. 

1) HD813201F (IC14) ... pin-80, 6FP (CODEC) 

It operates at 16 MHz corresponding to the ceramic oscillator (X4) of 

16 MHz. 

The image memory is commonly used as the page memory. The 

image data of the draft read with the scanner in the page memory is 

contracted by MMR, and is transferred to the system memory (DRAM: 

IC7) by the DMA transfer function of CPU. Moreover, the image data 

transferred in the DMA mode from the system memory are 

demodulated with MMR, and are developed into the page memory. 

A0 ~ A2 

D0 ~ D7 

DRQTO 

DACKIN 

CLKI 

CKTST0 

SYSTEM 

BUS 

INTERFACE 

PLL 

CIRCUIT 

E-FIFOAch 

E-FIFOBch 

D-FIFOAch 

D-FIFOBch 

DBR 

CODER & DECODER 

PROCESSING UNIT 

CODE 

TABLE 

ROM 

MICRO 

PROGRAM 

CONTROLLER 

2) SN74LS374 (IC107) ... pin-20, SOJ 

The data hold time during writing from main CPU to HD813201F is 

assured. 

3) SN74LS244 (IC104) ... pin-20, SOJ 

When the main CPU reads the inner register of HD813201F, it will 

read the data through this buffer. 

IMAGE DATA 

DEMODULATING 

CIRCUIT 

PIXEL VARIATION 

DETECTION 

CIRCUIT 

Fig. 2 

5 – 10 

IMAGE BUS 

INTERFACE 

IMAGE BUS 

CONTROLLER 

IMAGE 

BUS 

BUFFER 

CONTINUOUS 

EOL 

DETECTION 

CIRCUIT 

BRQT 

BACLN 

DRQTI 

DACKON 

MA16 ~ 21 

MA/MD0 ~ 15 

RTCL/RTCH

HD813201F (IC14) Terminal descriptions 


Code Terminal No. I/O Function 

68/80 56 I If this terminal is at "low" level, it indicates that MPU of system 88 is connected 

to IDP201. "High" level indicates that MPU of system 80 is connected. 

A0 57 I Addresses 0 thru 2 (address terminals). It is connected to the low-order 3 bits of 

A1 

A2 

54 

55 

the system address bus, and MPU is used to get an access to the internal 

register of IDP201. 

D0 64 I/O, 

Data 0 thru 7 (data terminals). They are connected to the system data bus for 

D1 

D2 

62 

65 

Three-state output bidirectional data transfer between MPU and IDP201. MPU can read and write 

the internal register of IDP201. 

D3 63 

D4 67 

D5 66 

D6 68 

D7 69 

CS 44 I Chip select (chip select terminal). When the terminal is at "low" level, it indicates 

that MPU gets an access to the internal register of IDP201. 

DS 45 I Data strobe (data strobe terminal). Connect φ2 clock pin of MPU of system 88 or 

RD pin of MPU of system 80. 

R/W 42 I Read/write (read/write terminal). Connect R/W pin of MPU of system 88 or WR 

pin of MPU of system 80. 

RESET 59 I Reset element. If the signal of "low" level is input to the terminal, IDP201 will be 

initialized. 

IRQT 58 O Interrupt request (interrupt request terminal). When the signal of "high" level is 

output, IDP201 requests the interrupt process for MPU. 

The factor of the interrupt is the end of the command process, the end of DMA 

transfer, occurrence of an error during demodulation or the receiving of RTC 

code. 

MPU reads IRR (interrupt request register) which is one of the internal registers 

of IDP201, and can know the factor of the interrupt. When MPU reads IRR, 

IRQT becomes "low" level. 

(For details of IRR, refer to "8.1.2 Interrupt request register".) 

DRQTO 47 O DMA Request Output (DMA request output terminal). In the following cases, 

DMA transfer can be requested for DMAC by turning DRQTO to "high". 

(1) During coding, a code of 1 byte or more is stored in E-FIFO. 

(2) During decoding, an empty area of 1 byte or more is present. 

(3) During data transfer between the system bus and image bus, DBR is read to 

read or write. 

DACKI 46 I DMA Acknowledge Input (DMA acknowledge input terminal) 

The response signal for DRQTO is input. If DACKI becomes "low" level during 

coding or decoding, the access is given to E-FIFO or D-FIFO. If DACKI becomes 

"low" level during data transfer between system bus and image bus, the access 

is given to DBR. 

Don’t make CS and DACKI "low" at the same time. 

BRQT 52 O Bus Request (Bus request terminal). IDP201 outputs the signal of "high" level 

from BRQT, and IDP201 requests the bus master for the device which can 

become another bus master on the image bus. If any other device which can 

become the bus master on the image bus, BRQT becomes the NC pin. 

BACK 48 I Bus Acknowledge (bus acknowledge terminal). The response signal for BRQT is 

input. If the signal of "low" level is input to BACK, it indicates that it is approved 

for IDP201 to become the bus master of the image bus. If any other bus master 

which can become the bus master is not present except IDP201, fix this terminal 

at "low". 

MAEN 76 O Memory Address Enable (Memory address enable terminal). IDP201 outputs the 

signal of "low" level from MAEN to declare that it becomes the bus master of the 

image bus. When MAEN is at "high", the three-state output which is connected 

to the image bus becomes all into the high impedance state. 

5 – 11




MAS 74 O Memory Address Strobe (Memory address strobe terminal). When MAS 

becomes "high" level, it indicates that address is output to MA/MD0 thru 

MA/MD15 and MA16 thru MA21. 

UDS 27 Three-state output Upper Data Strobe (high-order data strobe terminal). When UDS becomes "low" 

level, it indicates that IDP201 uses the high-order byte of the image bus. 

LDS 23 Three-state output Upper Data Strobe (low-order data strobe terminal). When LDS becomes "low" 

level, it indicates that IDP201 uses the low-order byte of the image bus. 

MDEN 25 O Memory Data Bus Enable (Memory data bus enable terminal). When MDEN 

output terminal becomes "low" level, it indicates that valid data are present in 

MA/MD0 thru MA/MD15. This output terminal is used to control the output of the 

bidirectional bus buffer on MA/MD0 thru MA/MD15. 

MA/MD 0 79 I/O, 

Memory Address Data Bus 0 thru 15 (Memory address data bus). In this bus for 

MA/MD 1 

MA/MD 2 

77 

3 

Three-state output image bus operation, the address and data are multiplexed. MA/MD0 thru 

MA/MD15 are used as follows. 

MA/MD 3 78 (1) When MAEN is "low" and MAS is "high", it is used as the output address line. 

MA/MD 4 

MA/MD 5 

5 

2 

(2) When both MAEN and MDEN are "low" in the reading cycle, it is used as the 

input data line. 

(3) When both MAEN and MDEN are "low" in the writing cycle, it is used as the 

MA/MD 6 6 

input data line. 

MA/MD 7 4 

MA/MD 8 8 

MA/MD 9 7 

MA/MD10 12 

MA/MD11 9 

MA/MD12 14 

MA/MD13 13 

MA/MD14 15 

MA/MD15 16 

MA16 71 Three-state output Memory Address Bus 16 thru 21 (memory address bus). When MAEN is "low" 

MA17 11 

and MAS is "high", it is used as the output address line. 

MA18 30 

MA19 31 

MA20 50 

MA21 51 

MR 26 Three-state output Memory Read (Memory read terminal). When MR is turned to "low" level, 

IDP201 reads the data from the image memory. 

MW 28 Three-state output Memory Write (memory write terminal). When MW is turned to "low" level, 

IDP201 writes the data in the image memory. 

IOR 35 Three-state output I/O Read (I/O read terminal). When IOR is turned to "low" level, IDP201 reads 

the data from I/O device on the image bus. However, it is limited at DMA transfer 

during data transfer with the transfer command and the coding process. 

IOW 36 Three-state output I/O Write (I/O write terminal). When IOW is turned to "low" level, IDP201 writes 

the data in I/O device on the image bus. However, it is limited at DMA transfer 

during data transfer with the transfer command and the decoding process. 

DRQTI 39 I DMA Request Input (DMA request input terminal). When I/O device on the 

image bus requests DMA for IDP201, DRQTI becomes "high" level. 

DACKO 38 O DMA Acknowledge Output (DMA acknowledge output terminal). When this 

output terminal is turned to "low" level, IDP201 informs to the peripheral devices 

on the image bus that DMA operation is approved. 

DMA 32 O Direct Memory Access (Direct memory access terminal). When DMA output is 

turned to "low", it indicates that DMA transfer is executed. 

In the coding process, the data is transferred from the I/O device (scanner) to 

the image memory. 

In the decoding process, the data is transferred from the image memory to I/O 

device (printer). 

5 – 12




DTC 37 O DMA Terminal Count (DMA terminal count terminal). When DTC output is turned 

to "high", it indicates that DMA transfer of the setting line part is ended. 

READY 73 I Image memory or I/O device read. When READY is turned to "high" during 

writing, it indicates that the image memory or I/O device is ready for 

transmitting/receiving the data. 

When READY is "high", IDP201 will wait until READY becomes "high". 

 

VDD 1 29 I Power voltage (+5V) 

VDD 2 49 I 

VDD 3 72 I 

VSS 1 10 I 

VSS 2 17 I Ground 

VSS 3 34 I 

VSS 4 53 I 

VSS 5 70 I 

VSS 6 75 I 

 

TEST 0 18 I Fix these terminals at "low". 

TEST 1 22 I 

TEST 2 24 I 

TEST 3 33 I 

TEST 4 43 I 

5 – 13


Code Terminal No. I/O Name and function 

CLKI 19 I Quartz oscillation input terminal and external clock input terminal 

CLKX 20 O Quartz oscillation output terminal 

CKTST1 1 I Low pass filter terminal of PLL circuit 

Connected to capacitor (1000pF) and resistor (10kΩ) through GND. 

CLKMOD 40 I Terminal to switch quartz oscillation connection or external clock input mode. 

"0": Quartz oscillation 

"1": External clock 

CKTST0 41 I Fix at "LOW" level. 

CLKO 21 O Clock output terminal. Rectangular wave which is synchronous with the internal 

clock of IDP201 is output. 

CKTST2 80 I Fix at "LOW" level. 

Code Terminal No. I/O Name and function 

RTCH 60 O Number of transfers of EOL detected by IDP201 during RTC receiving is 

RTCL 61 O 

reflected at the terminal. 

(8) Page memory block 

The page memory block is composed of one DRAM of 1M × 16 bits, 

being commonly used as the image memory. The memory is divided 

into the page memory for the scanner and the page memory for 

printing. 

The page memory for scanner is composed of the whole area of IC10 

and the partical area of IC9 and IC11. The image data of approx. one 

page (except in the super fine mode) of the draft read with the scanner 

can be stored. 

They are stored until they are contracted by CODEC. 

The page memory for printing is composed of the remaining areas of 

IC9 and IC10 and can store approx. one page of the image data 

decoded by CODEC. The data are stored until they are transferred to 

PCU with the gate array (B) and printed. 

5 – 14

(9) Driver block 

Sending motor driver (IC13, IC17: PBL3717/2) ---- 16-pin DIP 

This IC drives at the sending motor at the constant current with the 

bipolar, chopper system. 

PHASE 

LOGIC I1 

INPUT IO 

GND 

8 

7 

9 

VR 11 

4 

5 

12 

13 

VCC 

6 

• Operation description (Refer to the waveforms of the terminal voltage 

and current waveforms. 

1 The current M in the coiling of the motor is converted in the current-voltage 

mode with the resistors RS (R2, 3, 5 and 6) which are 

connected the terminal E (pin 16), is farther transmitted to the C 

terminal (pin 10) through the filter Cc (C15, 16) and Rc (R4, 7). 

(Vc) 

2 The reference voltage (VR’) and (Vc) voltage of each comparator 

are compared with the comparator which is selected with I0 (pin 9) 

and I1 (pin 7). 

3 If Vc ≥ VR’ is established here, the signal is output to the monostable 

to turn off the lower side of the bridge type output transistor 

only for the time (0.69CrRr) determined by CT (C30, 31) and RT 

(R10, 11) which are connected to the terminal T (pin 2) in order to 

shut down the coil current IM. 

4 At this time, the counter-electromotive force is generated by the 

winding inductance. However, the energy is reduced with discharge 

through VMM and the diode between MA and MB. 

5 When the time (0.69CrRr) determined with the monostable has 

passed, the transistor on the lower side is turned on again to flow 

the winding current IM. Being suppressed by the inductance of the 

motor, the current will increase and return to 1. 

– 

+ 

– 

+ 

– 

+ 

& 

CURRENT SENSOR 

SCHMIT1 

TRIGGER 

& & & 

TIME 

DELAY 

MONOSTABLE 

IOR=0.69•PrCr 

10 2 16 

C 

T E 

Fig. 3 

5 – 15 

1 

1 

> 

= 1 

VMM 

3 14 

VCX 

VE (Pin16) 

0V 

VCX 

VC (Pin10) 

0V 

VS 

VMA (Pin15) 

0V 

VS 

VMB (Pin1) 

VM - VMB - VMA 

0V 

IMP 

IMX 

IM (MOTOR CURRENT) 

0A 

1 

> 

= 1 

OUTPUT STAGE 

T0 

V sat 

T ON 

Fig. 4 

V sat cond 

TD 

15 MA 

1 

VF 

MB 

T OFF 

(–0.69 RtCt) 

V sat rec 


t 

t 

t 

t 

t


LH28F800SUT (IC6) Terminal descriptions 

Symbol Type Name and function 

A0 I Byte select address: The device selects the low-order or high-order byte in the ×8 mode. Not 

used in the ×16 mode. 

(The A0 input circuit is not activated since Byte # is high.) 

A1 - A15 I Word select address: One word is selected in the 64 KByte block. 

These addresses are latched in the data writing operation. 

A16 - A20 I Block select address: 1/32 erasion block is selected. These addresses are latched when data 

writing, erasion or lock block is activated. 

DQ0 - DQ7 I/O Low-order byte data input/output: Data and command input in the command user interface 

writing cycle. When various data are read, the memory array, page buffer, identifier and status 

data are output. It is floated when the chip is not selected or output is disable. 

DQ8 - DQ15 I/O High-order byte data input/output: Same function as the low-order byte data input/output. 

Operable in the ×16 mode alone. It is floated in the ×8 mode. 

CE0#, CE1# I Chip enable: The control logic, input butter, decoder and sense amplifier are made to be active. 

The chip is active only when both CE0# and CE1# are at "low". 

RP# I Reset/power down: The device is brought into the deep power down state when RP# is turned to 

"Low". In order to recover it from the deep power down state, 400ns (ordinary lead time of +5ns 

for reading) is necessary. When RP# pin becomes "low", all chip operations are interrupted and 

reset. 

OE# I Output enable: Data is output from DQ pin by turning OE# to "Low". When OE# is turned to 

"High", DQ pin is floated. 

WE# I Write enable: The accesses to the command user interface, buffer, data cue register and 

address cue latch are controlled. When WE# is "Low", it becomes active to fetch the address and 

data at the leading edge. 

RY/BY# O Ready/busy: The status of the internal write state machine is output. "Low" indicates that the 

write state machine is in operation. RY/BY# pin is floated when the write state machine waits for 

instruction of next operation, erasion is interrupted or it is in the deep power down state. 

WP# I Write protect: Each block can be protected from writing/erasion by writing data into the no-volatile 

lock bit of the block. Writing/erasion becomes impossible for the block in which WP# is "low" and 

the block lock status bit (BSR.6) is protected. If WP# is "High", writing/erasion is possible 

regardless of the status of the lock bit. When RP# is "low" (in the deep power down state), WP# 

input circuit becomes disable. 

BYTE# I Byte enable: When BYTE# is turned to "Low", the device is brought into the ×8 mode. At this 

time, DQ8-DQ15 becomes floated. The address A0 selects the high-/low-order byte. When 

BYTE# is "High", the device is brought into the ×16 mode, and the A0 input circuit becomes 

disable. 

3/5# I 3.3V/5.0V: When 3/5# is "High", the internal circuit can be operated at 3.3V, and when 3/5# is 

"Low", the internal circuit can be operated at 5.0V. 

* Note: If 3/5# is turned to "High" when 5V is applied to Vcc, the device may be broken. 

Vpp Writing/erasion power: 5.0±0.5V is applied during writing/erasion. 

Vcc Device power: 5.0±0.5V or 3.3±0.3V 

GND Ground 

NC Not connected. 

3/5# 1 

CE1# 2 

NC 3 

A20 4 

A19 5 

A18 6 

A17 7 

A16 8 

Vcc 9 

A15 10 

A14 11 

A13 12 

A12 13 

CE0# 14 

Vpp 15 

RP# 16 

A11 17 

A10 18 

A9 19 

A8 20 

GND 21 

A7 22 

A6 23 

A5 24 

A4 25 

A3 26 

A2 27 

A1 28 

LH28F800SUT 

56-LEAD TSOP PINOUT 

14mm x 20mm 

TOP VIEW 

5 – 16 

56 WP# 

55 WE# 

54 OE# 

53 RY/BY# 

52 DQ15 

51 DQ7 

50 DQ14 

49 DQ6 

48 GND 

47 DQ13 

46 DQ5 

45 DQ12 

44 DQ4 

43 Vcc 

42 GND 

41 DQ11 

40 DQ3 

39 DQ10 

38 DQ2 

37 Vcc 

36 DQ9 

35 DQ1 

34 DQ8 

33 DQ0 

32 A0 

31 BYTE# 

30 NC 

29 NC

LH28F800SUT (IC6) 

A0 ~ 20 

INPUT 

BUFFER 

ADDRESS 

QUEUE 

LATCHE 

ADDRESS 

COUNTER 

Y-DECODER 

X-DECODER 

DQ8 ~ 15 

OUTPUT 

BUFFER 

OUTPUT MULTIPLEXER 

64-KBYTE 

BLOCK 0 

64-KBYTE 

BLOCK 1 

DQ0 ~ 7 

OUTPUT 

BUFFER 

ID 

REGISTER 

CSR 

ESRs 

DATA 

COMPARATER 

Y GATING/SENSING 

Fig. 5 

5 – 17 

INPUT 

BUFFER 

DATA 

QUEUE 

REGISTER 

64-KBYTE 

BLOCK 30 

64-KBYTE 

BLOCK 31 

PAGE 

BUFFERS 

INPUT 

BUFFER 

CUI 

WSM 

I/O 

LOGIC 

PROGRAM/ 

ERASE 

VOLTAGE 

SWITCH 


3/5# 

BYTE# 

CE1# 

OE# 

WE# 

WP# 

RP# 

CE0# 

RY/BY# 

VPP 

3/5# 

VCC 

GND


514260-70J (IC7, 10) 

I/O4 

I/O5 

I/O6 

I/O7 

WE 

RAS 

I/O4 

BUFFER 

I/O5 

BUFFER 

I/O6 

BUFFER 

I/O7 

BUFFER 

256K MEMORY ARRAY MAT 

VCC 1 

I/O0 2 

I/O1 3 

I/O2 4 

I/O3 5 

VCC 6 

I/O4 7 

I/O5 8 

I/O6 9 

I/O7 10 

N.C. 11 

N.C. 12 

WE 13 

RAS 14 

N.C. 15 

SOJ 

42 VSS 

41 I/O15 

40 I/O14 

39 I/O13 

38 I/O12 

37 VSS 

36 I/O11 

35 I/O10 

34 I/O9 

33 I/O8 

32 N.C. 

31 LCAS 

30 UCAS 

29 OE 

28 A9 

N.C. 16 27 A8 

A0 17 

26 A7 

A1 18 

25 A6 

A2 19 

24 A5 

A3 20 

23 A4 

VCC 21 

I/O3 I/O2 

I/O3 

BUFFER 

I/O2 

BUFFER 

ADDRESS 

(Top view) 

22 VSS 

A0, A1, A2, A3 

SELECTOR 

SELECTOR 

ROW 

DETECTOR 

ROW ROW 

DETECTOR DETECTOR 

ROW 

DETECTOR 


I/O BUS & COLUMN DECODER 



ROW 

DETECTOR 

ROW ROW 


ROW 

DETECTOR 

SELECTOR 

SELECTOR 





I/O1 

I/O1 

BUFFER 



I/O0 

I/O0 

BUFFER 


Pin name 

A0 to A9 

A0 to A9 

I/O0 to I/O15 

RAS 

UCAS, LCAS 

WE 

OE 

Vcc 

Vss 

N.C 

PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT 

Fig. 6 




ADDRESS A4, A5 

Function 

Address input 

Refresh address input 

Data-in/Data-out 

Row address strobe 

Column address strobe 

Read/Write enable 

Output enable 

Power supply 

Ground 

No connection 

A6, A7, A8 

SELECTOR 

SELECTOR 

ROW 

DETECTOR 

ROW ROW 


ROW 

DETECTOR 





ROW 

DETECTOR 

ROW ROW 


ROW 

DETECTOR 

SELECTOR 

SELECTOR 

Fig. 7 

5 – 18 

I/O15 

I/O15 

BUFFER 

I/O14 

I/O14 

BUFFER 





I/O13 

I/O13 

BUFFER 



I/O12 

BUFFER 


I/O12 

I/O11 

BUFFER 

I/O10 

BUFFER 

I/O9 

BUFFER 

I/O8 

BUFFER 

I/O11 

I/O10 

I/O9 

I/O8 

LCAS 

UCAS 

OE

[3] Circuit Description of TEL/LIU PWB 

(1) TEL/LIU block operational description 

1) Block diagram 

E 

T1 

L1 

L2 

S 

T2 

T1 

T2 

SPEAKER 

CURRENT 

SENSOR 

DUMMY 

L&C 

2) Circuit description 

L 

H 

H 

L 

H 

L 

SHUNT 

CIRCUIT 

TAX 

PULSE 

FILTER 

CI DETECTOR 

The TEL/LIU PWB is composed of the following 12 blocks. 

1. Surge protection circuit 

2. Noise filter 

3. On-hook status detection circuit 

4. Dial pulse generation circuit 

5. CML relay 

6. Matching transformer 

7. Hybrid circuit 

8. Speaker amplifier 

9. Adjustment of voice volume 

10. Signal selection 

11. Cl detection circuit 

12. Power supply and bias circuit 

H 

L 

~ 

~ 

– 

+ 

H 

L 

SPARK 

QUENCH 

ACTIVE 

CHOKE 

H 

L 

Fig. 8 

5 – 19 

TEL/LIU PWB 

H 

L 

H 

L 

HS 

CML 

E-RLY 

DP 

MPX A 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

SIGTX 

SIGRX 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

DPMUTE 

CI 

SPOUT 

SPMUTE 

DG 

DG 

+5V 

+12V 

AG 

AG 

CNLIU-18 

CNLIU-22 

CNLIU-13 

CNLIU-20 

CNLIU-9 

CNLIU-7 

CNLIU-8 

CNLIU-10 

CNLIU-16 

CNLIU-17 

CNLIU-19 

CNLIU-23 

CNLIU-24 

CNLIU-15 

CNLIU-21 

CNLIU-14 

SPOUT 

CNLIU-12 

CNLIU-1 

CNLIU-3 

CNLIU-2 

CNLIU-5 

CNLIU-4 

CNLIU-6 

CONTROL PWB 

X0 

X1 

X2 

DG 

+5V 

+12V 

AG 

H 

L 

CML 

TELMUTE 

VOLCNT 

MPX A 

MPX B 

VRSEL1 

VRSEL2 

SPMUTE 


TXOUT 

RXIN 

RHS 

DP 

SDT 

HS1 

DT 

DT3 

CI 

VOLA 

VOLB 

BZOUT 

CPU 

MODEM 

GATE 

ARRYA 

3) Block description 

1. Surg Protection circuit 

This circuit protects the circuit from the surge voltage occurring on 

the telephone line. 

• The AR1 protects the circuit from the 390V or higher line surge 

voltages. 

• The VA1 and VA2 protect the circuit from the 470V or higher 

vertical surge voltages. 

• The ZD4 and ZD5 control the voltages generated on the secondary 

side of matching transformer to 2V. 

• The VA3 protect the circuit from 100V or higher line surge 

voltages. 

2. Noise filter 

The noise filter comprises the RF choke coil, L1, L2, L3 and 

capacitor C16. 

• The L1, L2, L3 and C16 prevent unnecessary radio noises from 

being transmitted from the telephone line. 

• The C16 prevent radio pickup from the telephone line.


3. Hook status detection circuit 

The hook status detection circuit detects the Status of hook switch 

(RHS) of Built-in telephone. 

• The status of on-hook switch (RHS) is determined from the 

logical level of RHS signal. 

RHS LOW: OFF HOOK 

RHS HIGH: ON HOOK 

4. Dial pulse generation circuit 

The pulse dial generation circuit comprises the photo-coupler 

PC2, polarity guard REC1, and transistor Q1, Q2. 

The dial pulse turns on CML, controls the base current of transistor 

Q2 by supplying the DP signal to the photo-coupler PC2, and 

generates the DP signal by making the TEL circuit make and 

break. 

5. CML relay 

The CML relay switches over connection to the matching transformer 

T1 while the FAX or built-in telephone is being used. 

6. Matching transformer 

The matching transformer performs electrical insulation from the 

telephone line and impedance matching for transmitting the 

TEL/FAX signal. 

7. Hybrid circuit 

The hybrid circuit performs 2-wire-to-4-wire conversion using the 

IC105 and IC104 of operational amplifier, transmits the voice 

transmission signal to the line, and feeds back the voice signal to 

the voice reception circuit as the side tone. Also, this circuit is 

operated with the analog switch IC104 as a half-duplex circuit 

while the FAX is being used, and as a full-duplex circuit while the 

telephone is being used. 

The C11, C115, C120, C116 and C112 suppress the radio pickup 

from the handset. 

8. Speaker amplifier 

The speaker amplifier monitors the line under the on-hook mode, 

outputs the buzzer sound generated from the gate array (IC11: 

control PWB), ringer sound, DTMF generated from the modem 

(IC1: control PWB), and line sound. 

9. Adjustment of voice volume 

The voice volume can be adjusted by using the panel bottons "→" 

and "←". 

• The reception level can be adjusted by pressing the →/← button 

when the handset is located in the off-hook state. 

10.Signal selection 

The following signals are used to control the transmission line of 

TEL/FAX signal. For details, refer to the signal selector matrix 

table. (See page 5-23) 

• TEL MUTE: Controls the mute of handset voice transmission 

signal. 

• RCV MUTE: Controls the mute of handset voice reception signal. 

• SP MUTE: Controls the mute of speaker amplifier. 

• MPX B: Switches over the gain of reception amplifier. 

H: Amplifier gain decreased 

L: Amplifier gain increased 

• MPX A: Mutes the transmission drive amplifier. 

H: Selected when the telephone is being used or 

when the FAX signal is being transmitted 

L: Selected when the FAX signal is being received 

5 – 20 

11.Cl detection circuit 

The CI detection circuit detects the CI signals of 15.3 Hz to 68 Hz. 

A CI signal, which is provided to the photo-coupler PC1 through 

the C15 (0.82 μF), R1 (22 K), R2 (13K) and ZD3 when the ring 

signal is inputted from the telephone line, is filtered by the R137 

and C9 and then transmitted to the control PWB through the Q110 

(DTC114). 

12. Power supply and bias circuits 

The voltages of +12V and +5V are supplied from the control PWB 

unit. The IC104 of operational amplifier generates 6V bias voltage 

and supplies it to the IC104, 106, 105.

(Example: Fax signal send) 

E 

T1 

L1 

L2 

S 

T2 

T1 

T2 

SPEAKER 

CURRENT 

SENSOR 

DUMMY 

L&C 

L 

H 

H 

L 

H 

L 

H 

L 

SHUNT 

CIRCUIT 

TAX 

PULSE 

FILTER 

CI DETECTOR 

~ 

~ 

– 

+ 

H 

L 

SPARK 

QUENCH 

ACTIVE 

CHOKE 

H 

L 

Fig. 9 

TEL/LIU PWB 

H 

L 

H 

L 

HS 

CML 

E-RLY 

DP 

MPX A 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

SIGTX 

SIGRX 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

DPMUTE 

CI 

SPOUT 

SPMUTE 

DG 

DG 

+5V 

+12V 

AG 

AG 

CNLIU-18 

CNLIU-22 

CNLIU-13 

CNLIU-20 

CNLIU-9 

CNLIU-7 

CNLIU-8 

CNLIU-10 

CNLIU-16 

CNLIU-17 

CNLIU-19 

CNLIU-23 

CNLIU-24 

CNLIU-15 

CNLIU-21 

CNLIU-14 

SPOUT 

CNLIU-12 

CNLIU-1 

CNLIU-3 

CNLIU-2 

CNLIU-5 

CNLIU-4 

CNLIU-6 

CONTROL PWB 

X0 

X1 

X2 

DG 

+5V 

+12V 

AG 

H 

L 

CML 

TELMUTE 

VOLCNT 

MPX A 

MPX B 

VRSEL1 

VRSEL2 

SPMUTE 

TXOUT 

RXIN 

CPU 

MODEM 

RHS 

DP 

SDT 

HS1 

DT 

DT3 GATE 

ARRYA 

CI 

VOLA 

VOLB 

BZOUT 

Matrix table of control signals 

CML MPXA MPXB MIC MUTE RCV MUTE SP MUTE 

H: ON H: TX LINE H: Low gain H: ON H: ON H: ON 

L: OFF L: OFF L: High gain L: OFF L: OFF L: OFF 

Stand-by L L L H H H 

FAX signal sending H H H H H H 

FAX signal receiving H L H H H H 

Before and after dialing H H H L L H 

Off-hook dial DP dialing L L H H L H 

DTMF dialing H H H H L H 

Before and after dialing H L H L H L 

On-hook dial DP dialing L L L H H L 

DTMF dialing H H H H H L 

Before and after dialing H L H H H H 

Auto dial 

300bps check H L H H H H 

DP dialing L L H H H H 

DTMF dialing H H H H H H 

Ringer ringing L L L H H L 

Stand by/buzzer L L L H H L 

Key buzzer OFF HOOK H H H L L L 

ON HOOK H H H H H L 

Holding 

ON HOOK H H H H H L 

OFF HOOK H H H H H H 

Sound volume control signal of hand-set receiver 

VRSEL1/VRSEL2/VRSEL3 Matrix 

Sound volume High Middle Low DTMF sending 

VRSEL 1 L H H H 

VRSEL 2 H L H H 

VRSEL 3 H H L H 

5 – 21 



[4] Circuit description of CCD PWB 

The CCD board picks up optical information from the document, converts 

it into an electrical (analog) signal and transfers it to the control 

board. 

1. Block diagram 

Φ T 

Φ 1 

Φ 2 

+5V 

AG 

VO 

2. Description of blocks 

Fig.10 

CCD 

µPD3753CY 

1) CCD 

The μPD3753CY is a highly sensitive charged coupled image sensor 

that consists of 2088 picture elements. 

Receiving there drive signals (φT, φ2, φ1) from the control board. 

2) Waveforms 

1. φ1, φ2 ...signals within the control board. 

Φ 1 

Φ2 

Fig. 11 

5 – 22 

[5] Circuit description of operation PWB 


PANEL PWB 

SEN1 

SEN2 

SEN3 

SEN4 

SEN5 

SEN6 

LD0 ~ LD7 

LCD DRIVER 

LCD 

COG (LMG2022-TPR) 

LS145 

2. Operational description 

Fig. 12 

+5V 

ULN2003 

HC174 

1) Panel PWB 

The panel PWB includes the ten key scan circuit and the LED lighting 

circuit.The LS145 is controlled through LD0~LD3 (4 bits) and ten key 

detection is performed. The HC174 is controlled through LD0~LD5 (6 

bits) to provide LED lighting information. 

2) COG (LMG2022-TPR) 

The COG uses the one-chip LCD driver IC to display 20 digits x 2 

lines. The LCD display density is controlled with an extemal resistor.

[6] Circuit description of power supply PWB 

DC power circuit 

The DC power circuit directly rectifies AC power, changes the voltage 

through switching with the DC/DC converters, and rectifies and 

smoothens the current again in order to produce the DC voltage. See 

Fig. 13. 


AC IN 

2. Noise filter circuit 

NOISE 

FILTER 

CIRCUIT 

SURGE CURRENT 

PREVENTING CIRCUIT/ 

RECTIFYING AND 

SMOOTHENING CIRCUIT 

OVERCURRENT 

PROTECTION 

CIRCUIT 

HEATER 

CIRCUIT 

HEATER OUT 

The filter circuit is composed of L and C in order to reduce the 

common noise and normal mode noise which flows into and out of the 

AC line. 

The common mode noise is called the noise which generates in cach 

line against GND, and C703, C704, C722, C723 and C725 flows the 

noise component to GND. 

Moreover, the normal mode noise is called the noise which is superimposed 

on the AC line or output line and is attenuated with C701, 

L701, C702, and L702. See Fig. 14. 

C701 

L701 

C703 

C704 

C702 

C725 

Fig. 14 

L702 

D701 

INVERTOR CIRCUIT 

(FLY-BACK 

CONVERTER SYSTEM) 

C722 

C723 

CONTROL 

CIRCUIT 

Fig. 13 

5 – 23 

T701 

PC701 

PC702 

RECTIFYING/ 

SMOOTHING 

CIRCUIT 

CONSTANT 

VOLTAGE 

DETECTION 

CIRCUIT 

3-TERMINAL 

REGULATOR 

CHOPPER 

CIRCUIT 

+24V 

+12V 

+5V 

HEATER 

ON/OFF 

3. Surge current preventing and 

rectifying/smoothening circuit 

As shown in Fig. 15, AC is rectified and smoothcned with D701 and 

C705 which include four diodes. 

To prevent surge current, it is mode to be effective using the power 

thermistor TH701. 

Fig. 15 

D701 

TH701 


C705


4. Inverter and control circuit 

(fly-back converter system) 

This circuit is called the fly-back converter which is the one-chip type 

separately excited DC-DC converter as shown in Fig. 16. In the circuit, 

IC starts oscillating to make Q701 conductive if the start voltage 

of IC is first applied to IC701 through R726, R704 and R705. 

As the result, the voltage is applied to the primary winding of the 

converter transformer (T701), and the voltage is also generated in the 

winding which drives IC701. Thus IC701 is put into operation. Then, 

IC701 alternately turns on and off Q701 at the frequency (approx. 80 

kHz) which is determined by C709 and R714. 

When it is on, any current does not flow in the secondary winding of 

T701 since the voltage of the secondary winding is applied in the 

direction opposite to the diode D707. 

When it is off, the direction in which the current flows to the primary 

winding becomes the pole direction of the secondary winding, and 

D707 becomes conductive to transmit energy to the secondary side. 

See Fig. 16. 

C705 

R710 

R706 

R707 

R714 

C709 

IC701 

1 

R726 

R704 

R705 

5 

6 

7 

8 

4 

3 

2 

Q701 

T701 

PC701 

Fig. 16 

D707 

PC701 

IC702 

R721 

R722 

5 – 24 

The control circuit is a circuit which the negative feed-back is given 

from the secondary side as shown in Fig. 16. 

The photocoupler (PC701) is used for insulation between the primary 

and secondary sides in order to feed back the control signal to the 

primary side. 

When the output voltage rises due to the energy transmission from 

T701, the voltage detected by R721 and R722 are compared with the 

reference voltage of IC702. As it is higher than the reference voltage, 

the current of IC702 (that is, the current of the photo diode of PC701) 

is increased to be transmitted to the primary side in order to reduce 

the potential of the feed-back terminal (2 pin) of IC701. Thus, Q701 is 

controlled. Accordingly, the varying rate of the output voltage on the 

primary side is passed through IC702 and PC701 in order to control 

IC701 and Q701. Thus, the output voltage is stabilized. 

Q701 

VDS 

Q701 VGS 

Q701 ID 

D720 IO 

T701 

VOLTAGE OF 

SECONDARY 

WINDING 

TON 

TOFF 

Fig. 17 

t 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0

IC701 

FB 

2 

4kΩ 

BIAS 

2.8V 

OFF 

+ 

– 

–0.17V 

+ 

– 

+ 

– 

DMAX 

+ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

+ 

CS CT RT 

8 7 1 

VCC 

6 

3 4 

IS 

3.6V 

5. Overcurrent preventive circuit (primary side) 

0.56V 

The current detection resistors (R706 and R707) are connected to the 

inverter circuit on the primary side. If any overcurrent occurs on the 

primary side, the current of the inverter Q701 on the primary side is 

increased. The current is detected by R706 and R707, is passed 

through R710 and is input to the overcurrent restrictive terminal (3 

pin) of IC701 to turn off Q701 in order to shut down the whole output. 

As the method to recover the power supply again, the power input is 

turned off again to sufficiently discharge the voltage of C705, and the 

power input is turned on (when 9V or less stands at the power terminal 

6 pin of IC701). 

A time of approx. 1 minute is necessary to discharge electricity from 

C705. See Fig. 16. 

7V 

Fig. 18 

5 – 25 

OSC 

R 

S 

REF 

Q 

10µL 

UVLO 

GND 

5 


OUT


6. Rectifying/smoothening circuit (VM (+24V)) 

The high-frequency pulse produced in the inverter circuit is dropped 

by the converter transformer T701, is rectified by the high-frequency 

diode D707 and is moreover smoothened by C715 and R716. 

B 

D707 

A 

C 

Fig. 19 

Fig. 20 

C715 C716 

VOLTAGE 

A – B 

WAVEFORE 

0 

24V 

0 

VOLTAGE 

A – C 


5 – 26 

7. 3-terminal regulator circuit (+12V system) 

It is also called the dropper system. VM system (+24V) is dropped to 

+12V with IC704 for stabilization. Moreover, the overcurrent protective 

circuit is a IC integrated type with the characteristic of "#" letter. 

VM 

(+24V) 

MG 

IC704 

Fig. 21 

8. Chopper circuit (+5V system) 

+12V 

The output voltage detected by R723 and R724 is input into the air 

amplifier by IC703, and is passed through the PWM comparator for 

PWA control of the output transistor in order to stabilize the output 

voltage. The oscillating frequency is set at approx. 100 kHz with the 

integrated oscillator. Moreover, the overcurrent-protective circuit is an 

IC integrated type to drop the output for the overcurrent. 

VM 

(+24V) 

MG 

IC703 

A B 

ISW 

D709 

R723 

R724 

Fig. 22 

+5V 

DG 

0V 

• IC703 

A → C 


• IC703 

ISW WAVE 

FORE 

0V 

OFF ON 

AG

IC703 

9. Heater circuit 

VIN 

1 

OVERCURRENT 

DETECTION 

CIRCUIT 

OVERHEAT 

PROTECTIVE 

CIRCUIT 

CONSTANT 

VOLTAGE 

CIRCUIT 

F/F 

O 

S 

2 

COM 

Though heater output is powered from AC line, the circuit is configured 

to allow one side of AC to be turned on and off by TR701. 

When heater ON/OFF terminal is turned to LOW, the current will flow 

to the photo diode of PC702 to trigger the photo triac on the primary 

side and also turn on TR701. 

This will activate the heater output. On the contrary, when the heater 

ON/OFF terminal is turned to HIGH, any current will not 

flow to the photo diode of PC702 to turn off TR701. 

This will deactivate the heater output. 

If TR701 is broken in the short mode, any current will not flow to the 

photo diode side of PC703 to turn off the photo transistor on the 

secondary side, and Q703 will not be turned off. 

Q703 is connected to the gate cathode of SR701, and SR701 is 

usually turned off. However, when Q703 is turned off and the heater 

ON/OFF control terminal is further turned to HIGH, SR701 will be 

brought into the conductive state to cutoff the power supply to the 

heater circuit on the primary side. 

AC-L 

AC-N 

S701 

F701 

F706 

R716 

C713 

HEATER L 

RL701 

PC702 

TR701 

R717 

C712 

HEATER N 

R728 

R729 

PC703 

R 

Fig. 23 

VM 

(+24V) 

Fig. 24 

5 – 27 

+ 

– 

SR701 

PWM COMP. 

OSC- 

ILLATOR 

D711 

R725 

C729 

ERROR AMP. 

VREF 

R730 

R731 

R732 

+ 

– 

3 

4 

C728 

VOUT 

OADJ 

R733 

Q703 

PC702 

PC703 

HEATER 

ON/OFF 



CH1gnd 

C705 

560/200 

TH701 

CH1gnd 

V : 100V/div H : 5µsec/div 

R710 

82 

D702 

ERA1501 

R704 

39K 

R706 

0.47 (1W) 

R707 

0.47 (1W) 

R709 

27K 

R713 

10K 

D704 

RD20ES 

IC701 

FA5315P 

R711 

56 

R714 

15K 

R726 

39K 

C708 

0.047 


1 

C709 

220P 

C710 

0.0047 

R705 

68K 

R703 

22 

F702 

127°C 

Q701 

2SK1984 

R702 

10K 

5 

6 

7 

8 

4 

3 

2 

C707 

47/35 

R708 

39 (1W) 

L704 

D703 

ERA9102 

CH1gnd 

C706 

220P 

C726 

220P 

R708 

47 (3W) 

T701 

L706 

CH1gnd 

C714 

1000P 

D707 

YG901C2 

C715 

680/35 

C716 

680/35 

FE 


Fig. 25 

5 – 28 


L707 

IC703 

PQ1CG1 

D709 

D2S4M 

CH1gnd 

V : 10V/div H : 5µsec/div

CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS LAYOUT 

B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A 

[1] Control PWB circuit CPU block 1/10 

6 

6 

(2-6A)(3-6A)(10-5B) 

(6-6A)(7-6D) 

MA21~MA0 

(2-6A) 

(3-6A) 

(6-6A) 

(7-5A) 

(10-5B) 

MD15~MD0 

INT7 

IC5 

27C040 

IC12 

HD6477021 

CNSB-35 

C174 

2200P 

IC7 

HM514260AJ-8 

MA21 

24 

23 

5 

5 

MD15 

MD14 

MD13 

MD12 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

MD8 

21 

20 

19 

18 

17 

15 

14 

13 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

A18 

A17 

A16 

A15 

A14 

A13 

A12 

A11 

A10 

A9 

A8 

A7 

31 

30 

2 

3 

MA19 

MA18 

MA17 

MA16 

MA15 

MA14 

MA13 

MA12 

A8 

A7 

A6 

A5 

A4 

A3 

A2 

A1 

A0 

I/O 15 

I/O 14 

I/O 13 

I/O 12 

I/O 11 

I/O 10 

I/O 9 

26 

25 

R146 

10 

R145 

10 

R144 

10 

R143 

10 

22 

R142 

10 

19 

18 

17 

16 

R128 

10 

MA11 

R127 

10 

MA9 

MA8 

MA7 

MA6 

MA5 

MA4 

MA3 

MA2 

MA1 

C151 

+5V 

1, 6, 20 

VCC 

C105 

0.1 

21, 35, 40 

GND 

39 

38 

37 

36 

34 

MD15 

MD14 

MD13 

MD12 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

4 

4 

33 

32 

31 

MD8 

11 

12 

15 

30 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

3 

3 

I/O 8 

10 

I/O 7 

9 

I/O 6 

8 

I/O 5 

7 

I/O 4 

5 

I/O 3 

4 

I/O 2 

3 

I/O 1 

2 

I/O 0 

14 

RAS 

28 

UCAS 

29 

LCAS 

13 

WE 

27 

OE 

MA20 

MA19 

MA18 

MA17 

MA16 

MA15 

MA14 

MA13 

MA12 

MA11 

MA10 

MA9 

MA8 

MA7 

MA6 

MA5 

MA4 

MA3 

MA2 

MA1 

MA0 

MD15 

MD14 

MD13 

MD12 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

MD8 

MD7 

MD6 

MD5 

MD4 

MD3 

MD2 

MD1 

MD0 

DG 

65 

DACKO 

A21 

45 

(6-6E) 

R206 66 

DREQO 

A20 

44 

NMI 

74 

NMI 

A19 

43 

67 

IRQ2 

A18 

42 

68 

IRQ3 

A17 

40 

A16 

39 

A15 

37 

100 

IRQ7 

A14 

36 

A13 

35 

93 RXD0 

A12 

34 

94 

TXD0 

A11 

33 

R233 98 

A10 

31 

100 

SCK1 

95 

RXD1 

A9 

30 

96 

TXD1 

A8 

29 

C173 

A7 

28 

2200P 

A6 

27 

76 

RES 

A5 

26 

A4 

25 

A3 

23 

75 

WDOVF 

A2 

22 

69 

CK 

A1 

21 

A0 

20 

71 

EXTAL AD15 

19 

AD14 

18 

72 

XTAL 

AD13 

17 

AD12 

16 

AD11 

14 

64 

PA11 

AD10 

12 

62 

PA10 

61 

PA9/IRQOUT 

10 

AD8 

60 

PA8/BREQ 

9 

AD7 

58 

PA7/BACK 

8 

AD6 

7 

AD5 

91 

PB7 

6 

AD4 

90 

PB6 

5 

AD3 

89 

PB5 

AD2 

3 

87 

PB4 

AD1 

2 

86 

PB3 

AD0 

1 

85 

PB2 

84 

PB1 

83 

46 

PB0 

CS1/CASH 

47 

79 

MD2 

CS2 

48 

CS3/CASL 

49 

DRQ0 

97 

99 

DG 

C141 

2200P 

C137 

10P 

C139 R181 

10P 0 

X3 

19.6608MHz 

IRQ4 

IRQ6 

78 

MD1 

CS4 51 

77 

MD0 

CS5/RAS 52 

13, 38, 63 

VCC 

CS6 53 

11 

73, 80, 88 

VCC WAIT/CS7 

4, 15, 24 

VSS 

32, 41, 50 

VSS 

59, 70, 81 

VSS 

82, 92 

VSS 

54 

RD 57 

WRL 55 

WRH 56 

(5-3B) 

AD9 

CS0 

INT2 

(6-6E) INT3 

(6-6E) INT4 

(3-3B) INT6 

4.7K x 7 

R182 

R180 

R207 

R214 

R211 

R213 

2200P x 4 

(5-4E) 

RXIN R209 

4.7K 

R235 R236 

100 

R234 4.7K 

100 

(2-2C) 

DG 

(5-3A) 

CLKF 

(6-6E) 

(7-4A) 

DG 

RESET 

(5-4E) 

CNPRT-B11 

SRCLK 

CNPRT-B9 

STS 

CNPRT-A9 

CMD 

IC118 

HC08 

L106 

L105 

0 

33 

C138 

DG 

TXOUT 

C171 

2200P 

(5-2B) 

(6-6E) RESET2 

1 

3 

2 

CNSB-2 

(4-1E) VREF2 

(4-2E) VREF1 

(5-3F) CTSC 

(4-4A) VOSL1 

CNSB-36 

R355 

4.7K 

CNLIU-13 

TELMUTE 

R367 

4.7K 

CNLIU-10 

VRSEL2 

CNLIU-8 

VRSEL1 

CNLIU-12 

SPMUTE 

R366 

4.7K 

CNLIU-22 

CML 

R365 

4.7K 

(5-5F) VOLCNT 

CNLIU-7 

MPXB 

CNLIU-9 

MPXA 

DG 

N.M. 

CLKF 

R185 R212 

R184 

0 

R210 

R183 R208 

4.7K 

N.M. 

0 

N.M. 

DG 

+5V 

0.1 x 6 

C153 

C175 

C172 

ROMCS 

(5-5E) 

MRD 

(1-2D) 

24 

22 

CE 

OE 

R126 

10 

R125 

10 

+5V 

32 

1 

VCC 

VPP 

C117 

0.1 

C132 

0.1 

C118 

0.1 

16 

GND 

29 

28 

4 

25 

23 

26 

27 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

DG 

A6 

A5 

A4 

A3 

A2 

A1 

A0 

MA10 

MA9 

MA8 

MA7 

MA6 

MA5 

MA4 

MA3 

MA2 

MA1 

DG 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

MD7 

MD6 

MD5 

MD4 

MD3 

MD2 

MD1 

MD0 

21 

20 

19 

18 

17 

15 

14 

13 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

A18 

A17 

A16 

A15 

A14 

A13 

A12 

A11 

A10 

A9 

A8 

A7 

31 

30 

2 

3 

MA19 

MA18 

MA17 

MA16 

MA15 

MA14 

MA13 

MA12 

R140 

150 

R123 

150 

MD7 

MD6 

MD5 

MD4 

MD3 

MD2 

MD1 

MD0 

(1-1D) 

(1-1D) 

MRD 

MWRL 

(1-2D) MCASL 

(1-2D) MCASH 

(1-2D) 

MRAS R124 

150 

R139 

150 

R141 

150 

6 – 1 

MA11 

ROMCS 

(5-5E) 

MRD 

(1-2D) 

24 

22 

CE 

OE 

+5V 

32 

1 

VCC 

VPP 

C205 

6P 

2 

XT 

7 DATA 

C116 

0.1 

R297 

10K 

(5-1E) RTCDT 

X6 

32.768kHz 

16 

GND 

29 

28 

4 

25 

23 

26 

27 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

3 

XT 

6 CLK 

(5-1E) RTCCK 

DG 

A6 

A5 

A4 

A3 

A2 

A1 

A0 

MA10 

MA9 

MA8 

MA7 

MA6 

MA5 

MA4 

MA3 

MA2 

MA1 

DG 

C204 

6P 

VBT 

8 

VCC 

5 CE 

R296 

4.7K 

(5-1E) RTCCE 

2 

2 

C203 

0.1 

IC1 

27C040 

4 

VSS 

1 I/O 

(5-1E) RTCIO 

DG 

MCASL 

(1-5D) 

(5-2B) 

CS2 (1-5D) 

MCASH 

IC106 

NJU6335 

CS6 

(5-2B) 

(1-5D) 

MRAS 

WAITO 

CNSB-24 

MRD 

CNSB-23 

MWRL 

(2-5F)(3-3B)(5-3B)(6-6E)(7-4D)(2-1F)(10-5B) 

MWRH (1-3D)(2-3F)(5-3B)(10-5B) 

MRD (1-3D)(1-5H)(1-3H)(2-4C)(6-6D)(7-4D) 

(2-5F)(2-3F)(3-3B)(5-3B)(2-1F)(10-5B) 

MWRL 

R179 

4.7K 

R379 

0 

R380 

0 

C136 

C152 

C154 

C140 

C170 

C155 

R381 

0 

CNSB-22 

MWRH 

C261 

CNSB-21 

MRD 

C253 

CNOP-23 

MWRL 

CNOP-22 

C254 MWRH 

CNOP-21 

N.M. 

DG 

B C 

D E F G H 

I 

1 

1 

DG 


A

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

MA20 4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

10 

11 

12 

13 

17 

18 

19 

20 

22 

A19 

A18 

A17 

A16 

A15 

A14 

A13 

A12 

A11 

A10 

A9 

A8 

A7 

DQ3 

DQ2 

IC6 

LH28F800SUT 

DQ5 

DQ6 

DQ7 

DQ8 

DQ9 

DQ10 

DQ11 

DQ12 

DQ13 

DQ14 

A20 

MD15 

MD14 

MD13 

MD12 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

MD8 

52 

41 

36 

51 

40 

38 

50 

47 

45 

34 

49 

46 

39 

MA15 

MA14 

MA13 

MA12 

MA11 

MA10 

MA9 

MA8 

MA7 

MA16 

VBT 

MWRH 

RAMCSO 

MRD 

TCS1 (2-2C) 

DG 

IC8 

M5M5255CFP 

21 

20 

19 

18 

3 

28 

4 

25 

23 

26 

27 

5 

6 

8 

10 

9 

29 

30 

A15 

A14 

A13 

A12 

A11 

A10 

A7 

A9 

A8 

A6 

A4 

A3 

A2 

MD15 

MD14 

MD13 

MD12 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

WE 

CS2 

C124 

0.1 

R162 

0 

+5V 

MD15 

MD14 

MD13 

MD12 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

MD8 

CNSB-5 

R164 

0 

R165 

N.M. 

R163 

N.M. 

DQ15 

DQ4 44 

MA20~MA0 

(1-6G) 

MD7 

N.C. 

15 

9, 37, 43 

DG 

C125 

0.1 

32 

53 

31 

1 

16 

3, 29, 30 

A0 

RY/BY 

BYTE 

3/5 

RP 

N.C. 

WP 

1 

2 

4 

13 12 

R337 

5.6K 

DG 

CNOP-3 

D103 

DAP202U 

CNOP-1 R161 

4.7K 

Q101 

DTA114EK 

+12V 

3 

R159 

10K 

2 

DG 

R338 

560 

(1/8W) 

56 

DG 

C126 

0.1 

C104 

0.1 

C259 

1 

R168 

0 

D104 

RB411D 

1 

+5V 

R160 

10K 

11 RESET (1-4A) 

R138 

1K 

3 

+5V 

R166 

0 

(5-3B) 

(1-2D) 

MWE 

(5-4E) 

(5-6E) FLBSY 

IC103 

PST591C 

IC102 

HC14 

C131 

1 

1 

MANRES 

(6-6E) 

+5V 

D102 

1SS355 

BAT 1 

CR2477-H01 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

A6 

A5 

A4 

A3 

A2 

A1 

DQ1 

DQ0 

CE0 

CE1 

OE 

WE 

VPP 

VCC 

GND 21, 42, 48 

55 

54 

2 

14 

33 

35 

MA19 

MA18 

MA17 

MA16 

MA15 

MA14 

MA13 

MA12 

MA11 

MA10 

MA9 

MA8 

MA7 

MA6 

MA5 

MA4 

MA3 

MA2 

MA1 

MA0 

(2-2C) TCS1 

+5V 

DG 

C16 

33/16 

DG 

+5V 

R167 

100 

MRD 

FLSTD 

MD7 

MD6 

MD5 

MD4 

MD3 

MD2 

MD1 

MD0 

2 

+5V 

VBT 

IC102 

HC14 

10 

IC102 

HC14 

TCS1 

R158 

4.7K 

Q100 

DTA114EK 

3 

2 

DG 

1 

+5V 

TCS2 

(2-3A)(2-5F) 

(2-3F)(2-1F) 

31 

7 

11 A1 

12 A0 

2 N.C. 

1 N.C. 

A5 

R122 

MA6 

MA5 

MA4 

MA3 

MA2 

MA1 

N.C. 

17 

D3 15 

D2 14 

D1 13 

D0 

22 

CS1 24 

OE 

32 

VCC 

16 

GND 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

MD8 

(1-2D) 

(5-5E) 

(1-2D) 

MA15 

MA14 

MA13 

MA12 

MA11 

MA10 

MA9 

MA8 

MA7 

MA16 

VBT 

MWRL 

RAMCSO 

MRD 

TCS1 (2-2C) 

DG 

21 

20 

19 

18 

3 

28 

4 

25 

23 

26 

27 

5 

6 

8 

10 

9 

29 

30 

A15 

A14 

A13 

A12 

A11 

A10 

A7 

A9 

A8 

A6 

A4 

A3 

A2 

MD7 

MD6 

MD5 

MD4 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

WE 

CS2 

C103 

0.1 

R118 

0 

R120 

0 

R121 

N.M. 

R119 

N.M. 

N.C. 

31 

7 

11 A1 

12 A0 

2 N.C. 

1 N.C. 

A5 

MA6 

MA5 

MA4 

MA3 

MA2 

MA1 

N.C. 

17 

D3 15 

D2 14 

D1 13 

D0 

22 

CS1 24 

OE 

32 

VCC 

16 

GND 

MD3 

MD2 

MD1 

MD0 

(1-2D) 

(5-5E) 

(1-2D) 

IC3 

M5M5255CFP 

CNSB-6 

CNSB-7 

CNSB-8 

CNSB-9 

CNSB-10 

CNSB-11 

CNSB-12 

CNSB-13 

CNSB-14 

CNSB-15 

CNSB-16 

CNSB-17 

CNSB-18 

CNSB-19 

CNSB-20 

MD6 

MD5 

MD4 

MD3 

MD2 

MD1 

MD0 

MA1 

CNSB-33 

MA2 

CNSB-32 

MA3 

CNSB-31 

MA4 

CNSB-30 

MA5 

CNSB-29 

MA6 

CNSB-28 

MA7 

CNSB-27 

MA8 

CNSB-26 

MA9 

CNSB-34 

CNSB-1 

CNSB-37 

CNSB-38 

CNSB-3 

CNSB-4 

CNSB-39 

CNSB-40 

DG 

MD15 

MD14 

MD13 

MD12 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

MD8 

CNOP-5 

MD7 

CNOP-6 

CNOP-7 

CNOP-8 

CNOP-9 

CNOP-10 

CNOP-11 

CNOP-12 

CNOP-13 

CNOP-14 

CNOP-15 

CNOP-16 

CNOP-17 

CNOP-18 

CNOP-19 

CNOP-20 

MD6 

MD5 

MD4 

MD3 

MD2 

MD1 

MD0 

MA1 

CNOP-43 

MA2 

CNOP-42 

MA3 

CNOP-41 

MA4 

CNOP-40 

MA5 

CNOP-39 

MA6 

CNOP-38 

MA7 

CNOP-37 

MA8 

CNOP-36 

MA9 

CNOP-35 

MD15~MD0 

(1-6H) 

MA10 

CNOP-34 

MA11 

CNOP-33 

MA12 

CNOP-32 

MA13 

CNOP-31 

MA14 

CNOP-30 

MA15 

CNOP-29 

MA16 

CNOP-28 

MA17 

CNOP-27 

MA18 

CNOP-26 

MA19 

CNOP-25 

MA20 

CNOP-24 

VBT 

C17 

33/16 

+5V 

+5V 

+5V 

DG 

DG 

DG 

DG 

CNOP-49 

+5V 

+5V 

DG 

DG 

DG 

CNOP-2 

CNOP-50 

N.M. 

Image memory block 2/10 

6 – 2 


B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A 

Modem block 3/10 

6 

6 

C101 

1000P 

R111 

86.6K 

MDMRST 

MD15~MD8 

SIGRX (5-6F) 

(5-5E) 

+12V 

C110 

0.1 

R133 

118K 

6 

5 

8 

R152 

47K 

C122 

2200P 

IC4 

R144EFXL 

(1-6G) 

SIGRX CNLIU-17 

R136 

3K 

MA5~MA1 

(1-6H) 

7 

– 

+ 

IC100 

NJM2904 

DG 

4 

C102 

0.1 

DG 

AG 

R135 

0 

R134 

47.5K 

5 

5 

C107 

1000P 

R131 

86.6K 

C108 

390P 

C112 

0.1 

+12V 

1 C2 

10/25 

2 

MAG MAG MAG 

MAG 

8 

CNLIU-16 

SIGTX 

7 

C120 

0.1 

4 

6 – 

5 

+ 

IC101 

NJM4558 

R132 

17.4K 

C109 

1 

4 

4 

AG 

X1 

38.00053MHz 

+5V 

R170 

N.M. 

C130 

10P 

IC101 

NJM4558 

L104 

C121 

10P 

N.M. 

R169 

R130 

33K 

– 

+ 

+12V 

2 

3 

C129 

C128 

1 

X2 

MDG 

MDG 

1 

MA5 

MA4 

MA3 

MA2 

MA1 

3 

67 

PORI 

R153 

37 

10K 

RCVI 

64 

98 

RTS 

RCVO 

78 

45 

CTS 

RXIN 

79 

C111 

TXD 

R148 

0.1 

82 

49 

10K 

DCLK 

AOUT 

73 

18 

IRQ2 RAMP IN 

95 48 

RXD 

AGD 

96 17, 21 

RLSD 

0VA 

30, 43 

0VA 

MD15 R100 8 47 

D7 

0VA 

MD14 R101 

10 9 

D6 

MD13 

10 

R102 10 44 

D5 

TXOUT 

MD12 R103 

10 11 24 

D4 SWGA I NI 

MD11 

10 

R104 12 99 

D3 SWGA I NO 

MD10 R105 

10 13 

D2 

MD9 

10 

R106 14 68 

D1 

XTLI 

MD8 R107 

10 15 

D0 

10 

69 

XTLO 

R171 

56 R151 

10 

RS4 

R172 57 65 

680 

RS3 

EN85 

R173 

10 58 84 

10 

RS2 EYECLKX N.C. 

R174 59 85 

RS1 EYECLK 

R175 

10 60 

25 

10 

RS0 ECLKIN1 

83 

EYSYNC 

R154 54 

26 

CS SYNCIN1 

R156 

10 55 74 

READ G2XCLK 

10 

R157 53 

WRITE 

R155 

10 52 62 

IRQ1 

+5VD1 

10 

72 

+5VD1 

70 

22 

XCLK +5VD2 

71 

YCLK 

86 

EYEX 

90 23, 50 

EYEY 

0VD1 

87 6, 7, 16 

ADIN 

0VD2 

35 66, 77, 80 

ADOUT 0VD2 

34 81, 89, 92 

DAIN 

0VD2 

88 97 

DAOUT 0VD2 

R112 

10K 

R113 

36 46 

10 

BYPASS +5VA 

R116 40 

TXLOSS1 

R115 

10 39 63 

TXLOSS2 GP11 N.C. 

10 

R114 38 61 

TXLOSS3 GP13 N.C. 

10 

75 

GP16 

5 76 

GPO7 

GP17 

4 94 

GPO6 

GP19 

3 93 

GPO5 

GP20 

2 91 

GPO4 

GP21 

1 

GPO3 

100 19, 20, 27, 28 

GPO2 

29, 31, 32, 33 

41, 42, 51 

C119 

0.1 

R129 

33K 

C106 

0.1 

N.M. 

6 – 3 

L103 

N.M. 

2 

AG AG 

AG 

N.M. 

(1-5A) INT6 

(1-1D) MWRH 

(1-1D) MRD 

(5-5E) MDMCS 

DG 

L102 

0 

+5V 

3 

3 

L100 

0 

R117 

0 

L101 

0 

C1 C4 

N.M. 

C100 

1 C123 

1 

MAG 

DG 

MDG 

R370 

20 (1/8W) 

+5VA 

R137 

+5V 

N.M. 

MAG 

2 

2 

C3 

22/25 

C113 

1 

R150 

10K 

MAG 

R149 

10K 

R110 

10K 

R109 

10K 

R108 

10K 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

1 

1 


B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

– 

+ 

– 

+ 

– 

+ 

– 

+ 

CNCCD-2 

C224 

6P 

R335 

1.6K 

R313 

11K 

R316 

4.3K 

R336 

3.9K 

C10 

33/16 

R334 

100 

CNSEN-6 

C232 

0.1 

C233 

0.1 

IC22 

TLS1049 

10 

VO 

11 

VI1– 

12 

VI2– 13 

VI+ 

14 

VB 

SHCAP 

R332 

11K 

AG 

26 B6 

25 B5 

24 B4 

B1 

B0 

PHISH 

PHIBL 

PGST 

R311 

0 

C222 

0.1 

DG 

L122 

0 

(4-2G) ADCK 

VO 

+5V 

+5V 

6 

12 

C168 

0.1 R255 

10 

IC109 

BA10339F 

C180 

2200P 

B4FRS 

+5V 

R331 

10K 

C183 

2200P 

DG 

1 

R348 

0 

R291 

3 

DG 

R328 

7.5K 

DG 

+5V 

VREF2 

14 

C245 

R350 

C228 

0.1 

R330 

R351 

10K 

R349 

(4-3G) 

RA0 

IC109 

BA10339F 

R329 

3.3K 

9 

8 

VREF1 (1-3B) 

N.C. 

9 

IC113 

HC32 

8 

23 B3 

22 B2 

21 

20 

19 

18 

27 

30 

B/H 

29 

GTW 

28 

SEL 

1 

DVCC 

31 

DGND 

17 

AVCC 

32 

AGND 

16 

ADCK 

B6 

B5 

B4 

B3 

B2 

B1 

B0 

9 

CLPF 8 

CLPB 7 

PHCAP 6 

VC 15 

VRHF 5 

VRLM 4 

VREF+ 2 

AVO 3 

(4-2G) PHISH 

(4-2G) PHIBL 

(4-2G) PGST 

(4-2G) HTEN 

(4-2G) GTW 

(1-3A) VOSL1 

C7 

10/16 

L121 

0 

C221 

C231 

0.1 

AG 

L125 

MMZ2012 

+5VA 

C11 

33/16 

L124 

MMZ2012 

C230 

1 

VREF 

AVO 

R333 

5.1K 

C8 

1/50 

C234 

1000P 

C9 

4.7/25 

AG 

C223 

1 

VCLP 

VSH 

VO 

19 

18 

23 

102 

103 

104 PHIT 

22 

16 

17 

15 

25 

26 

24 

106 

107 

108 

109 

110 

20, 62 

100, 142 

21, 27 

41, 61 

80, 101 

121, 141, 160 

81 

82 

83 

84 

111 

112 

115 

114 

113 

116 

125 

124 

123 

122 

120 

119 

118 

117 

131 

132 

150 

149 

148 

147 

146 

145 

144 

143 

140 

139 

138 

137 

136 

135 

134 

133 

151 

152 

153 

154 

155 

156 

157 

158 

130 

129 

128 

127 

126 

IC15 

LZ9FJ37 (1/2) 

CNCCD-1 

PHIT 

PHIT 

R250 

68 

R251 

R252 

33 

R253 

33 

CNCCD-6 

PHIR 

CNCCD-7 

PHI1 

CNCCD-8 

PHI2 

(9-6A) TXPA 

(9-6A) TXA1 

(9-6A) TXA0 

(9-4A) TXPB 

(9-4A) TXB1 

(9-4A) TXB0 

(9-2A) CRNT 

(9-4E) STPON 

(9-4E) PLGON 

(9-4E) LEDON 

+5VA 

C225 

0.1 

R318 

0 

AG 

CNCCD-3 

CNCCD-4 

CNCCD-5 

PHIR 

PHI1 

PHI2 

TXPA 

TXA1 

TXA0 

TXPB 

TXB1 

TXB0 

CRNT 

PLG1ON 

PLG2ON 

LEDON 

A3S 

B4S 

FRTS 

ORGS 

DRSNS 

VCC 

VCC 

GND 

GND 

GND 

GND 

TEST 

SCCLK 

SRVID 

XSTVD 

PHISH 

PHIBL 

PGST 

GTW 

HTEN 

ADCK 

B0 

B1 

B2 

B3 

B4 

B5 

B6 

B7 

RWE 

ROE 

RD0 

RD1 

RD2 

RD3 

RD4 

RD5 

RD6 

RD7 

RD8 

RD9 

RD10 

RD11 

RD12 

RD13 

RD14 

RD15 

RA0 

RA1 

RA2 

RA3 

RA4 

RA5 

RA6 

RA7 

RA8 

RA9 

RA10 

RA11 

RA12 

R249 

10K 

R310 

10K 

R248 

10K 

R269 

10K 

R292 

10K 

ROLSNS 

R247 

270 

R270 

270 

DG 

DG 

CNSEN-5 

CNROL-1 

CNROL-2 

C169 

0.1 

C184 

0.1 

C149 

0.1 DG 

DG 

(4-1F) SCCLK1 

(6-6F) SRVID 

(6-6F) STVD 

R254 

10 

IC109 

BA10339F 

13 

11 

10 

(1-3A) 

N.M. 

+5V 

7 

N.M. 

C229 

N.M. 

DG 

DG 

C227 

0.1 

R327 

3.3K 

DG 

C197 

2200P 

CNSEN-3 

ORGS 

CNSEN-4 

DG 

R290 

270 

CNSEN-2 

DG 

4 

2 

5 

CNSEN-1 

FRTS 

R308 

270 

DG 

C220 

2200P 

R309 

N.M. 

IC109 

BA10339F 

+5V 

R306 

5.6K 

R307 

10K 

R289 

10K 

DG 

C198 

0.1 

L123 

DG AG 

RA12 

RA11 

RA10 

RA9 

RA8 

RA7 

RA6 

RA5 

RA4 

RA3 

RA2 

RA1 

RA0 

RD0 

RD1 

RD2 

RD3 

RD4 

RD5 

RD6 

RD7 

RD8 

RD9 

RD10 

RD11 

RD12 

RD13 

RD14 

RD15 

B0 

B1 

B2 

B3 

B4 

B5 

B6 

(4-4H) 

(4-2H) 

ROE 

(4-4H) 

(4-2H) 

RWE 

(4-5B) 

ADCK 

(4-4B) 

HTEN 

(4-4B) 

GTW 

(4-4B) 

PGST 

(4-4B) 

PHIBL 

(4-5B) 

PHISH 

R267 

68 

R268 

270 

4 5 

3 

2 

1 6 

DG 

IC114 

HC74 

C260 

2200P 

R357 

4.7K 

+5V 

CK16M 

SCCLK1 

RESET2 10 

SCCLK2 (6-6F) 

R356 

100 

11 

12 

13 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 RD15 

RD14 

RD13 

RD12 

RD11 

RD10 

RD9 

RD8 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

1 

N.C. 26 

CE2 28 

C226 

0.1 

VCC 

N.C. 

DG 

20 

+5V 

CE1 14 

VSS 

R319 

R321 

R323 

R325 

R326 

R324 

R322 

R320 

IC21 

LH5268 

WE 

OE 

A0 

A1 

A2 

A3 

A4 

A5 

A6 

A7 

A8 

A9 

A10 

27 

22 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

25 

24 

21 

23 

2 

A11 

A12 

ROE 

RWE 

(4-3G) 

RA1 

RA2 

RA3 

RA4 

RA5 

RA6 

RA7 

RA8 

RA9 

RA10 

RA11 

RA12 

(4-3G) 

DG 

11 

12 

13 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 RD7 

RD6 

RD5 

RD4 

RD3 

RD2 

RD1 

RD0 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

1 

N.C. 26 

CE2 28 

C196 

0.1 

VCC 

N.C. 

DG 

20 

+5V 

CE1 14 

VSS 

R301 

R302 

R303 

R304 

R305 

R288 

R287 

R286 

IC20 

LH5268 

WE 

OE 

A0 

A1 

A2 

A3 

A4 

A5 

A6 

A7 

A8 

A9 

A10 

27 

22 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

25 

24 

21 

23 

2 

A11 

A12 

ROE 

RWE 

(4-3G) 

RA1 

RA2 

RA3 

RA4 

RA5 

RA6 

RA7 

RA8 

RA9 

RA10 

RA11 

RA12 

PRE 

CLK 

D 

CLR 

Q 

Q~ 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

DG 

105 

N.M. 

DG 

R375 

4.7K 

R374 

N.M. 

R373 

4.7K 

N.M. 

Reading process block 

4/10 

6 – 4 


B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A 

Gate array (A) block 5/10 

6 

6 

R371 

0 

FLBSY (2-4A) 

MA21~MA19, MA6~MA1 

C262 

1000P 

MD15~MD0 

CNOP-44 

FLBSY 

DG 

IC15 

LZ9FJ37 (2/2) 

IC110 

4053 

R177 

10K 

IC105 

4051 

3 

A21 

A20 

A19 

69 

68 

67 

13 

14 

15 

R294 

16K 

5 

5 

X0 

X1 

X2 

X3 

X4 

X5 

X6 

X7 

VDD 

R295 

360K 

R293 

75K 

(5-2E) 

VOLA 

11 

VOLB 

10 

9 

1 

5 

2 

4 

16 

CNOP-45 

CNOP-46 

CNOP-47 

GABCS 

(6-6E) 

CDCCS1 

(7-1G)(7-4D) 

CNSB-25 

MDMCS 

(3-3B) 

CNOP-4 

RAMCS0 

(2-5F)(2-3F)(2-1F) 

MDMRST 

(3-6E) 

ROMCS 

(1-5H)(1-3H) 

FLSTD 

(2-4C) 

C199 

1000P 

C202 

0.1 

DG 

VEE 

VSS 

INHBT 

7 

8 

6 

4 

4 

29 

32 

31 

30 

46 

43 

44 

45 

36 

37 

159 

35 

34 

33 

39 

88 

87 

86 

FLBSY 

FLBK3 

FLBK2 

FLBK1 

GABSL 

CDCSL 

GACSL1 

GACSL0 

SRAM1 

SRAM0 

MDMRST 

PGMSL 

FLSTD 

FLOPT 

REVSL 

RXIN 

TXOUT 

RXOUT 

TXIN 

MA21 

R271 

6.2K 

C201 

0.1 

13 

BZOUT 

(5-1D) 

FLBK3 

FLBK2 

FLBK1 

MA20 

MA19 

CNLIU-14 

SPOUT 

14 

12 

SIGRX 

(3-6G) 

12 

11 

GACCS 

AG 

(5-2E) 

R354 

22K 

RAMCS1 

IC110 

4053 

+12V 

16 

VDD 

C235 

0.1 

85 

CTS 

91 

RTS 

89 R278 

90 R277 

DSR 

92 R275 

DTR 

93 R274 

RSCI 

94 R273 

RSCD 

95 R272 

RSOPT 

4.7K x 6 

74 

A6 

75 

A5 

76 

A4 

77 

A3 

78 

A2 

79 

A1 

51 

D15 

52 

D14 

53 

D13 

54 

D12 

57 

D11 

58 

D10 

59 

D9 

60 

D8 

63 

D7 

64 

D6 

65 

D5 

66 

D4 

70 

D3 

71 

D2 

72 

D1 

73 

D0 

48 

RD 

49 

WRH 

50 

WRL 

47 

WR 

38 

IRQOUT 

MA6 

MA5 

MA4 

MA3 

MA2 

MA1 

+12V 

+5V 

AG 

C200 

1000P 

3 

CNOP-48 

FLOPT 

1 

VOLCNT 2 

Q103 

DTC114 

(1-3A) 

DG 

DG 

CNRS-4 

CNRS-3 

L111 

100 

CNRS-5 

CNRS-7 

CNRS-8 

CNRS-11 

CNRS-9 

CNRS-10 

L112 RXDA 

100 

TXDA 

RXIN 

(1-5A) 

TXOUT 

(1-5A) 

CTS 

(5-3I) 

RTSA 

L115 DSRA 

100 

DTRA 

L119 RSCI 

100 

RSCD 

L118 RSOPT 

100 

R280 

4.7K 

R279 

4.7K 

AG 

L113 

100 

L116 

100 

L117 

100 

MD15 

MD14 

MD13 

MD12 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

MD8 

MD7 

MD6 

MD5 

MD4 

MD3 

MD2 

MD1 

MD0 

6 

7 

8 

INHBT 

VEE 

VSS 

1Y 

0Y 

1Z 

0Z 

B 

C 

1 

2 

3 

5 

9 

10 

6 – 5 

C206 

C207 

C208 

C209 

C211 

C212 

C213 

C214 

N.M. 

3 

3 

IC118 

HC08 

AG 

AG 

DG 

(1-1D) 

MRD 

(1-1D) 

MWRH 

(1-1D) 

MWRL 

(2-4C) 

MWE 

(1-5A) 

INT2 

(5-4E) 

6 CTS 

4 

5 

CTSC 

(1-3A) 

CNLIU-18 

CNLIU-21 

CNLIU-23 

RHS 

CI 

HS1 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

8 

RHS 

CI 

HS1 

HS2 

EXHS1 

EXHS2 

SDT 

R178 

0 

R276 

4.7K 

L114 

100 

CTSA 

CNRS-6 

42 

CLKF 

28 

CLKR 

N.C. 

R203 

R204 

R205 

N.M. 

R176 

0 

CLKF 

(1-4A) CK16M 

(6-1F)(7-3D) 

C210 

+5V 

N.M. 

CNRS-13 

CNRS-15 

+5VR 

+5VR 

L110 

0 

N.C. 

N.C. 

C150 

N.M. 

DG 40 

RESET 

C135 

CNLIU-19 

SDT 

DG 

DG 

RESET2 

(2-2C) 

C134 

2200P 

2 

2 

CNRS-1 

CNRS-2 

CNRS-12 

CNRS-14 

CNRS-16 

CNRS-17 

CNRS-18 

RDG 

RDG 

RDG 

RDG 

RDG 

RDG 

RDG 

CNLIU-20 

CNLIU-24 

CNLIU-15 

DP 

DT 

RCVMUTE 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

DP 

DT4 

DT3 

DT2 

DT1 

DG 

VOLB 

(5-5I) 

VOLA 

(5-5I) 

CS2 

CS6 

56 

55 

CS2 

(1-2D) 

CS6 

(1-2D) 

L120 

0 

RTCDT 

99 

RTCCLK 

98 

RTCCE 

97 

RTCIO 

96 

6 

BZOUT 

7 

BZSL 

RTCDT 

(1-2E) 

RTCCLK 

(1-2E) 

RTCCE 

(1-2E) 

RTCIO 

(1-2E) 

BZSL 

(7-1G) 

DG 

R384 

10K 

1 

1 

BZOUT (5-6F) 

R383 

51K 

C267 

0.01 

R382 

3K 

C266 

4700P 


DG DG 

B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A


B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A 

Gate array (B) block 6/10 

6 

6 

MD15~MD0 

(1-6G) 

C189 

DG 

MA5~MA1 

C188 

(1-6G) 

N.M. 

C190 

2200P 

IC19 

LH5116NA-10 

38 

LMA10 

37 

5 

LMA9 

36 

LMA8 

+5V 

34 

LMA7 

33 

LMA6 

32 

LMA5 

31 

LMA4 

30 

LMD0 R344 

LMA3 

29 

LMA2 

28 

LMA1 

+5V 

27 

LMA0 

C195 

39 

LMWEB 

0.1 

PDG 

CNPRT-A2,A1 

87 

4 

GND 

DG 

DG 

58 

PRINTB 

PRINT 

57 

CTBSYB 

CTBSY 

60 

CPRDYB 

CPRDY 

53 

EPRDYB 

R260 EPRDY 

54 3.3K 

PRRDYB 

R259 PRRDY 

55 

TODB 

R258 

3.3K 

TOD 

56 3.3K 

ETBSYB 

R257 ETBSY 

51 

3.3K 

PCURESB 

PCURES 

52 

HSYNC 

HSYNC1 

59 

PDATA 

R285 

VIDEO 

3 

270 

CNPRT-A12 

C219 C194 

63 

XIN 

DG 

64 

XOUT 

DG 

IC108 IC108 

R282 

3 2 1 

4 

20 

R299 

VCC 

+5V 

62 

VCC 

R283 

R284 

100 

1M 

R300 X7 

VCC 

560 

142 

VCC 

C179 

C218 C217 

21 

0.1 

GND 

61 

C192 

C191 

GND 

10P 

10P DG DG 

101 

GND 

2 

143 

DG 

DG 

CNPRT-A4 

LMD0 

19 

17 LMD7 

A10 I/O 8 

22 

16 LMD6 

A9 I/O 7 

23 

15 LMD5 

A8 I/O 6 

1 

14 LMD4 

A7 I/O 5 

2 

13 LMD3 R345 +5VP 

A6 I/O 4 

CNPRT-B14 

3 

11 LMD2 R346 +5VP 

A5 I/O 3 

CNPRT-B13 

4 

10 LMD1 R343 +5VP 

A4 I/O 2 

CNPRT-B16 

5 

9 

+5VP 

A3 I/O 1 

CNPRT-B15 

6 

A2 

N.M. 

7 

24 

A1 VCC 

8 

A0 

21 

18 

WE CS 

20 

12 

OE GND 

PDG 

CNPRT-A3 

DG 

PDG 

CNPRT-B4 

PDG 

CNPRT-A5 

PDG 

CNPRT-A10 CNPRT-B5,B1,B2 

PDG 

CNPRT-B10 CNPRT-B6,B3 

PDG 

CNPRT-A15 CNPRT-A11 

PDG 

CNPRT-B7 

CNPRT-B12 

PDG 

CNPRT-A7 

CNPRT-A13 

PDG 

CNPRT-B8 

CNPRT-A14 

CNPRT-A8 

R372 

R342 

N.M. 

1K 

DG 

N.M. 

DG 

LMD0 47 

LMD1 46 

LMD1 

LMD2 45 

LMD2 

LMD3 44 

LMD3 

LMD4 43 

LMD4 

LMD5 42 

LMD5 

LMD6 41 

LMD6 

LMD7 40 

LMD7 

STVD 

(4-2E) 

SRVID 

(4-2E) 

SCCLK2 

(4-1H) 

67 

STVDB 

68 

SRVID 

69 

SCCLK 

RESET2 

(1-4A) 

MANRES 

(2-2A) 

INT4 

(1-5A) 

INT3 

(1-5A) 

CLKF 

(1-4A) 

CDCCS2 

(7-1H) 

DACKO 

(7-1G)(7-4D) 

DRQO 

(1-5A) 

GABCS 

(5-5E) 

MWRH 

(1-1D) 

MRD 

(1-1D) 

MD0 

MD1 

MD2 

MD3 

MD4 

MD5 

MD6 

MD7 

MD8 

MD9 

MD10 

MD11 

MD12 

MD13 

MD14 

MD15 

MA1 

MA2 

MA3 

MA4 

MA5 

66 

RESETB 

65 

MANRESB 

94 

CDCINTB 

95 

GAINTB 

116 

SHCK1 

107 

CSCDCB 

106 

DACKOB 

96 

DREQOB 

88 

CSB 

98 

WRB 

97 

RDB 

86 

D0 

85 

D1 

84 

D2 

83 

D3 

82 

D4 

81 

D5 

80 

D6 

79 

D7 

77 

D8 

76 

D9 

75 

D10 

74 

D11 

73 

D12 

72 

D13 

71 

D14 

70 

D15 

93 

A1 

92 

A2 

91 

A3 

90 

A4 

89 

A5 

CNPN-5 

CNPN-7 

CNPN-6 

CNPN-4 

CNPN-2 

5 

CNPN-1 

CNPN-3 

CNPN-19 

CNPN-15 

CNPN-11 

CNPN-9 

CNPN-13 

CNPN-17 

4 

IC16 

LR38292 

+5V 

+5V 

+5V 

C269 

DG 

1 

DG 

R386 

DG 

0 

LEDEN2 

26 

LD15 

LEDEN1 

25 

LD14 

RS 

R266 

24 

LD13 

R/W 

R265 

270 

23 

LD12 

E 

N.M. R263 

22 

LD11 

R239 

270 

R385 

19 

N.C. 

LD10 

3K 

R240 

18 

N.C. 

LD9 

N.C. R224 

17 

LD8 

LD7 N.M. R262 

15 

LD7 

LD6 

270 

R264 14 

LD6 

LD5 

R241 

270 

13 

LD5 

LD4 

270 

R243 12 

LD4 

LD3 

R245 

270 

11 

LD3 

LD2 

270 

R246 10 

LD2 

LD1 

R244 

270 

9 

LD1 

LD0 

270 

R242 8 

LD0 

R225 

270 

160 

N.C. 

SEN7 

SEN6 

R226 

N.M. 

1 

SEN6 

SEN5 R227 

470 

2 

SEN5 

SEN4 

470 

R228 

3 

SEN4 

SEN3 R229 

470 

4 

SEN3 

SEN2 

470 

R230 

5 

SEN2 

SEN1 R231 

470 

6 

SEN1 

SEN0 

470 

7 

SEN0 

CNPN-21 

CNPN-23 

CNPN-22 

CNPN-24 

CNPN-8 

CNPN-10 

CNPN-12 

CNPN-14 

CNPN-16 

CNPN-18 

CNPN-20 

6 – 6 

C160 

C161 

C162 

C163 

C164 

C165 

C166 

C167 

R232 

470 

2200P x 8 

3 

X5 

22.24044MHz 

16 

GND 

35 

GND 

48 

GND 

78 

GND 

158 

RAS0B 

157 

RAS1B 

159 

CASB 

156 

DWEB 

141 

DRMTYPE 

140 

DRMSIZE 

50 

49 TEST 

MEMTST 

DG 

PMRAS0 

PMRAS1 

PMCAS 

GAPMW 

(8-1A) 

(8-1A) 

(8-1A) 

(8-1A) 

2 

R220 

R221 

N.M. 

GND 

DG 

DG 

DG 

C251 

0.1 

C258 

0.1 

C252 

0.1 

120 

MAD4 121 

MAD5 122 

MAD6 123 

MAD7 124 

MAD8 126 

MAD9 127 

MAD10 128 

MAD11 

MAD12 

130 

MAD13 

131 

132 

MAD15 133 

MA16 135 

MA17 136 

MA18 137 

MA19 138 

MA20 

146 

DA3 147 

DA4 148 

DA5 149 

DA6 150 

DA7 151 

DA8 152 

DA9 153 

DA10 154 

DA11 155 

GND 134 

GND 125 

RSTCDCB 99 

RDCDCB 114 

RDCDC 113 

SHCKOB 115 

CK16M 112 

DRQO 105 

CDCINT 102 

READY 109 

MDENB 108 

MAS 110 

MAENB 111 

BACKB 104 

BRQT 103 

MAD0 117 

MAD1 118 

MAD2 119 

MAD3 

129 

MAD14 

139 

DA0 

144 R189 

DA1 

145 

33 

R191 

DA2 

33 

R193 

33 

R195 

33 

R197 

33 

R222 

DG 

IC102 

HC14 

6 HSYNC1 

DG 

IC102 

R261 HC14 

2.2K 

HSYNC 3 4 

(6-3H) 

5 

CNPRT-A6 

1 

1 

C193 

2200P 

DRA9~DRA0 

(8-6A) 

DG 

B C 

D E F G H 

I 

RSTCDC 

(7-3D) 

RDCDC (7-3A)(7-4D) 

RDCDC 

(7-4A) 

R298 CLKF 

(7-4A) 

100 

CK16M 

(7-3D) 

DRQO 

(7-1H) 

CDCINT 

(7-4D) 

READY 

(7-2H) 

MDEN 

(7-3H) 

MAS 

(7-3H) 

MAEN2 

(7-1D) 

BACK1 

(7-2A) 

BRQT (7-3H) 

PMAD0 

PMAD1 

PMAD2 

PMAD3 

PMAD4 

PMAD5 

PMAD6 

PMAD7 

PMAD8 

PMAD9 

PMAD10 

PMAD11 

PMAD12 

PMAD13 

PMAD14 

PMAD15 

PMA16 

PMA17 

PMA18 

PMA19 

PMA20 

DRA0 

R190 DRA1 

33 

DRA2 

R192 DRA3 

33 

DRA4 

R194 DRA5 

33 

DRA6 

R196 DRA7 

33 

DRA8 

R198 DRA9 

33 

N.C. 

R223 

N.C. 

N.M. 

PMA20~PMA16, PMAD15~PMAD0 

(7-6H) 

(8-6A) 

A

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

CD7 

CD6 

CD5 

CD4 

CD3 

CD2 

CD1 

CD0 

MA3 

MA2 

MA1 

(1-6G) MA3~MA1 

55 

54 

57 

69 

68 

66 

67 

63 

65 

62 

64 

+5V 

44 

42 

45 

(5-5E) 

(1-1D) 

(6-1F) 

(6-1F) 

(5-3B) CK16M 

CDCINT 

RDCDC 

MWRH 

CDCCS1 

19 

58 

47 

46 

56 

59 

29 

72 

10 

17 

34 

53 

70 

75 

18 

22 

24 

33 

IC117 

HC74 

74 

25 

27 

23 

26 

28 

35 

36 

39 

38 

32 

37 

73 

60 

61 

79 

51 

50 

31 

30 

11 

71 

16 

15 

13 

14 

9 

12 

7 

8 

4 

6 

2 

5 

78 

3 

77 

N.C. 

PMAD12 

PMAD11 

PMAD10 

PMAD9 

PMAD8 

PMAD7 

PMAD6 

PMAD5 

PMAD4 

PMAD3 

PMAD2 

PMAD1 

PMAD0 

IC14 

HD813201F 

R359 

4.7K 

IC115 

HC08 

1 

A2 

A1 

A0 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

CS 

R/W 

DS 

MA21 

MA20 

MA19 

MA18 

MA17 

MA16 

MA/MD15 

MA/MD14 

MA/MD13 

MA/MD12 

MA/MD11 

MA/MD10 

MA/MD9 

MA/MD8 

MA/MD7 

MA/MD6 

MA/MD5 

MA/MD4 

MA/MD3 

MA/MD2 

MA/MD1 

MA/MD0 

MAS 

MDEN 

UDS 

LDS 

MR 

MW 

IOR 

IOW 

CLKI 

IRQT 

DACKI 

68/80 

RESET 

VDD1 

VSS1 

VSS2 

VSS3 

VSS4 

VSS5 

VSS6 

TEST0 

TEST1 

TEST2 

TEST3 

DRQTI 

DACKO 

DMA 

DTC 

R238 

4.7K 

C145 

1000P 

R187 

10K 

X4 

16MHz 

C147 

30P 

R188 

0 

C177 

2200P 

C178 

1 

R218 

0 

N.C. 

READY 

RTCH 

RTCL 

VCC +5V 

+5V 

MD12 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

MD8 

MD15 

17 

14 

13 

8 

7 

4 

3 

11 

1 

19 

16 

10 

20 

2 

6 

9 

12 

15 

5 

IC107 

LS374 

IC104 

LS244 

18 

16 

14 

12 

9 

7 

5 

3 

1 

19 

2 

4 

10 

20 

17 

13 

11 

8 

6 

15 

+5V 

1Y1 

1Y2 

1Y3 

1Y4 

2Y1 

2Y2 

2Y3 

2Y4 

1A1 

1A2 

1A3 

1A4 

2A1 

2A2 

2A3 

2A4 

1G 

2G 

D7 

D6 

D5 

D4 

D3 

D2 

D1 

D0 

Q7 

Q6 

Q5 

Q4 

Q3 

Q2 

Q1 

Q0 

CK 

OE 

C215 

0.1 

C187 

0.1 

DRQTO 

DG 

PMAD13 

PMAD14 

PMAD15 

PMA16 

PMA17 

PMA18 

PMA19 

PMA20 

(6-1B) 

PMA19~PMA16, PMAD15~PMAD0 

52 

BRQT 48 

BACK 76 

MAEN 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

(7-2A)(6-1E) 

BRQT 

(7-2D) 

BACK2 

(7-1A) 

MAEN1 

(7-1A) 

MAS 

(6-1F) 

MDEN 

(8-1A) 

CDCMW 

(8-6G) 

UDS 

(8-6G) 

LDS 

R360 

4.7K 

R361 

4.7K 

DG 

C159 

DG 

(6-1F) 

READY 

21 CLKO 

20 

40 

80 

1 

41 

49 VDD2 

43 TEST4 

VDD3 

CLKX 

CLKMOD 

CKTST2 

CKTST1 

CKTST0 

(7-2G) DRQT 

(6-6E) DACKO 

+5V 

R219 

33 

L108 

0 

C144 

100P 

DG 

C146 

30P 

(6-1F) RSTCDC 

DG 

DG 

C250 

0.1 

14 

7 

GND 

DG 

IC115 

HC08 

VCC +5V 

C247 

0.1 

14 

7 

GND 

DG 

2 

3 

(7-4D) DRQT 

(5-2B) BZSL 

IC115 

HC08 

5 

4 

6 

(5-5E) CDCCS1 

(6-6E) DACKO 

(6-1F) 

DRQO 

(6-6E) 

CDCCS2 

18 

VCC 

GND 

DG 

CD7 

CD6 

CD5 

CD4 

CD3 

CD2 

CD1 

CD0 

MD13 

MD14 

MD15 

MD15~MD8 

(1-6G) 

RDCDC 

(6-1F) 

CLKF 

(7-1F) 

MD14 

MD13 

MD12 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

MD8 

RDCDC 

(6-1F) 

VCC 

GND 

DG 

CD3 

CD4 

CD5 

CD6 

CD7 

CD2 

CD1 

CD0 

N.C. 

5 

6 

Q 

Q~ 

IC117 

HC74 

PRE 

CLK 

D 

CLR 

4 

3 

2 

1 

N.C. 

9 

8 

Q 

Q~ 

IC117 

HC74 

PRE 

CLK 

D 

CLR 

10 

11 

12 

13 

IC115 

HC08 

9 

10 

8 

+5V 

R358 

4.7K 

BACK1 

(6-1F) 

IC112 

HC04 

13 12 

BRQT 

(7-3H) 

MAS 

(7-3H) 

IC112 

HC04 

11 10 

9 8 

MAEN1 

(7-3H) 

IC115 

HC08 

13 

12 

11 

(7-3H) 

BACK2 

(6-1F) 

MAEN2 

C268 

1 

N.M. 

Code block 7/10 

6 – 7 



B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A 

Page memory block 8/10 

6 

(6-1B) PMAD15~PMAD0 

6 

(6-1B) DRA11~DRA0 

IC116 

HC157 

3 

IC113 

HC32 

1 

2 

LDS 

(7-3H) 

R362 

4 

PMLCAS 

1Y 

(8-2A) 

R363 

7 PMUCAS 

2Y 

(8-1A) 

N.M. 

9 

3Y N.C. 

5 

12 

4Y N.C. 

16 

VCC +5V 

1A 

1B 

2A 

2B 

3A 

3B 

4A 

4B 

2 

3 

5 

6 

6 

5 

4 

UDS 

(7-3H) 

11 

10 

14 

13 

PMCAS 

(6-2A) 

PMAD15 

PMAD14 

PMAD13 

PMAD12 

PMAD11 

PMAD10 

PMAD9 

PMAD8 

IC11 

HM514800AJ-8 

9 

A9 I/O 7 

27 

20 

A8 I/O 6 

26 

19 

A7 I/O 5 

25 

18 

A6 I/O 4 

24 

17 

A5 I/O 3 

5 

16 

I/O 2 

4 

13 

I/O 1 

3 

12 

A2 I/O 0 

2 

N.C. 

21 

10 

A0 VCC 

1 

6 

N.C. VCC 

14 

8 

RAS OE 

22 

23 

CAS VSS 

15 

7 

WE VSS 

28 

A4 

A3 

11 

A1 

DRA9 

DRA8 

DRA7 

DRA6 

DRA5 

DRA4 

DRA3 

DRA2 

DRA1 

DRA0 

N.C. 

5 

C256 

0.1 

15 

G 

1 

S 

N.C. 

18 

GND 

MAEN1 

(7-3H) 

+5V 

DG 

C148 

0.1 

DG 

4 

4 

PMAD7 

PMAD6 

PMAD5 

PMAD4 

PMAD3 

PMAD2 

PMAD1 

PMAD0 

3 

IC9 

HM514800AJ-8 

9 

A9 I/O 7 

27 

20 

A8 I/O 6 

26 

19 

A7 I/O 5 

25 

18 

A6 I/O 4 

24 

17 

A5 I/O 3 

5 

16 

A4 I/O 2 

4 

13 

A3 I/O 1 

3 

12 

A2 I/O 0 

2 

11 

A1 N.C. 

21 

10 

A0 VCC 

1 

6 

N.C. 

14 

VCC 

8 

RAS 

22 

OE 

23 

CAS 

15 

VSS 

7 

WE 

28 

VSS 

3 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

2 

PMAD15 

PMAD14 

PMAD13 

PMAD12 

PMAD11 

PMAD10 

PMAD9 

PMAD8 

PMAD7 

PMAD6 

PMAD5 

PMAD4 

PMAD3 

PMAD2 

PMAD1 

PMAD0 

IC10 

HM514260AJ-8 

26 

A8 I/O15 

39 

25 

A7 I/O14 

38 

24 

A6 I/O13 

37 

23 

A5 I/O12 

36 

22 

A4 I/O11 

34 

19 

A3 I/O10 

33 

18 

A2 I/O9 

32 

17 

A1 I/O8 

31 

16 

A0 I/O7 

10 

11 

N.C. I/O6 

9 

12 

N.C. I/O5 

8 

15 

7 

N.C. I/O4 

30 

5 

N.C. I/O3 

14 

4 

RAS I/O2 

28 

3 

UCAS I/O1 

29 

2 

LCAS I/O0 

13 

1 

WE VCC 

27 6 

OE VCC 

VCC 20 

VSS 21 

VSS 35 

VSS 40 

N.C. 

DRA9 

DRA8 

DRA7 

DRA6 

DRA5 

DRA4 

DRA3 

DRA2 

DRA1 

DRA0 

6 – 8 

DRA8 

DRA7 

DRA6 

DRA5 

DRA4 

DRA3 

DRA2 

DRA1 

DRA0 

+5V 

N.C. 

C127 

0.1 

DG 

R364 

100 

(8-5I) PMLCAS 

2 

+5V 

C133 

0.1 

DG 

DG 

R201 

10 

(6-3A) PMRAS0 

R200 

10 

1 

R202 

100 

R199 

10 

(6-3A) PMRAS1 

(8-5I) 

PMUCAS 

(6-2A) GAPMW 

1 

CDCMW 

(7-3H) 

B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

– 

+ 

+5V 

9 

C114 

0.1 

VM 

F1 

CCP2E30 

TMVR 

CNTXM-1 

TMA 

1 

LEDON 

+12V 

VM 

D100 

1SS355 

R378 

4.7K 

IC102 

HC14 

CNSTP-1 

IC111 

78L5UA 

1 

14 

10 

7 

DG 

N.C. 

LEDON 

PLGON 

STPON 

CNPW-1 

CNPW-2 

PLGON 

(4-4E) 

R6 

91 (1/2W) 

R5 

MG 

MG 

R256 

56K 

C182 

820P 

R281 

1K 

C185 

820P 

R4 

9 

7 

2 

10 

15 

1 

4 

11 

6 

5 

14 

3 

12 

IC17 

PBL3717/2 

+5V 

PH 

I0 

I1 

T 

MA 

MB 

VMM 

VMM 

VR 

VCC 

GND 

E 

DG 

IC114 

HC74 

DG 

8 

9 

N.C. 

DG 

VSTP 

F3 

CCP2E20 

CNSTP-2 

2 

3 

CNPW-3 

Q106 

2SD1164 

STPON 

(4-4E) 

(4-4E) 

TMVR 

VM 

C241 

0.1 

C13 

33/16 

R339 

0 

C14 

33/16 

2 

3 

C237 

0.1 

D105 

1SS355 

C12 

22/10 

AG 

C236 

0.1 

C239 

8 

GND 

GND 

MG 

L109 

C176 

C181 

0.1 

C6 

47/50 

D3 

D108 

D4 

D109 

TXA1 

TXA0 

TXPA 

(4-5E) 

R3 

0.47 

R369 

MG 

C186 

0.1 

16 

C 

13 

GND 

(4-5E) 

(4-5E) 

TMA CNTXM-2 

VM 

F2 

CCP2E30 

TMVR 

CNTXM-3 

TMB 

MG 

R186 

56K 

C143 

820P 

R217 

1K 

C156 

820P 

R2 

9 

7 

2 

10 

15 

1 

4 

11 

6 

5 

14 

3 

12 

IC13 

PBL3717/2 

+5V 

PH 

I0 

I1 

T 

MA 

MB 

VMM 

VMM 

VR 

VCC 

GND 

E 

DG 

8 

GND 

GND 

MG 

L107 

C158 

C142 

0.1 

C5 

47/50 

D1 

D106 

D2 

D107 

TXB1 

TXB0 

TXPB 

(4-5E) 

R1 

0.47 

R368 

MG 

C157 

0.1 

16 

C 

13 

GND 

(4-5E) 

(4-5E) 

TMB CNTXM-4 

CRNT 

(4-4E) 

+5V 

R215 

200K 

R216 

180K 

DG 

IC100 

NJM2904 

1 

3 

2 

Q102 

2SC2413K 

R237 

100K 

3 

2 

1 

+5V 

5 

C216 

0.1 

IC108 

HCU04 

14 

6 

7 

DG 

N.C. 

9 8 

N.C. 

11 10 

N.C. 

13 12 

N.C. 

+5V 

1 

C246 

0.1 

IC112 

HC04 

14 

2 

7 

DG 

N.C. 

3 4 

N.C. 

5 6 

N.C. 

12 IC113 

11 

DG 

N.C. 

13 

+5V 

C257 

0.1 

14 

7 

DG 

IC113 

HC32 

VCC 

GND 

N.C. 

Q 

Q~ 

PRE 

CLR 

D 

CLK 

N.C. 

+5V 

C249 

0.1 

14 

7 

IC114 

HC74 

VCC 

GND 

DG 

12 

11 

10 

13 

MG 

CNPLG-2 

CNLED-1 

+5V 

C248 

0.1 

14 

7 

IC118 

HC08 

VCC 

GND 

DG 

10 

IC118 

HC08 

11 

12 

N.C. 

13 

CNPLG-1 

VPLG 

CNLED-2 

VM 

F4 

N.M. 

VM 

+5VA 

MG 

CNPW-4 

CNPW-5 

CNPW-6 

CNPW-7 

CNPW-8 

CNPW-9 

CNPW-10 

C242 

0.1 

+5V 

DG 

C243 

0.1 

C15 

47/25 

CNPW-11 

CNPW-12 

C244 

0.1 

+12V 

AG 

R341 

0 

(1/8W) 

DG 

AG 

R340 

R147 

HB-H3216A 

R347 

HB-H3216A 

DG FG 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

1 

2 

3 

Q104 

MG 

1 

2 

3 

Q105 

2SD1164 MG 

R376 

R377 

1K 

N.M. N.M. 

D101 

N.M. 

N.M. 

VM 

VM 

VM 

MG 

MG 

MG 

+5V 

+5VA 

DG 

DG 

+12V 

AG 

N.M. 

CNLIU-4 

CNLIU-6 

AG 

AG 

AG 

+12V 

+12V CNLIU-5 

CNLIU-1 

CNLIU-3 

DG 

+5V 

+5V CNLIU-2 

NOTE: 

These marks are all safety-critical parts. 

(9-1D) 

(9-1D) 

(9-3D) 

(9-5D) 

N.M. 

Driver & Supply block 9/10 

6 – 9 


1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

19 

D16 

D15 

D14 

D13 

D12 

D11 

D10 

D09 

18 

17 

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

N.C. 

+5V 

MA17 

D08 

D07 

D06 

D05 

D04 

D01 

VCC 

GND 

GND 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

2 

20 

10 

11 

+5V 

IC24 

(1-6G) MA21 ~ MA0 

4 

3 D03 

D02 

MA18 

MA19 

MA20 

MA21 

MRD 

MWRH 

MA21 

D131 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

N.C. 

MA16 

DG 

VCC 

1 

MWRL 

+5V 

D150 

RB411D 

(1-6H) MD15 ~ MD0 

(1-2D) 

(1-2D) 

(1-2D) 

C264 

DG 

N.C. 

19 

D16 

D15 

D14 

D13 

D12 

D11 

D10 

D09 

18 

17 

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

MA7 

D08 

D07 

D06 

D05 

D04 

D01 

VCC 

GND 

GND 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

2 

20 

10 

11 

+5V 

IC23 

4 

3 D03 

D02 

MA6 

MA5 

MA4 

MA3 

VCC 

1 

C263 

DG 

MA2 

MA1 

MA0 

D149 

RB411D 

D148 

RB411D 

DG 

MA20 

MA19 

MA18 

MA17 

MA16 

MA15 

MA14 

D130 

D129 

D128 

D127 

D126 

D125 

D124 

MA13 

D123 

MA12 

MA11 

MA10 

MA9 

MA8 

MA7 

MA6 

D122 

D121 

D120 

D119 

D118 

D117 

D116 

MA5 

D115 

MA4 

MA3 

MA2 

MA1 

MA0 

D114 

D113 

D112 

D111 

D110 

RB411D x 22 

N.M. 

MA15 

MA14 

MA13 

MA12 

MA11 

MA10 

MA9 

MA8 

+5V 

MD15 

D147 

DG 

19 

D16 

D15 

D14 

D13 

D12 

D11 

D10 

D09 

18 

17 

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

MD7 

D08 

D07 

D06 

D05 

D04 

D01 

VCC 

GND 

GND 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

2 

20 

10 

11 

+5V 

IC25 

4 

3 D03 

D02 

MD6 

MD5 

MD4 

MD3 

VCC 

1 

C265 

DG 

MD2 

MD1 

MD0 

MD14 

MD13 

MD12 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

MD8 

D146 

D145 

D144 

D143 

D142 

D141 

D140 

MD7 

D139 

MD6 

MD5 

MD4 

MD3 

MD2 

MD1 

MD0 

D138 

D137 

D136 

D135 

D134 

D133 

D132 

N.M. 

MD15 

MD14 

MD13 

MD12 

MD11 

MD10 

MD9 

MD8 

N.M. 

Other block 10/10 

6 – 10 


Control PWB parts layout (Top side) 

6 – 11 



Control PWB parts layout (Bottom side) 

6 – 12

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

– 

+ 

– 

+ 

– 

+ 

THS-65 

+ 

– 

~ 

~ 

R107 

20K 

+12V 

Q101 

2SC2412K 

R105 

100K 

Q103 

DTC114EK 

B 

C 

E 

B 

C 

E 

AG AG 

L108 

470 

MPXA CNLIUB-9 

C104 

1 

L109 

0 

SIGTX CNLIUB-16 

R106 

20K 

+12V 

+VREF 

3 

4 

5 

2 

13 

1 

IC102 

4066(2/5) 

IC102 

4066(1/5) 

C118 

470P 

R133 

33K 

IC104 

4558(1/2) 

6 

5 

7 

R120 

20K 

+VREF 

+VREF 

+VREF 

R119 

0 

R121 

N.M. 

C116 

N.M. 

C117 

R132 

620 

ZD8 

HZ3B1 

ZD9 

HZ3B1 

C115 

C114 

N.M. 

ZD5 

HZ3B1 

ZD4 

HZ3B1 

C112 

1000P 

R125 

43K 

IC103 

4558(1/3) 

1 

2 

3 

R126 

20K 

R131 

20K 

R127 

20K 

ZD6 ZD7 

C111 

N.M. 

R122 

0 

7 

6 

5 

IC103 

4558(2/3) 

R123 

R128 

0 IC102 

4066(4/5) 

R108 

20K 

+12V 

R110 

20K 

+12V 

10 

12 

11 

IC102 

4066(3/5) 

9 

8 

6 

C105 

1 

L114 

0 

SIGRX CNLIUB-17 

Q102 

2SC2412K 

C 

B 

E 

AG 

R109 

100K 

R116 

100K 

B 

C 

E 

AG 

Q104 

2SC2412K 

CML 

(2-3F) 

+VREF 

+VREF 

+VREF 

+VREF 

R124 

R6 

T1 

T2 

I2142 

C106 

0.01 

C107 

N.M. 

JP10 

N.M. 

C8 

2.2/50 

C121 

L6 

C102 L5 

ZD2 

MTZJ39C 

PC4 

TLP521(1/2) 

D102 

1SS355 

R5 

10K(1W) 

C10 

1.8 

JP5 

JP6 

N.M. 

CML(1/3) 

G6GN-2D 

CML(2/3) 

G6GN-2D 

7 

10 

8 

6 

3 

5 

R7 

100(1W) 

C7 

4.7/50 

IC1(1/2) 

R117 

10 

2 

1 

C13 

L9 

JP18 

R134 

AR1 

RA-501P 

AR2 

RA-501P 

N.M. 

ARG 

JP8 

L7 

SBT-0260 

N.M. 

L10 

VA2 N.M. 

L8 

SBT-0260 

JP9 

N.M. 

JP19 

JP13 

N.M. JP15 

JP14 

JP12 

JP11 

JP16 

JP17 

N.M. 

N.M. 

JP2 

JP1 

L4 

SBT-0260 

ZD11 

HZ3B1 

ZD10 

HZ3B1 

L1 

SBT-0260 

D1 

1SS82 

JP4 

N.M. 

L3 

SBT-0260 

L11 

N.M. 

L2 

SBT-0260 

JP3 

N.M. 

N.M. 

C9 R2 

REC1 

S1ZB60 

PC1(1/2) 

TLP627 

VA1 

TNR07G101K 

PC3(1/2) 

TLP627 

PC2(1/2) 

TLP521 

ZD1 

MTZJ30B 

R4 

47(2W) 

R113 

13K 

R114 

10K 

ZD3 

MTZ6.8B 

C11 

10/50 

R3 

15(1/2W) 

R1 

15(1/2W) 

G 

D 

G C 

B 

E 

S 

Q1 

Q3 

N.M. 

Q2 

BS108 

D 

S 

SHUNT 

B-WIRE 

A-WIRE 

EARTH 

MJ2-4 

MJ2-3 

MJ2-2 

MJ2-1 

N.C. 

MJ1-6 

A-WIRE 

MJ1-5 

EARTH 

MJ1-4 

SHUNT 

MJ1-3 

B-WIRE 

MJ1-2 

N.C. 

MJ1-1 

+VREF 

+VREF 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

N.M. 

[2] TEL/LIU PWB circuit 1/2 

6 – 13 


1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

– 

+ 

– 

+ 

CI 

CNLIUA-21 

E-RLY 

CNLIUA-13 

DP 

CNLIUA-20 

DPMUTE 

CNLIUA-15 

HS 

CNLIUA-18 

CML 

CNLIUA-22 

CML 

(1-3I) 

L115 

0 

L110 

470 

L113 

0 

L112 

0 

L111 

0 

L116 

470 

Q111 

DTC114EK 

C 

B 

E 

DG 

C108 

0.1 

R118 

10K 

PC4(2/2) 

TLP521 

+5V 

PC1(2/2) 

TLP627 

PC3(2/2) 

TLP627 

PC2(2/2) 

TLP521 

R111 

220 

R115 

220 

R112 

220 

B 

C 

E 

DG 

B 

C 

E 

DG 

Q105 

DTC114EK 

Q109 

DTC114EK 

B 

C 

E 

DG 

Q106 

DTC114EK 

Q108 

DTC114EK 

C 

B 

E 

C 

B 

E 

DG 

Q107 

DTC114EK 

7 

4 

5 

6 

IC1(2/2) 

THS-65 

3 

C6 

47/25 

DG 

Q110 

DTC114EK 

DG 

B 

C 

E 

+12V 

D101 

1SS355 

CML(3/3) 

G6GN-2D 1 

12 

8 

4 

14 

7 

C110 

0.022 

IC103(3/3) 

4558 

IC102(5/5) 

4066 

C109 

0.022 

AG 

L117 

0 

L114 

0 

L115 

0 

L113 

0 

C4 

47/25 

C102 

0.022 

C5 

47/25 

R104 

0 

DG 

AG 

C103 

0.022 +5V 

+12A 

AG 

AG 

AG 

AG 

AG 

C119 

0.022 

R130 

10K 

R129 

10K 

C12 

47/25 

IC104(2/2) 

4558 

1 

8 

2 

3 

4 

C113 

1000P 

L118 

0 

+VREF 

+12V 

DG DG DG DG 

C2 

1/50 

C3 

100/16 

C1 

4.7/50 

R102 

100K 

R103 

3K 

+5V 

4 

2 

3 

7 

1 

8 

5 

6 

L102 

0 

L101 

0 

L107 

470 

DG 

DG 

AG 

AG 

+5V 

+12V 

CNLIUA-3 

CNLIUA-1 

CNLIUA-6 

CNLIUA-4 

CNLIUA-2 

CNLIUA-5 

SPMUTE 

CNLIUB-12 

SP– 

CNSP-2 

SP+ 

CNSP-1 

SPOUT 

CNLIUB-14 

L106 

0 

IC101 

NJM2113 

R101 

75K 

C101 

560P 

TEL/LIU PWB circuit 2/2 

6 – 14 


TEL/LIU PWB parts layout 

6 – 15 



6 – 16

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

1 

2 

6 

4 

3 

5 

B D E F G I 

H 

C 

A 

D701 

D3SB60 

or 

D3SBA60 

C705 

150/400 

C724 

10000P 

D702 

ERA1501 

C725 

3300P 

L702 

R701 

470K 

R717 

150 

C713 

0.001 

HEATER N 

TH701 

R704 

68K 

T701 

R703 

22 

D707 

YG901C2 

R727 

47(3W) 

Q701 

2SK1984 

L706 

FE 

F703 

T4A/250V 

IC703 

PQ1CG1 

R733 

22K 

R720 

100K 

L707 

INTERLOCK SW 

PC701 

PC123 

R722 

2.55K 

C720 

330/35 

C722 

3300P 

C707 

47/35 

F702 

127°C 

D709 

D2S4M 

TR701 

D710 

RD22ESAB3 

or 

HZS22NB3 

HEATER L 

C703 

470P 

R707 

0.47 (1W) 

R713 

10K 

D704 

RD20ESAB2 

or 

HZS20NB2 

R709 

27K 

L704 

C723 

3300P 

C721 

330/35 

R705 

68K 

C718 

22/35 

F704 

T4A/250V 

C717 

0.47 

R716 

39 

PC702 

S21ME4FY 

R711 

56 

D705 

1SS178 

or 

1SS252 

C704 

470P 

C712 

0.1 

R710 

82 

D703 

ERA9102 

or 

UGO60 

R726 

68K 

C714 

1000P 

C715 

680/35 

C716 

680/35 

R718 

1K 

IC702 

UPC1093J-1 

R721 

22K 

IC704 

UPC7812AHF 

D708 

1SS178 

or 

1SS252 

L705 

R725 

1K(1W) 

L708 

R719 

1K 

+12V 

Q702 

2SA1015 

1 

R712 

47K 

IC701 

FA5315P 

C708 

0.047 

R715 

1K 

C710 

0.0047 

C711 

0.1 

PC701 

PC123 

C719 

330/35 

R714 

15K 

R708 

39 (1W) 

C702 

0.047 

L701 

C701 

0.047 

X701 

ENC471010 

F701 

T4AH/250V 

S701 

AC-L 

AC-N 

R706 

0.47 (1W) 

R702 

10K 

AG 

MG 

VM 

+24V 

+5V 

DG 

HEATER 

ON/OFF 

2 

3 

4 

8 

7 

6 

5 

CN1 

VM 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MG 

DG 

+5V 

HEATER ON/OFF 

CN4 

VM 

1 

2 +24V 

CNPW 

VM 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

MG 

DG 

+5V 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

VM 

VM 

MG 

MG 

+5V 

DG 

+12V 

AG 

C709 

220P 

R723 

3K 

R724 

1K 

C727 

22/35 

L709 

F705 

T4A/250V 

PC703 

TLP620 

or 

PS2565 

Q703 

RN1002 

C728 

10/50 

R730 

100K 

R731 

4.7K 

R732 

4.7K 

C729 

68/16 

D711 

1SS178 

or 

1SS252 

SR701 

CR02AM4 

C726 

220P 

C705 

220P 

R734 

12K 

D706 

RD22ESAB3 

or 

HZS22NB3 

C730 

1000P 

F706 

T4AH/250V 

R728 

82K(1W) 

R729 

82K(1W) 

PC702 

S21ME4FY 

PC703 

TLP620 

or 

PS2565 

CN3 

AC-L 

1 

2 

3 

N.C. 

AC-N 

CN2 

HEATER N 

1 

2 

3 

N.C. 

HEATER L 

RL701 

[3] Power supply PWB circuit 1/1 

6 – 17 



Power supply PWB parts layout 

6 – 18

B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A 

[4] Operation panel PWB circuit 1/2 

+5V 

+5V 

6 

R5 

150 

R11 

150 

R14 

R13 

R1 

R2 

R3 

R4 

R7 

150 x 7 

6 

R6 LED5 (LINE) 

LED7 (PAPER) 

LED8 (TONER) 

LED9 (DRUM) 

LED10 (SRVICE) 

LED1 (H-TONE) 

LED2 (S-FINE) 

LED3 (FINE) 

LED4 (STD) 

LED6 (IN-USE) 

VDD 

5 

RS 

E 

DB1 

DB3 

DB5 

DB7 

2 

4 

6 

8 

10 

12 

14 

CNLCD 

1 VSS 

3 VO 

5 R/W 

7 DB0 

9 DB2 

11 DB4 

13 DB6 

Q3 

N.M. 

Q1 

DTC114ES 

Q2 

DTC114ES 

9 

15 

8 

GND 

2 

10 

7 

11 

6 

16 1 

14 3 

13 

4 

12 5 

IC2 

ULN2003 

CNPN 

1 LD7 2 E 

3 LD6 4 R/W 

5 LEDEN2 6 RS 

7 LEDEN1 8 SEN6 

9 LD2 10 SEN5 

11 LD3 12 SEN4 

13 LD1 14 SEN3 

15 LD4 16 SEN2 

17 LD0 18 SEN1 

19 LD5 20 SEN0 

21 +5V 22 DG 

23 +5V 24 DG 

5 

DG 

8 

16 

GND VDD 

1 

CLR 

15 

14 

6D 6D 

12 

13 

5D 5D 

10 

11 

4D 4D 

7 

6 

3D 3D 

5 

4 

2D 2D 

2 

3 

1D 1D 

9 

CLK 

IC4 

HC174 

DG 

8 

16 

GND VDD 

1 

CLR 

15 

14 

6D 6D 

12 

13 

5D 5D 

10 

11 

4D 4D 

7 

6 

3D 3D 

5 

4 

2D 2D 

2 

3 

1D 1D 

9 

CLK 

IC3 

HC174 

4 

+5V 

+5V 

4 

(2-2A) 

(2-2A) 

(2-2A) 

(2-2A) 

LD0 

LD1 

LD2 

LD3 

R12 

100K 

C11 

2200P 

R10 

100K 

C6 

2200P 

C10 

0.1 

C5 

33/16 

C9 

22/16 

C3 

22/16 

6 – 19 

3 

CNLCD-7 

CNLCD-8 

CNLCD-9 

CNLCD-10 

CNLCD-11 

CNLCD-12 

CNLCD-13 

CNLCD-14 

CNLCD-4 

CNLCD-5 

CNLCD-6 

DB0 

DB1 

DB2 

DB3 

DB4 

DB5 

DB6 

DB7 

RS 

R/W 

E 

LEDEN1 

LEDEN2 

LD0 

LD1 

LD2 

LD3 

CNPN-7 

CNPN-5 

CNPN-17 

CNPN-13 

CNPN-9 

CNPN-11 

CNPN-15 

CNPN-19 

CNPN-3 

CNPN-1 

CNPN-6 

CNPN-4 

CNPN-2 

3 

LD4 

LD5 

LD6 

LD7 

RS 

R/W 

E 

+5V 

+5V 

CNPN-21 

2 

J37 

2 

CNLCD-2 

VDD 

CNPN-23 

J26 

R9 

150 

N.M. 

C12 

CGND 

CNPN-22 

CNLCD-3 

VO 

C7 

33/16 

C8 

220P 

CGND 

CNPN-24 

C4 

4.7/25 

R8 

2.4K 

CNLCD-1 

VSS 

1 

1 


Note: Since the parts of this PW can not be supplied, change it as a unit. 

B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A


B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A 

Operation panel PWB circuit 2/2 

6 

6 

5 

SEN0 

CNPN-20 

D E F G H LINE SW-A 

5 

C 

B 

A 

SEN1 

CHANGE- 

OVER 

CNPN-18 

P 

O 

N 

M 

L 

K 

J 

I 

SEN2 

RESOLU- 

TION 

CNPN-16 

W X 

V 

U 

T 

S 

R 

Q 

4 

SEN3 

CNPN-14 

4 

CLEAR 

SP 

SHIFT 

SPACE 

Z 

Y 

SEN4 

CNPN-12 

STOP 

DOCUMENT 

REPORT 

COPY 

2 3 FUNCTION 

1 

SEN5 

SHEET 

COVER PRIORITY START 

B’ CAST 

SPEED 

DIAL 

CNPN-10 

6 – 20 

5 6 

4 

3 

SEN6 

CNPN-8 

3 

0 # SPEAKER 

8 9 REDIAL 

7 

+5V 

2 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

9 

10 

11 

Y0 

Y1 

Y2 

Y3 

Y4 

Y5 

Y6 

Y7 

Y8 

Y9 

VDD 

16 

C1 

2200P 

C2 

33/16 

GND 

8 

2 

A 

B 

C 

D 

15 

14 

13 

12 

(1-4I) LD0 

LD1 

LD2 

LD3 

(1-4I) 

(1-4I) 

(1-4I) 

IC1 

LS145 

1 

1 


B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A

B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A 

[5] CCD PWB circuit 

6 

6 

PHI1 

CNCCD 

1 PHIT 

2 VO 

3 +5VA 

4 AG 

5 AG 

6 AG 

7 PHI1 

8 PHI2 

CNCCD-7 

PHI2 

CNCCD-8 

PHIT 

CNCCD-1 

AG 

CNCCD-6 

AG 

5 

5 

IC1 

µPD3753CY 

22 

21 

1 

2 

4 

4 

NC 

NC 

NC 

NC 

3 20 

VDD AGND 

4 19 

NC VOUT 

5 18 

NC 

NC 

6 17 

NC 

NC 

7 16 

NC 

NC 

8 15 

NC 

Φ2 

9 14 

ΦTG 

Φ1 

10 13 

NC DGND 

11 12 

NC 

NC 

+5V 

R1 

0 

+5VA 

CNCCD-3 

R2 

2.2K 

C1 

0.1 

VO 

VO 

C2 

0.1 

CNCCD-2 

C1 

22/25 

Q1 

A1037K 

6 – 21 

AG 

AG 

CNCCD-4 

AG 

CNCCD-5 

3 

3 

AG 

CCD PWB parts layout 

2 

2 

1 

1 


B C 

D E F G H 

I 

A


[6] Printer control PWB parts layout 


Printer 2nd transport PWB parts layout 


6 – 22

M E M O 

6 – 23 



CHAPTER 7. OPERATION FLOWCHART 

[1] Protocol 

To recording 

position 

Cut line printed 

Cut line printed 

Receive side 

G3 communication 

CED 

NSF 

CSI 

DIS 

(DCS) 

CFR 

MCF 

MCF 

TSI 

NSS 

TCF 

IMAGE 

SIGNAL 

RTC 

MPS 

IMAGE 

SIGNAL 

RTC 

EOP 

DCN 

Recording papor ejected 

7 – 1 

Transmitter side 

(Document inserted into 

document sensor during 

standby) 

TSI 

NSS 

TCF 

IMAGE 

SIGNAL 

RTC 

MPS 

IMAGE 

SIGNAL 

RTC 

EOP 

DCN 

CED 

NSF 

CSI 

DIS 

(DCS) 

CFR 

1st page 

MCF 

MCF 

Document inserted to 

the reading position 

Next page insert 

command 

Document ejected

[2] Power on sequence 

1 

2 

YES 

YES 

YES 

“MEMORY CLEAR ?” display 

START key ? 

NO 

COPY key ? 

NO 

STOP key ? 

NO 

3 sec ? 

YES 

STAND-BY 

NO 

START 

CPU initialized 

MODEM initialized 

“WAIT A MOMENT” display 

STOP key ? 

NO 

3 sec ? 

YES 

STAND-BY 

7 – 2 

1 

Memory clear 

STAND-BY 

NO 

“MEMORY CLEARED” display 

2 

“MEMORY CLEARED” display 

Memory clear 

PROCESS CHECK MODE 



CHAPTER 8. OTHERS 

[1] Service Tools 

1. List 

NO. PARTS CODE DESCRIPTION Q’TY 

PRICE 

RANK 

1 CPWBX2835SC01 Extension board unit (EXT-A) and (EXT-B) 1 CM 

2 UKOGM2058SCZZ Optical adjustment jig 1 BR 

2. Description 

2-1. Extension board unit 

[For inspection of control PWB] 

1) Remove the inner tray from the unit, and remove the control PWB. 

2) Mount the extension board (EXT-A) in the place where the control 

PWB has been removed. 

At that time, the connector (CNLIU) of extension board (EXT-A) 

must be inserted into the TEL/LIU PWB. 

3) Connect the cables from the unit to the connectors (A side) 

(CNSENA, CNNNCDA, CNPWA, CNPRTA, CNRSA, CNPNA, 

CNTXMA, CNLEDA, CNSTPA, CNDRA) of extension board (EXT- 

A) as on the control PWB. 

4) Connect the extension cables (11 types) to the connectors (B 

side) of extension board (EXT-A). 

5) Remove the ROM cover of inner tray, pull out the extension cables 

(11 kinds) from the ROM replacing window, and mount the inner 

tray on the unit. 

6) Connect the extension cable (QCNW-4609SCZZ) pulled out to the 

connector (CNEXTB) of extension board (EXT-B). 

7) Connect the extension board (EXT-B) to the connector (CNLIU) of 

control PWB. 

8) Connect the extension cables (10 types) pulled out from the unit to 

the control PWB. 

23 

24 

1 

2 

17 

18 

1 

2 

2 

CNLIUSB 26 

1 25 

CNPNA 

CNRSA 

1 

2 

A16 

A15 

B16 

B15 

25 

26 

1 

2 

23 

24 

1 

2 

17 

18 

CNRSB 

CNEXTA 

CNPNB 

A16 

A15 

B16 

B15 

CNPRIA 

JP13 

JP6 

JP12 

JP7 

JP11 

JP8 

JP10 

JP9 

11 

IC2 

C2 

1 

C2 

CNPRTB 

A2 CNPWA 

A1 

B2 12 1 

B1 

1 

2 

CNLIUSA 

25 

26 

CNDRB 21 

CNDRA 

21 

CNSTPB 21 CNSTPA 21 

CNPLGB 

CNPLGA 

2 1 

CNLEDB 21 21 

CNTXMB CNLEDA 

IC3 11 

1 

A2 

A1 

B2 

B1 

4 

1 

JP15 

JP17 

JP14 

CNPWB 

12 1 

JP16 

JP18 

CNCCDB 

CNTXMA 

4 

1 

1 8 

JP1 

R5 

R4 

R3 

R2 

6 1 

CNSENB 

25 

26 

1 

2 

11 

IC1 

1 8 

6 

CNEXTB 

C1 

R6 

JP2 

JP3 

R1 

JP4 

JP5 

1 

CNSENA 

CNCCDA 

1 

8 – 1 

Cable parts code Connector Remark 

QCNW – 4597SCZZ CNCCD 

QCNW – 4598SCZZ CNSEN 

QCNW – 4599SCZZ CNPW 

QCNW – 4600SCZZ CNRS 

QCNW – 4601SCZZ CNPN 

QCNW – 4602SCZZ CNLED 

QCNW – 4604SCZZ CNSTP 

QCNW – 4605SCZZ CNROL 

QCNW – 4606SCZZ CNTXM 

QCNW – 4609SCZZ CNPRT 

Extension board connection diagram 

25 

26 

CNLIUB 

1 

2 

EXTENSION 

BOARD 

(EXT-A) 

1 

2 

CNLIUA 

25 

26 

EXTENSION 

CABLE 

CNEXT 

EXTENSION 

BOARD 

(EXT-B) 

CNDR 

CNSTP 

CHECK 

CONTROL 

PWB 

CNTXM 

Control PWB 

CNCCD 

CNSEN CNLED 

CNPW 

CNPRT 

CNRS 

CNPN

[For inspection of TEL/LIU PWB] 

1) Remove the left upper panel. 

2) Remove the inner tray from the unit, and remove the control PWB. 

3) Mount the extension board (EXT-A) in the place where the control 

PWB has been removed. 

4) Connect the cables from the unit to the connectors (A side) 

(CNSENA, CNNNCDA, CNPWA, CNPRTA, CNRSA, CNPNA, 

CNTXMA, CNLEDA, CNSTPA, CNDRA) of extension board (EXT- 

A) as on the control PWB. 

5) Connect the extension cables (10 types) to the connectors (B 

side) of extension board (EXT-A). 

6) Remove the ROM cover of inner tray, pull out the extension cables 

(10 types) from the ROM replacing window, and mount the 

inner tray on the unit. 

* When checking the TEL/LIU PWB, the extension cable (QCNW- 

4609SCZZ) and extension board (EXT-B) are not used. 

7) Connect the TEL/LIU PWB to be checked to the connector 

(CNLIU) of control PWB. 

8) Connect the extension cables (10 types) pulled out from the unit 

to the control PWB. 

9) Fit the speaker unit and hook switch unit of left upper panel as an 

assembly in the TEL/LIU PWB to be checked. 

Extension board connection diagram 

EXTENSION 

BOARD 

(EXT-A) 

SPEAKER 

WHITE 

EXTENSION 

CABLE 

CHECK 

TEL/LIU 

PWB 

CNDR 

CNSTP 

8 – 2 

Cable parts code Connector Remark 

QCNW – 4597SCZZ CNCCD 

QCNW – 4598SCZZ CNSEN 

QCNW – 4599SCZZ CNPW 

QCNW – 4600SCZZ CNRS 

QCNW – 4601SCZZ CNPN 

QCNW – 4602SCZZ CNLED 

QCNW – 4604SCZZ CNSTP 

QCNW – 4605SCZZ CNROL 

QCNW – 4606SCZZ CNTXM 

QCNW – 4609SCZZ CNPRT 

CNTXM 

CHECK 

CONTROL 

PWB 

CNCCD 

CNSEN CNLED 

CNPW 

CNPRT 

CNRS 

CNPN 

Control PWB 



NO. PARTS CODE DESCRIPTION Q’TY 

PRICE 

RANK 

1 QCNCM7014SC0H CONNECTOR 8pin (CNCCDA, CNCCDB) 2 AB 

2 QCNCM7014SC0F CONNECTOR 6pin (CNSENA, CNSENB) 2 AB 

3 QCNCM7014SC1B CONNECTOR 12pin (CNPWA, CNPWB) 2 AD 

4 QCNCM2482SC1H CONNECTOR 18pin (CNRSA, CNRSB) 2 AE 

5 QCNCM2482SC2D CONNECTOR 24pin (CNPNA, CNPNB) 2 AB 

6 QCNCM2401SC0B CONNECTOR 2pin (CNLEDA, CNLEDB) 2 AA 

7 QCNCM7014SC0B CONNECTOR 2pin (CNSTPA, CNSTPB) 2 AD 

8 QCNCM705BAF06 CONNECTOR 2pin (CNDRA, CNDRB) 2 AB 

9 QCNCM7014SC0D CONNECTOR 4pin (CNTXMA, CNTXMB) 2 AB 

10 QCNCM2482SC2F CONNECTOR 26pin (CNEXTA, CNEXTB) 2 AG 

11 QCNCM2524SC3B CONNECTOR 32pin (CNPRTA, CNPRTB) 2 AP 

12 QCNCW2436SC2F CONNECTOR 26pin (CNLIUA) 1 AG 

13 QCNCM2531SC2F CONNECTOR 26pin (CNLIUB) 1 AK 

14 QCNW–4597SCZZ CABLE 8pin (CNCCD) 1 AN 

15 QCNW–4598SCZZ CABLE 6pin (CNSEN) 1 AL 

16 QCNW–4599SCZZ CABLE 12pin (CNPW) 1 AQ 

17 QCNW–4600SCZZ CABLE 18pin (CNRS) 1 AU 

18 QCNW–4601SCZZ CABLE 24pin (CNPN) 1 AX 

19 QCNW–4602SCZZ CABLE 2pin (CNLED) 1 AG 

20 QCNW–4604SCZZ CABLE 2pin (CNSTP) 1 AG 

21 QCNW–4605SCZZ CABLE 2pin (CNDR) 1 AG 

22 QCNW–4606SCZZ CABLE 4pin (CNTXM) 1 AK 

23 QCNW–4608SCZZ CABLE 26pin (CNEXT) 1 AX 

24 QCNW–4609SCZZ CABLE 32pin (CNPRT) 1 BD 

8 – 3

2-2. Optical adjust plate 

1. General 

This procedure defines the in-field adjustment method for the FO- 

6500 series scanner optical system – CCD, lenses, mirrors, etc. – 

which may be required when the optical system is removed for servicing. 

This adjustment needs the use of a special in-field scanner optical 

sysem adjusing tool and a dual beam oscilloscope. 

2. Adjustment 

1) Remove the left cabinet, scanner front cover, inner tray, and 

printer front cover. As shown in Fig. 6, incline the scanner unit. 

2) Connect the oscilloscope as follows: – 

CH1 to video signal (AVO) on control board 

CH2 to sync signal (PHIT) on control board 

GND to test point ground (DG) on control board. 

3) Turn machine power on. 

4) Select the optical adjust mode of diagnostics then press the 

START/COPY key. 

5) Open Operation Panel. Then unit the optical adjustment tool on 

the lower document guide. (Fig. 7) 

6) Remove the lock paint of CCD board holding screws. Then loosen 

one screw at a time and adjust the location of the CCD board so 

that the CCD output is as shown in Fig. 2. Also ensure that the 

centre black level trough is delayed 528μsec from the trigger sync 

signal φT (PHIT). 

See Fig. 5. 

100mV/Div 

0.1msec/Div 

Fig. 1 

Note: Above shows correct CCD output but focus need adjusting as 

in step 8. 

7) If after adjusting CCD output in step 6) scope reads the same as in 

Fig. 2 run a test copy. (Focus should be OK) 

Note: If the lens and lens holder have not been moved. You may skip 

step 8. 

Maximum 

8 – 4 

8) Remove the lock paint of lens. Adjust the location of the lens so 

that the difference between A and B of CCD output should be the 

largest, then secure the lens on that position. The output signal 

waveform must be symmetrical. After it ha been complete, secure 

the screws with the lock paint. with this, lens focus adjustment is 

complete. (Fig. 2) 

500mV/Div 

0.5msec/Div 

White level 

Black level 

B 

A 

GND 

Fig. 2 

9) Press STOP key again after completion of the adjustments. The 

mode is shifted to the diagnostic STANDBY MODE. 

Notes: 

1) Adjust the optical adjustment tool in the slant state as shown in 

Fig. 6. After the adjustment, the waveform will slightyl vary if it is 

stood up as shown in Fig. 8. 

2) Use the optical adjustment tool by pressing it in the arrow direction. 

If it is floated, the proper adjustment is impossible. (Fig. 3) 

Optical adjustment tool 

Fig. 3 

Scanner Unit 



3. Relationship of adjusting plate and oscilloscope output 

CCD output 

1V/Div 

Read line 

1V/Div 

Black 

Sync signal 

Ø T signal 

(PHIT) 

528µsec 

Note: The CCD output must be adjusted to produce a white level at 

the center and black levels near the center and 8 lines/mm 

black and white pattern in other locations. Adjustment should 

be made so that the center of the white level signal is delayed 

528μsec from the sync signal PHIT. 

If this is not obtained the copy image may be shifted left or 

right causing incouplete scanning. 

AVO PHIT 

DG 

Control PWB test pin locations 

Fig. 5 

CCD signal : AVO 

Sync signal : PHIT 

GND : DG 

Fig. 4 

8 – 5 

White 

Black 

8lines/mm 

Black 

4lines/mm 

0.1msec/Div 

Read line

Fig. 6 

Fig. 7 

Fig. 8 

8 – 6 

Scanner unit 

Optical adjustment tool 



[2] IC signal name 

IC12: VHiH647702120 (HD6477021X20) 

RES 

WDTOVF 

MD2 

MD1 

MD0 

NIMI 

CK 

EXTAL 

XTAL 

VCC 

VCC 

VCC 

VCC 

VCC 

VCC 

VSS 

VSS 

VSS 

VSS 

VSS 

VSS 

VSS 

VSS 

VSS 

VSS 

VSS 

PA15/IRQ3/DREQ1 

�� 

�� 

PA14/IRQ2/DACK1 

PA13/IRQ1/DREQ0/TCLKB 

PA12/IRQ0/DACK0/TCLKA 

PA11/DPH/TIOCB1 

PA10/DPL/TIOCA1 

PA9/AH/IRQOUT 

CPU 

PA8/BREQ 

PA7/BACK 

PORT A 

PA6/RD 

PA5/WRH (LBS) 

USER 

BREAK 

CONTROLLER 

PA4/WRL (WR) 

PB15/TP15/IRQ7 

PA3/CS7/WAIT 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

�� 

�� 

� 

�� 

�� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

� �� 

�� 

� 

� 

� 

� 

OSCILLATOR 

INTERRUPT 

CONTROLLER 

PERIPHERAL ADDRESS BUS (24 BITS) 

PERIPHERAL DATA BUS (16 BITS) 

INTERNAL ADDRESS BUS (24 BITS) 

INTERNAL HIGH-ORDER DATA (16 BITS) 

INTERNAL LOW-ORDER DATA (16 BITS) 

MASK ROM 

16KB (SH7020) 

32KB (SH7021) 

SERIAL COMMUNICATION 

INTERFACE (x2 CHANNEL) 

PROGRAMMABLE TIMING 

PATTERN CONTROLLER 

PB14/TP14/IRQ6 

PA2/CS6/TIOCB0 

PB13/TP13/IRQ5/SCK1 

PB12/TP12/IRQ4/SCK0 

8 – 7 

PA1/CS5/RAS 

PA0/CS4/TIOCA0 

BUS STATE 

CONTROLLER 

PB11/TP11/TxD1 

PB10/TP10/RxD1 

CS3/CASL 

DIRECT 

MEMORY 

ACCESS 

CONTROLLER 

PB9/TP9/TxD0 

RAM 

1kB 

CS2 

16-BIT INTEGRATED 

TIMER PULSE UNIT 

WATCH DOG TIMER 

PORT B 

PB8/TP8/RxD0 

CS1/CASH 

PB7/TP7/TOCXB4/TCLKD 

CS0 

PB6/TP6/TOCXA4/TCLKC 

A21 

ADDRESS 

PB5/TP5/TIOCB4 

A20 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

�� 

PB4/TP4/TIOCA4 

A19 


A18 

�� 

�� 

�� 


A17 


A16 


ADDRESS 

DATA/ADDRESS 

A15 

A14 

A13 

A12 

A11 

A10 

A9 

A8 

A7 

A6 

A5 

A4 

A3 

A2 

A1 

A0 (HBS) 

AD15 

AD14 

AD13 

AD12 

AD11 

AD10 

AD9 

AD8 

AD7 

AD6 

AD5 

AD4 

AD3 

AD2 

AD1 

AD0

IC16: VHiLR38292/-1 (LR38292) 

SRVID 

SCCLK 

STVDB 

MA20 ~ 16 

MA15 ~ 0 

MAS 

MAENB 

MDENB 

READY 

BRQT 

BACKB 

DRQ0 

DACK0B 

CDCINT 

CDCRDB 

RDCDC 

RDCDCB 

RSRCDCB 

SHCK0B 

LMA10 ~ 0 

LMD7 ~ 0 

LMWEB 

RESETB 

TEST 

MEMTST 

READ IMAGE 

PROCESS 

LSI I/F 

CODEC 

(HD813201F) 

I/F 

INTERNAL RAM 

(512 BYTE) 

TABLE ROM 

(128 BYTE) 

EXTERNAL 

RAM 

CONTROLLER 

RESET CIRCUIT 

TEST CIRCUIT 

IMAGE BUS 

DMA 

CONTROLLER 

IMAGE BUS 

ARBITER 

INTERNAL 

REGISTER 

SMOOTHING 

PROCESS 

TABLE 

REFERENCE 

METHOD 

CONTRACTING 

PROCESS 

RECORD 

DATA 

OUTPUT 

CONTROLLER 

8 – 8 

CPU I/F 

CLOCK 

DIVISION 

DRAM 

CONTROLLER 

PCU I/F 

PANEL I/F 

A5 ~ 1 

D15 ~ 0 

RDB 

WRB 

DREQ0B 

CSB 

GAINTB 

CDCINTB 

MANRESB 

CSCDCB 

SHCK 

XIN 

XOUT 

CK16M 

DA11 ~ 0 

RAS1B 

RAS0B 

CASB 

DWEB 

DRMTYPE 

DRMSIZE 

HSYNC 

PDATA 

ETBSYB 

TODB 

PRRDYB 

EPRDYB 

CPRDYB 

CTBSYB 

PRINTB 

PCURESB 

LD7 ~ 0 

RS, RW, E 

LEDEN1, 2 

LED10 ~ 8 

SEN7 ~ 0 



IC19: VHiLH5116NA10 (LH5116NA-10) 

A0 8 

A5 3 

A6 2 

A7 1 

A8 23 

A9 22 

A10 19 

I/O1 

9 

I/O2 10 

I/O3 11 

I/O4 13 

I/O5 14 

I/O6 15 

I/O7 16 

I/O8 17 

CS 19 

WE 21 

OE 22 

24 13 

LH5116NA-10 

JAPAN 

8947 XXX 

1 12 

ROW 

ADDRESS 

BUFFER 

CS 

ROW 

DECODER 

DATA 

CONTROL 

MEMORY CELL 

ARRAY 

(128 x 128) 

SENSE AMP. 

COLUMN 

DECODER 

COLUMN 

ADDERESS 

BUFFER 

CS 

4 7 6 5 

A4 

A1 

A2 

A3 

24 VCC 

12 GND 

IC20, 21: VHiLH5268TH10 (LH5268) IC109: VHiBA10339F-1 (BA10339F) 

A9 24 

A8 25 

A12 2 

A7 3 

A6 4 

A5 5 

A4 6 

A3 7 

I/O1 11 

I/O2 12 

I/O3 13 

I/O4 15 

I/O5 16 

I/O6 17 

I/O7 18 

I/O8 19 

WE 27 

OE 22 

CE2 26 

CE1 20 

28 15 

1 14 

ROW 

SELECTOR 

INPUT 

DATA 

CONTROL 

MEMORY 

ARRAY 

(256 x 256) 

COLUMN I/O 

CIRCUITS 

COLUMN 

SELECT 

8 9 10 23 21 

A2 

A1 

A0 

A11 

A10 

28 VCC 

14 GND 

8 – 9 

OUT2 

OUT1 

VCC 

–IN1 

+IN1 

–IN2 

+IN2 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

14 

– 

+ 

13 

1 

– 

+ 2 

12 

11 

10 

BA10339F 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

9 

8 

PIN DESCRIPTION 

4 

3 

+ 

– 

+ 

– 

14 

OUT3 

13 OUT4 

12 GND 

11 +IN4 

10 –IN4 

9 +IN3 

8 –IN3

IC113: VHiMC74HC32F- (MC74HC32AF) 

VCC 4B 4A 4Y 3B 3A 

14 13 12 11 10 9 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

1A 1B 1Y 2A 2B 2Y 


VCC 6A 6Y 5A 5Y 4A 

14 13 12 11 10 9 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

1A 1Y 2A 2Y 3A 3Y 

3Y 

8 

7 

GND 

IC115, 118: VHiMC74HC08F- (MC74HC08AF) 

VCC 4B 4A 4Y 3B 3A 

14 13 12 11 10 9 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

1A 1B 1Y 2A 2B 2Y 

IC100: VHiNJM2904M-1 (NJM2904M) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

A 

- + 

B 

- + 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4Y 

8 

7 

GND 

3Y 

8 

7 

GND 

8 – 10 

IC110: VHiBU4053BCF1 (BU4053BCF) 

Y1 

Y0 

Z1 

Z 

Z0 

INHIBIT 

VEE 

VSS 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Y0 

Z1 

Z 

Z0 

Inhibit 

(TOP VIEW) 


Y1 

C 

Y 

X 

X1 

X0 

A 

B 

16 

15 

14 

13 

12 

11 

10 

9 

VDD 

Y 

X 

X1 

X0 

VCC 6A 6Y 5A 5Y 4A 

14 13 12 11 10 9 

1 2 3 4 5 6 

1A 1Y 2A 2Y 3A 3Y 

IC103: VHiPST591CMT1 (PST591C) 

47K 

47K 

4 3 

591C 

1 2 

DELEY 

OSC T Q 

R 

Lot No. 

A 

B 

C 

4Y 

8 

7 

GND 

3 VCC 

1 VOUT 

4 GND 


2 MANUAL 

RESET


IC1, 5: VHi27C04010Ti (27C040) 

VPP 

A16 

A15 

A12 

A7 

A6 

A5 

A4 

A3 

A2 

A1 

A0 

DQ1 

DQ2 

DQ3 

GND 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

(TOP VIEW) 

32 VCC 

31 PGM 

30 NC 

29 A14 

28 A13 

27 A8 

26 A9 

25 A11 

24 G 

23 A10 

22 E 

21 DQ8 

20 DQ7 

19 DQ6 

18 DQ5 

17 DQ4 

Pin name 

Signal 

A0~A17 Address input 

E Chip enable 

G Output enable 

GND Ground 

PGM Program 

DQ1~DQ8 Data output (Program input) 

VCC +5V power 

VPP +12.5V power(*) 

(*) Only in the program mode 

IC3, 8: VHiM5255CF70L (M5M5255CFP-70LL) 

N.C 

N.C 

A14 

A12 

A7 

A6 

A5 

A4 

A3 

A2 

A1 

A0 

I/O1 

I/O2 

I/O3 

GND 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

(TOP VIEW) 

32 

31 

30 

29 

28 

27 

26 

25 

24 

23 

22 

21 

20 

19 

18 

VCC 

A15 

CE2 

WE 

A13 

A8 

A9 

A11 

OE 

A10 

CE1 

I/O8 

I/O7 

I/O6 

I/O5 

17 I/O4 

Pin name 

A0 ~A15 

I/O1 ~ I/O8 

CE1, CE2 

WE 

OE 

VCC 

GND 

N.C 

Signal 

Address input 

Data input/output 

Chip enable1, 2 input 

Write enable input 

Output enable input 

+5V power 

Ground 

Non connection 

8 – 11 

IC105: VHiNJU4051M-1 (NJU4051BM) 

Controls 

Switches 

In/Out 

6 

11 

10 

9 

13 

14 

15 

12 

1 

5 

Inhibit 

A 

B 

C 

X0 

X1 

X2 

X3 

X4 

X5 

2 X6 

4 X7 

X 

VDD: Pin 16 

VSS: Pin 8 

VEE: Pin7 

IC114, 117: VHiMC74HC74F- (MC74HC74AF) 

VCC 

1 CLR 

2 CLR 

1D 

D 

CK 

CLR 

PR 

2D 

1CK 

Q 

Q 

2CK 

14 13 12 11 10 9 

8 

1PR 

2PR 

1Q 

D 

CK 

PR 

CLR 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

2Q 

1Q 

Q 

Q 

2Q 

GND 

15 Common 

Out/In 

INPUT 

OUTPUT 

PR R CLK D Q Q 

L H X X H Q 

H L X X L L 

L L X X H* H* 

H H 

H H L 

H H 

L L H 

H H 

X NO Change 

H:High L:Low X:H or L

IC22: VHiTLS1049/-1 (TLS1049) 

1 SEL 

2 VREF+ 

3 AVO 

4 VRLM 

5 VRHF 

6 PHCAP 

7 CLPB 

8 CLPF 

9 SHCAP 

10 VO 

11 M-EX 

12 VI 

13 VC 

14 VH 

15 AGND 

AVCC 

DVCC 

PGST 

B-/H 

GTW- 

PHIBL- 

B5 

B4 

B3 

B2 

B1 

B0 

ADCK 

PHISH- 

DGND 

30 

29 

28 

27 

26 

25 

24 

23 

22 

21 

20 

19 

18 

17 

16 


No Terminal Name Type Function 

1 SEL IN D Input pre-amp gain switching terminal. 

L: Internal, H: External 

2 VREF+ OUT A VREF upper voltage monitor terminal for AD. 

3 AVO OUT A AD input monitor terminal. 

4 VRLM IN A In the binary mode, upper voltage minimum limit setting 

terminal for AD. 

5 VRHF IN A In the halftone mode, upper voltage setting terminal for AD. 

6 PHCAP I/O A External capacitor connecting terminal for AGC. 

7 CLPB IN A DC clamp, offset canceler, and signal input. 

8 CLPF OUT A Sample hold buffer output. 

9 SHCAP I/O A For sample hold, external capacitor connecting terminal. 

10 VO OUT A Input pre-amp output 

11 M-EX IN A When setting the external gain, minus input of input pre-amp. 

12 VI IN A Video signal input. 

13 VC I/O A Internal reference voltage smoothing terminal. 

External capacitor 1μF connection. 

14 VH OUT A Voltage output for VRHF and VRLM generation. 

Terminal voltage: 3.65V 

15 AGND PS – Analog GND power supply. 

16 DGND PS – Digital GND power supply. 

17 PHISH IN D Control input for sample hold. L: Sample, H: Hold 

18 ADCK IN D Reference clock input for AD converter. 

19 B0 OUT D AD converter data output B0. LSB 

20 B1 OUT D AD converter data output B1. 




24 B5 OUT D AD converter data output B5. MSB 

25 PHIBL IN D Control input for DC clamp. L: Clamp 

26 GTW IN D Binary setting voltage switching control input for AGC. 

H: Binary minimum limit, L: AVO 

27 B/H IN D Halftone, binary setting voltage switching terminal for AGC. 

H: Halftone, L: Binary minimum limit, AVO 

28 PGST IN D External capacitor discharge control input for AGC. 

L: Discharge 

29 DVCC PS – Digital VCC power supply. 

30 AVCC PS – Analog VCC power supply. 

(Note 16) The abbreviations in the column of “Type” are as follows; IN: Input, OUT: Output, I/O: 

Input/Output, A: Analog, D: Digital, PS: Power supply pin. 

8 – 12


IC106: VHiNJU6355E-1 (NJU6355E) 

XT 2 

XT 3 

VSS 4 

VDD 8 

I/O 1 8 VDD 

XT 2 7 DATA 

XT 3 6 CLK 

VSS 4 5 CE 

OSCILLATOR 

DRIVER 

POWER VOLTAGE 

DETECTION CIRCUIT 

TIMER COUNTER 

SECOND MINUTS HOUR DATE MONTH YEAR 

SECOND MINUTS HOUR DATE MONTH YEAR 

SHIFT REGISTER 

CONTROL AND CLOCK 

COUNTER 

IC15: VHiLZ9FJ37/-1 (LZ9FJ37A) 

(1.6) 

121 

160 

120 

1 

P-0.65TYP. 160 –0.3±0.1 

LZ9FJ37A 

JAPAN 

YYWW XXX 

28.0±0.3 

31.2±0.5 

(29.6) 

0.15 M (1.6) 

81 

40 

(1.6) 

80 

28.0±0.3 

(1.6) 

1.65 

31.2±0.5 

0.1±0.1 

3.45±0.2 

0.15±0.05 

7 DATA 

1 I/O 

6 CLK 

5 CE 

PKG. BASE PLANE 

(29.6) 

8 – 13 

No. Function Description 

1 I/O 

DATA pin I/O select pin "H": Data input 

"L": Data output 

When, however, CE pin is in "L", DATA pin is in 

high impedance 

2 XT Crystal oscillator connection pin (f=32.768KHz) 

3 XT 

5 CE 

6 CLK 

7 DATA 

For the capacity of Cg and Cd, refer to the series 

composition table 

Chip enable input pin (built-in pull-down resistor), 

"H": DATA pin allows data input/output 

"L": DATA pin is in high impedance 

Clock input pin: Data are inputted or output in 

synchronization with this clock 

When, however, CE pin is in "L", DATA pin is in 

high impedance 

Serial timer data I/O pin 

8 VDD Power pin +5V 

4 VSS Power pin GND 

I/O CE DATA pin 

H H Input 

L H Output 

H L High impedance 

L L High impedance

1 Exterior, etc. (1) 


3 Operation panel unit 

4 Document guide upper unit 


6 Drive unit 

7 Scanner frame unit 

8 Housing 

9 Drive/Paper take-up unit (1) 

10 Paper take-up unit (2) 

11 Transfer unit 

PARTS GUIDE 

CONTENTS 



MODEL FO-4500 

13 2nd transport unit 

14 Cassette 

15 Packing material & Accessories 

16 Control/sub PWB unit 

17 TEL-Liu PWB unit 

18 Power supply PWB unit 

19 CCD PWB unit 

50 Hardware parts 

Index 

Because parts marked with " " is indispensable for the machine safety maintenance and operation, it must be 

replaced with the parts specific to the product specification.


72 

B14 

B14 

B14 

B10 

B9 B10 

13 

15 

36 

35 

38 

10 

33 

34 

19 

31 

30 

12 

B14 

B16 

B14 

B10 

B10 

B11 B11 

B11 

B11 

B11 

B11 

48 

24 

B12 

B11 

B5 

14 

B15 

B11 

B4 

B11 

B11 

B11 

B11 

62 

49 

26 

63 

22 

B11 

B11 B11 

37 

37 

37 

45 

43 

1 

42 

B13 

60 

59 

B13 

20 

80mm 

B11 

B11 

B11 

25 

B11 

B11 

B11 

B11 

B11 

B11 

B11 

B14 

B12 

53 

52 

54 

20 

B11 

B11 

B11 

4 

50 

51 

40 

6 B11 

23 

21 

28 

27 

55 

B9 

B14 

B14 

58 

67 

B10 

W2 

W2 

2 

B14 

SCANNER 

UNIT 

PRINTER 

UNIT 

2ND 

TRANSPORT 

UNIT 

8 

B11 

46 

61 

100mm 

66 

62 

63 

69 

70 

B9 

B11 

71 

73 


– 1 –

1 Exterior, etc.(1) 

NO. PARTS CODE 

PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

1 QACCB7125SCZZ AZ C AC cord 

2 CCNW-4557SC01 AM N C Speaker ass’y 

4 DCEKC683JSCZZ CF N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM) 

6 DCEKL374BSC01 BH N E TEL-Liu PWB unit 

8 GCABL2272SCZA AW N D Left side panel 

10 GCABR2273SCZZ AW N D Right side panel 

12 GCOVA2363SCZZ AQ N C Printer front cover 

13 GCOVA2364SCXZ AV N C Scanner cover 

14 GCOVA2367SCZA AP N C Power supply PWB cover 

15 GCOVA2371SCZZ AL N C ROM cover 

19 GMADZ2024SCZZ AF N C Hopper window 

20 LBNDJ2007SCZZ AA C Band(80mm) 

21 LHLDW1006FCZZ AA N C Mini clamp(UAMS-09-0) 

22 LHLDW2156SCZZ AC N C Edge holder 

23 LHLDW2157SCZZ AC N C Wire holder 

24 LPLTM2806SCZZ AY N C Bottom plate 

25 LPLTM2807SCZZ AT N C Left side chassis 

26 LPLTM2808SCZZ AU N C Right side chassis 

27 LPLTM2809SCZZ AX N C Top plate 

28 LPLTM2810SCZZ AG N C Printer bracket 

30 LPLTP2811SCZZ AY N C Inner tray 

31 LPLTP2812SCZB AL N C Paper setting plate 

33 MSPRC2856SCZZ AC N C Hopper spring 

34 NGERP2287SCZZ AC C Pinion gear 

35 PGIDP2454SCZZ AG N C Hopper guide, right 

36 PGIDP2455SCZZ AF N C Hopper guide, left 

37 PGUMS2135SCZZ AC N C Foot 

38 PHOP-2091SCZZ AU N C Hopper 

40 PSHEZ3303SCZZ AG N C TEL-Liu PWB sheet 

42 QCNW-4559SCZZ BA N C Printer cable 

43 QCNW-4563SCZZ AP N C Power cable 

45 RDENT2104SCZZ BT N E Power supply PWB unit 

46 LHLDW2158SCZZ AC N C Wire holder 

48 PHOG-2073SCZZ AF N C Edging 

49 LPLTM2856SCZZ AG N C Bottom plate braket, top 

50 LPLTM2854SCZZ AK N C TEL-Liu PWB bracket 

51 QCNW-4668SCZZ AC N C Earth cable 

52 LHLDW0004SCZZ AB C Clamp 

53 RCORF2064SCZZ AE B Core 

54 RCORF2094SCZZ AE B Core 

55 RCORF7009XCZZ AR B Core 

58 PSHEZ3321SCZZ AG N C Inner tray sheet 

59 PTME-2051SCLZ AE N C Cassette lock plate, left 

60 PTME-2051SCRZ AE N C Cassette lock plate, right 

61 LBNDJ2006SCZZ AA C Band(100mm) 

62 PCAPH2020SCZZ AT C Joint cap 

63 PSHEZ3237SCZZ AE C Sheet 

64 PCUSG2070SCZZ AB C Speaker cushion 

65 PCUSS2103SCZZ AC N C Left side top panel cushion 

66 PSHEZ3273SCZZ AC N C Hopper sheet 

67 PSHEZ3320SCZZ AD N C Sensor sheet 

69 PSHEZ3304SCZZ AD N C Jack sheet 

70 TLABH2231FCZZ AC D CLASS 1 label 

71 TLABH3094SCZA AC D External telephone label 

72 TLABH3841SCZZ AD D Warning label 

73 TLABM3424SCZZ AC D Mercury label 

– 2 – 

DESCRIPTION 





14 

2 

B10 

10 

B10 

13 

B8 

1 

B10 

13 

B8 

3 

12 

– 3 – 

B10 

B10 

4 

4 

4 

11 

B17 

8 

7 

5 

B17 

4 

B10 

6 

3 

B10 

7 

B17 

9 

2 

1 

5

2 Exterior, etc.(2) 


PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

1 CCASP2083SC55 BM N E Operation panel unit 

2 PGIDP2459SCZZ AS N C Document guide lower 

3 PGLS-2057SCZA AF N C Reader glass 

4 PSHEZ3254SCZZ AC N C Dustproof sheet 

5 LBNDJ2007SCZZ AA C Band 

7 PSHEZ3236SCZZ AE C Sheet 



PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

1 DCEKP496ASC01 BC N E Operation panel PWB unit 

2 GCASP2083SCYC AT N D Panel case 

3 HPNLC2370SCZZ AK N C Decoration panel 

4 JBTN-2184SCZZ AK N C 12 key 

5 JBTN-2185SCZZ AH N C Direct key 

6 JBTN-2186SCZZ AE N C Start key 

7 JBTN-2187SCZZ AE N C Stop key 

8 JBTN-2188SCZZ AE N C Mode key 

9 JBTN-2189SCZZ AE N C Change key 

10 LPLTP2823SCZZ AF N C Page plate 

11 QCNW-4554SCZZ AU N C Panel cable 

12 VVLLMG2025TPR BA N B LCD 

13 PCUSS2097SCZZ AC N C LCD cushion 

14 PSHEZ3270SCZZ 

(Unit) 

AC N C Panel sheet 

901 CCASP2083SC55 BM N E Operation panel unit 

– 4 – 

DESCRIPTION 

DESCRIPTION 





6 Drive unit 

12 

1 

5 

B12 

20 

9 

12 

16 

21 

B6 

14 

6 

B8 

5 

6 

7 

8 

18 

3 

1 

7 

B3 

B7 

10 

15 

B12 

4 

8 

B7 

7 

B3 

11 

B7 

20 

10 13 

1 

– 5 – 

17 

12 

B2 

3 

3 

21 

9 

B12 

1 

2 

2 

13 

8 

10 

8 

4 

6 

5 

4 

2 

B12 

19



PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

1 LBSHP2067SCZZ AC C Bearing 

2 LPLTG2820SCZZ AH N C Separator rubber 

3 LPLTM2822SCZZ AF N C Reinforcement bracket 

4 LPLTP2819SCZZ AD N C Separator plate 

5 LPLTP2821SCZZ AD N C Transfer plate 

6 MLEVP2230SCZZ AG N C Release lever 

7 MSPRC2843SCZZ AC N C Release lever spring 

8 MSPRC2844SCZZ AA N C Separate spring 

9 MSPRC2845SCZZ AC N C Paper feed pressure spring 

10 MSPRC2867SCZZ AB N C Pinch roller spring 

11 MSPRP2846SCZZ AD N C Earth plate spring 4 

12 NGERH2327SCZZ AC N C Transfer roller gear 

13 NROLP2300XHZZ AC C Pinch roller 

14 NROLR2336SCZZ AM N C Transfer roller 

15 NSFTZ2263SCZZ AD N C Pinch roller shaft 

16 PBRS-2047SCZZ AG N C Electro-static discharger brush 

17 PGIDP2456SCZZ AT N C Document guide upper 

18 PSHEZ3205SCZZ AD N C Rear sheet 

19 PSHEZ3249SCZZ AC N C Separator sheet 

20 QCNW-4560SCZZ AD N C Electro-static discharger cable 

21 LBNDJ2007SCZZ AA C Band 



PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

1 DCEKD495ASC01 AZ N E CCD PWB unit 

2 LANGH2803SCZZ AF N C Lens holder plate 

3 LHLDP2155SCZZ AG N C Lens holder 

4 LPLTP2832SCZA AF N C Mirror hold plate, left 

5 LPLTP2833SCZA AF N C Mirror hold plate, right 

6 MSPRP2842SCZZ AC N C Lens holding spring 

7 PLNS-2050SCZZ AY N C Lens 

8 PMIR-2073SCZZ AL N C Mirror 

9 PSHEZ3204SCZZ AC N C Shading sheet 

10 QCNW-4555SCZZ AL N C CCD cable 

12 PSHEZ3263SCZZ AC N C Mirror lock sheet 

13 RCORF2063SCZZ 

(Unit) 

AE B Core 

901 DCYOD495ASC01 BN N E Optical unit 

6 Drive unit 


PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

1 LPLTM2834SCZZ AQ N C Motor plate 

2 NGERH2239SCZZ AC C Reduction gear(14/50) 

3 NGERH2324SCZZ AD N C Idler gear 70 

4 NGERH2326SCZZ AD N C Idler gear 45 

5 NGERH2330SCZZ AE N C Slowdown gear 

6 QCNW-4560SCZZ AD N C Electro-static discharger cable 

7 QCNW-4668SCZZ AC N C Earth cable 

8 RMOTZ2124SCZZ BF N B Transfer motor 

– 6 – 

DESCRIPTION 

DESCRIPTION 

DESCRIPTION 




8 Housing unit 

9 

24 

13 

2 

B11 

11 

B8 

4 

3 

26 

7 

4 

B8 

22 

34 

10 

B8 

B8 

6 

14 

30 

35 

5 

23 

3 

21 

5 

26 

18 

– 7 – 

21 

33 

B8 

22 

22 

5 

31 

B8 

22 

5 

W1 

20 23 

1 

5 

B8 

16 12 

19 

19 

6 

8 

11 

17 

W4 W3 

5 

15 

31 

29 

22 

17



PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

1 CBSHP2079SC01 AK N C Paper feed clutch unit 

2 CROLP2300SC01 AF N C Pinch roller 

3 CSW-M2222SC01 AE B Transfer sensor ass’y 

4 LBSHC2084SCZZ AC N C Bushing 

5 LBSHP2066SCZZ AC C Bearing 

6 LFRM-2167SCZZ AW N C Scanner frame 

7 LPLTM2813SCZZ AK N C Scanner frame bracket, front 

8 LPLTM2814SCZZ AK N C Scanner frame bracket, rear 

9 MSPRP2838SCZZ AC N C Earth plate spring 1 



12 MSPRP2841SCZZ AC N C Stopper spring 

13 MSPRP2850SCZZ AD N C Pinch roller spring 2 

14 NGERH2177SCZZ AC C Transfer gear 1 

15 NGERH2319SCZZ AC N C ADF transfer gear 

16 NGERH2320SCZZ AD N C Transfer idler gear 

17 NGERH2322SCZZ AC N C ADF paper feed gear 

18 NGERH2323SCZZ AD N C Paper feed gear 

19 NROLR2337SCZZ AH N C Transfer roller 

20 NROLR2338SCZZ AK N C Paper feed roller 

21 NROLR2339SCZZ AM N C Transfer roller 1 

22 NSFTZ2260SCZZ AG N C Paper feed roller shaft 1 

23 NSFTZ2261SCZZ AH N C Paper feed roller shaft 2 

24 NSFTZ2262SCZZ AE N C Pinch roller shaft 

26 PSHEZ3208SCZZ AC N C Dustproof sheet 

29 QCNW-4562SCZZ AK N C Document/Front sensor cable 

30 QCNW-4612SCZZ AE N C Transfer sensor cable 

31 QSW-Z2236SCZZ AE N B Front sensor 

33 QSW-Z2237SCZZ AE N B Document sensor 

34 VHPSNL17A36-1 BA B LED 

35 PCUSU2101SCZZ AC N C Scanner frame cushion 

8 Housing 

DESCRIPTION 



PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

3 0KW0992180302 AQ N C Duct 

4 0KW0997610201 BC B Fan motor [M3] 

5 0KW0992231002 AG N C Cover 

6 0KW0992230413 AG N C Cover 

11 0KW0992180126 BH N C Top cover 

17 0KW0992100601 AF N C Actuator 

19 0KW0992180401 AL N C Lock lever 

21 0KW0992180501 AF N C Torsion spring 

22 0KW9739030813 AB C Screw 

23 0KW0992180701 AE N C Sheet 

– 8 –


9 Drive/Paper take-up unit (1) 

72 

29 

66 

13 

15 

76 

71 

17 

73 

18 

19 

16 

74 

71 

27 

28 

20 

30 

23 

74 

26 25 

70 

10 

21 

9 

22 

75 

21 

35 

33 

32 34 

31 

57 

24 

75 

8 

70 

58 

39 

7 

20 76 

36 

38 

– 9 – 

67 76 

75 

5 

37 

40 

62 62 

4 

63 

55 

42 

60 

61 

70 

3 

64 

54 

44 

41 

43 

37 

71 

52 

53 

46 

47 

72 

2 

70 

48 

72 

1 

65 

51 

49 

72 

68 

75 

70 

78

9 Drive/Paper take-up unit(1) 



PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

1 0KW0992230712 AP N C Bracket 

2 0KW0992011903 CA N E Printer control PWB [PWB-A] 

3 0KW0992200512 AQ N C Right frame 

4 0KW0992200117 BG N D Base 

5 0KW0992202301 AD N C Ground plate 

7 0KW0992232012 AD N C Plate nut 

8 0KW0992280102 AX N C Frame 


10 0KW0992280201 AQ N C Rear frame 

13 0KW0992230514 AF N C Bracket, switch 

15 0KW0992301012 AG N C Gear 40T 

16 0KW0992301901 AF N C Clutch spring 

17 0KW0992301502 AD N C Holder 

18 0KW0992230825 AH N C Cover 

19 0KW0992300802 AF N C Cam 

20 0KW0992300901 AD N C Bushing 

21 0KW0992304001 AC N C Pin 

22 0KW0992302902 AM N C Shaft 

23 0KW0992231314 AF N C Frame 

24 0KW0992300124 AQ C Roller, Take-up 

25 0KW0992250301 AG N C Gear 50T 

26 0KW0992250401 AG N C Gear 22/45T 

27 0KW0992250213 AH N C Gear 25/72T 

28 0KW0992250512 AH N C Gear 29/65T 

29 0KW0992200412 AL N C Left frame 

30 0KW0992203401 AQ N C Heat-sink 

31 0KW0992610401 BF B Motor [M1] 

32 0KW0992250102 AL N C Gear 44/109T 

33 0KW0992250701 AG N C Gear 22/57T 

34 0KW0992251401 AF N C Gear 29T 

35 0KW0992250601 AF N C Gear 20/41T 

36 0KW9335141031 BA B Photo interrupter [PC1] 


38 0KW0992301102 AD N C Gear 16T 

39 0KW0992621213 AV B Solenoid [SL1] 


41 0KW0992350205 AN N C Holder 

42 0KW0992301804 AD N C Torsion spring 

43 0KW0992300601 AD N C Roll 

44 0KW0992303505 AF N C Holder, Roll 

46 0KW0992304101 AC N C Pressure spring 

47 0KW0992075101 BB C Separator, Take-up 

48 0KW0992302202 AF N C Stopper 

49 0KW0992350102 AR N C Guide 

51 0KW0992410112 AP N C Guide 

52 0KW0992300202 AR C Roller, Transport 

53 0KW1200123602 AC N C Washer 

54 0KW0992302112 AF N C Actuator 

55 0KW0992605202 AL N C Harness 

57 0KW0992203301 AC N C Edge cover 

58 0KW9383251011 AD N C Connector 

60 0KW0992305201 AC N C Washer 

61 0KW0992231101 AC N C Shoulder screw 

62 0KW0956202701 AF C Rubber foot 

63 0KW0992203801 AD N C Seal 

64 0KW0992242301 AF N D Label 

65 0KW0992281201 AH N C Mounting plate 

66 0KW0992280301 AF N C Grommet 

67 0KW0992012102 AX B Microswitch ass’y [S2] 

68 0KW0992606801 AQ N C Harness 

70 0KW9742030813 AB N C Screw 

71 0KW9735030613 AB C Screw 

72 0KW9739030813 AB C Screw 

73 0KW9646030813 AB N C Screw 

74 0KW9770030813 AC N C Screw 

75 0KW9735030813 AC N C Screw 

76 0KW9733031413 AB N C Screw 

77 0KW9721040001 AB N C Washer 

78 0KW0992280401 AE N C Wiring saddle 

– 10 –


10 Paper take-up unit (2) 

48 

47 


22 

37 

13 

23 

38 

10 

7 

21 

4 

7 

14 

54 

10 

8 

9 

6 

5 

10 

6 

11 

12 

15 

44 20 

5 

6 

8 

5 

49 

18 

54 

17 

4 

50 

16 

46 

33 

4 

24 10 

51 27 

31 29 

11 

12 

13 

9 

– 11 – 

10 

57 

3 

19 

14 

56 

2 

55 32 

30 

21 22 

3 

23 

23 

16 

25 

1 

2 

41 

1 

17 

56 

15 

28 

23 

18 

58 

42 

54 

57 

53 

20 

25 

24 

24 

19

10 Paper take-up unit(2) 


PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

1 0KW0992053901 CA N E Print head unit 

2 0KW0992200701 AD N C Terminal 

3 0KW0992200603 AF N C Terminal 


5 0KW0992605601 AN N C Harness 

6 0KW0997621204 BV E High voltage PWB unit(with IC) [PWB-F] 

7 0KW0992044301 AS N C Cover 


9 0KW0992201902 AF N C Guide 

11 0KW0992202014 AD N C Guide 

12 0KW0992202101 AC N C Bracket, Print head 

13 0KW0992241302 AF N C Plate spring 

14 0KW0992241202 AF N C Plate spring 

15 0KW0992305036 AD N C Plate spring 

16 0KW0992304513 AD N C Holder, Roll 

17 0KW0992300601 AD N C Roll 

18 0KW0992320701 AF N C Sheet 

19 0KW0992605501 AU N C Harness 

20 0KW0992320102 AG N C Guide plate 

21 0KW0992300701 AD N C Support 

22 0KW0992301603 AD N C Pressure spring 

23 0KW0992302401 AN N C Holder 


27 0KW0992300301 AF N C Lever 

28 0KW0992310401 AL N C Cover 

29 0KW0992075201 AZ N C Lifting plate 

30 0KW0992302501 AD N C Cam 


32 0KW0992202202 AF N C Ground plate 

33 0KW0992231101 AC N C Shoulder screw 

37 0KW9384131111 AC N C Cable tie 104L 

38 0KW0992606101 AN N C Harness 

41 0KW0992305301 AC N C Plate 

42 0KW0992305501 AG N C Sponge 

44 0KW0992320801 AC N C Polyester film 

46 0KW0910362001 AC N C C-Ring 

47 0KW0997605201 AM N C Harness 

48 0KW0997630101 AN B Photo interrupter 

49 0KW0997231203 AH N C Holder 

50 0KW0957010101 AZ E Laser diode drive PWB [PWB-G] 

51 0KW0997605101 AL N C Harness 

53 0KW0992380301 AF N C Sheet 

54 0KW9739030813 AB C Screw 

55 0KW9735030813 AC N C Screw 

56 0KW9735030613 AB C Screw 

57 0KW9742030813 AB N C Screw 

58 0KW9735031213 AB C Screw 




PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

1 0KW0992381501 AL N C Ground plate 

2 0KW0992010224 AV E Resistor PWB(NO IC) [PWB-R] 


4 0KW0957321501 AE C Bushing 

5 0KW0992370901 AD N C Holder 

6 0KW0992370701 AD N C Roll 

7 0KW0957320801 AF C Gear 15T 

8 0KW0992382013 AV N C Roller 

9 0KW0992075901 BA N C Holder 


11 0KW0992421001 AH N C Ring 

12 0KW0992420601 AG N C Gear 21T 

13 0KW0992039101 BQ E Transfer unit 

14 0KW0992420512 AG N C Bushing 

15 0KW0992420301 AS N C Guide plate 

16 0KW0992420101 BL C Roller 

17 0KW0992421301 AG N C Plate 


19 0KW0992420412 AH N C Bushing 

20 0KW0992420812 AC N C Torsion spring 

21 0KW0992380101 AF N C Gear 20T 

22 0KW0992380202 AH N C Holder 

23 0KW9739030813 AB C Screw 

24 0KW9739030613 AB N C Screw 

25 0KW9742030813 AB N C Screw 

– 12 –




3 

2 

4 

41 

5 

2 

6 

8 

7 

40 

44 12 

10 

9 

39 

41 

11 

37 

13 

38 

33 

20 

21 

16 

22 

41 42 41 

42 

23 

19 

17 

15 

33 

36 

34 

33 

35 

18 

41 

14 

27 

28 

42 

29 41 

19 23 


PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

2 0KW0992101703 AC N C Pin 

3 0KW0992180226 AY N C Cover 

4 0KW0992255202 AF N C Holder 


6 0KW0992255001 AF N C Arm 

7 0KW0992250813 AG N C Gear 20/50T 

8 0KW0992250901 AF N C Gear 44T 


10 0KW0992251212 AF N C Lever 

11 0KW0992251112 AD N C Gear 22T 

12 0KW0992251001 AN N C Gear 21/38T 

13 0KW0992048303 CD N E Fusing unit 

14 0KW0992401503 AH N C Guide 

15 0KW0972553101 AE C C-Ring 

16 0KW0992551201 AL N C Gear 30T 

17 0KW0992552101 AH N C Bushing 

18 0KW0992553103 AF N C Frame-LFT 




22 0KW0992563401 AD N C Bracket 

23 0KW0957551101 AK N C Bushing 

24 0KW0992554001 BF C Fusing roller-UPR 

25 0KW0992554101 BR C Fusing roller-LWR 

26 0KW0992671501 AZ B Thermistor [TH1] 

27 0KW0992562601 AN N C Terminal 

28 0KW0992671301 BB B Thermostat [S3] 

29 0KW0992562501 AQ N C Terminal 

30 0KW0992553201 AD N C Frame-RT 

31 0KW0992650601 BF N B Tube lamp [H1] 

32 0KW0992580602 BT N C Holder 

33 0KW0992553303 AH N C Separator 

34 0KW0957552702 AF C Separator roll 

35 0KW0992370601 AF N C Gear 40T 

36 0KW0992551801 AD N C Actuator 


38 0KW9335141031 BA B Photo interrupter [PC3] 

39 0KW0992605301 AG N C Harness 

40 0KW0992731301 AD N D Label 

41 0KW9739030813 AB C Screw 

42 0KW9646030613 AB C Screw 

43 0KW9733031013 AB C Screw 

44 0KW0992180601 AE N C Sheet 

45 0KW0992554501 AU N C Bushing 

– 13 – 

26 

43 

24 

32 

25 

41 

41 

30 

45 

31 

15

13 2nd transport unit 

35 

3 

36 

23 

1 

2 

40 

37 

13 2nd Transport unit 

2 

20 

21 

22 

4 

37 

41 

6 6 

24 

5 

37 

25 

38 

7 

9 

13 

45 11 

8 

27 

42 

34 

40 

13 

44 

33 

37 

7 

10 

13 

12 

40 39 

19 

14 

16 

17 

40 

15 36 39 

37 

18 

37 

40 

39 

26 

26 40 

40 28 

29 

26 

40 

13 

27 

40 

37 

31 

43 

30 

43 


PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

1 0KW4150181301 AG N C Plate spring 

2 0KW0933384002 AF N C Roll 

3 0KW0933382612 AH N C Shaft 

4 0KW4150180201 AX N C Guide 

5 0KW4150180103 AU N C Guide 

6 0KW4150184501 AD N C Sheet 

7 0KW4150184601 AD N C Sheet 

9 0KW4150180901 AP N C Pin 

11 0KW4150182001 AV N C Roller 

12 0KW0928300602 AG N C Gear 14T 


14 0KW4150183201 AF N C Boss 

15 0KW0928301902 AL N C Clutch spring 

16 0KW4150183101 AG N C Holder 

17 0KW4150183301 AF N C Gear 18T 

18 0KW4150620101 BT B Solenoid 

19 0KW4150102902 AH N C Gear 13/45T 

20 0KW0957251103 AG N C Gear 41T 

23 0KW4150020201 AX N C Mounting plate 

26 0KW0992304001 AC N C Pin 

27 0KW4150104301 AR C Roller 

28 0KW4150181901 AP N C Shaft 

29 0KW4150183602 AH N C Actuator 

30 0KW4150181703 AN N C Plate spring 

31 0KW4150182201 AL N C Cover 

32 0KW4150010103 BS N E 2nd bin PWB [PWB-B] 

33 0KW4150181001 AP N C Pin 

34 0KW4150180303 AY N C Frame 

35 0KW9742030813 AB N C Screw 

36 0KW9742031013 AB N C Screw 

37 0KW9743030813 AB N C Screw 

38 0KW9770030613 AC N C Screw 

39 0KW9646040813 AC N C Screw 

40 0KW9721040001 AB N C Washer 

41 0KW4150184701 AF N C Sheet 

42 0KW9384131091 AC N C Clamp 

43 0KW4150185001 AD N C Sheet 

44 0KW4150184901 AF N C Spacer 

45 0KW4150184801 AF N C Spacer 

– 14 – 

32 

37 



14 Cassette 

14 Cassette 

14 

15 

9 

17 

8 

20 

22 


PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

1 0KW4150180714 BC N C Lifting plate 

2 0KW4150180812 AE N C Pad 

4 0KW4150182402 AL N C Pressure spring 

5 0KW0933392201 AN N C Separator 

6 0KW0933390202 AT N C Regulating plate 

7 0KW4150182518 BL N C Cassette body 

8 0KW4150181502 AN N C Guide 

9 0KW4150182602 AF N C Guide cushion 

10 0KW0933390302 AT N C Regulating plate 

11 0KW0933392301 AN N C Separator 

12 0KW4150182712 AK N C Guide 

13 0KW4150731312 AF N D Label 

14 0KW9739030813 AB C Screw 

15 LX-BZ0175FCZZ AB C Screw 

16 MLEVP2242SCRZ AF N C Cassette lock lever, right 

17 MLEVP2242SCLZ AF N C Cassette lock lever, left 

18 0KW4150186601 AF N C Plate nut 

19 MSPRC2888SCZZ AC N C Lever rturn spring, right 

20 MSPRC2889SCZZ AD N C Lever rturn spring, left 

21 TLABH4198SCZZ AD N D Lever label 

22 0KW4150182801 AE N C Guide 

23 0KW4150185101 AD N C Spacer 

24 0KW4150187501 AL N C Lever 

5 

14 

18 

6 

1 

– 15 – 

4 

13 

4 

21 

18 

12 

24 

19 

2 

14 

16 

7 

15 

DESCRIPTION 

23 

2 

10 

11


Toner 

cartridge 


6 

11 

12 

5 23 

25 

15 

21 

Drum 

cartridge 

Tape 

21 

20 

AC cord 

1 

32 

18 


PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

1 TCADZ2139SCZZ AE D Explanation card 

2 TLABP4196SCZZ AD N D Paper size label 

3 TLABZ3935SCZZ AE N D Rapid key labels 

4 TINSE3776SCZZ BR N D Operation manual 

5 SPAKP4946SCZZ AP N D Vinyl cover 

6 CPAKA4863SC01 AZ N D Packing case, bottom ass’y 

11 CPLTP2803SC01 AU N C Document tray ass’y 

12 CPLTP2805SC01 AQ N C Paper tray ass’y 

15 SPAKA4861SCZZ AQ N D Packing add., top, right 

16 SPAKA4944SCZZ AR N D Packing add., top, left 

18 QCNW-4494SCBK AF C Telephone line cord 

20 SPAKC139ASCZZ AW N D Packing case, top 

21 SPAKA4996SCZZ AC N D Printer sheet 

23 SPAKA006ASCZZ AC N C Sheet 

25 SPAKA235ASCZZ AP N D Cassette pad 

30 CCADZ2332SC01 AG D Mercury registration card ass’y 

31 TCADZ2311SCZZ AE D Directory card 

32 QCNW-4266SCZZ AP N C UK jack cable 

– 16 – 

30 

16 

SHARP 

2 

3 

31 

Carrier 

sheet 

(Letter) 

4 

DESCRIPTION 



16 Control PWB unit 


PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

1 UBAT-A005PRE0 AN N B Battery [BAT1] 

2 VCEAEA1CW106M AC C Capacitor(16WV 10μF) [C2] 

3 VCEAEA1EW226M AA C Capacitor(25WV 22μF) [C3] 

4 VCEAEA1HW476M AC C Capacitor(50WV 47μF) [C5] 

5 VCEAEA1HW476M AC C Capacitor(50WV 47μF) [C6] 

6 VCEAEA1CW106M AC C Capacitor(16WV 10μF) [C7] 

7 VCEAEA1HW105M AC C Capacitor(50WV 1.0μF) [C8] 

8 VCEAEA1EW475M AA C Capacitor(25WV 4.7μF) [C9] 

9 VCEAEA1CW336M AB C Capacitor(16WV 33μF) [C10] 





14 VCEAEA1EW476M AB C Capacitor(25WV 47μF) [C15] 



17 VCKYTV1CF105Z AB C Capacitor(16WV 1.0μF) [C100] 

18 VCCSTV1HL102J AA C Capacitor(50WV 1000PF) [C101] 

19 VCKYTV1EF104Z AA C Capacitor(25WV 0.10μF) [C102] 








27 VCKYTV1EB104K AA C Capacitor(25WV 0.10μF) [C110] 










37 VCCCTV1HH100D AA C Capacitor(50WV 10PF) [C121] 

38 VCKYTV1HB222K AA C Capacitor(50WV 2200PF) [C122] 
















54 VCKYTV1HF104Z AA C Capacitor(50WV 0.1μF) [C142] 


56 VCCCTV1HH101J AA C Capacitor(50WV 100PF) [C144] 

























– 17 –




PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 





























109 VCCCTV1HH6R0C AB C Capacitor(50WV 6.0PF) [C204] 






































148 VCKYTV1HB103K AB C Capacitor(50WV 0.01μF) [C267] 



155 QCNCM7014SC0H AB C Connector(8pin) [CNCCD] 

156 QCNCM2401SC0B AA C Connector(2pin) [CNLED] 

157 QCNCW2436SC2F AG C Connector(26pin) [CNLIU] 

158 QCNCM2525SC5J AK N C Connector(50PIN) [CNOP] 

159 QCNCM2482SC2D AB C Connector(24pin) [CNPN] 

160 QCNCM2524SC3B AP N C Connector(32PIN) [CNPRT] 

161 QCNCM7014SC1B AD C Connector(12pin) [CNPW] 

162 QCNCM2442SC0B AB C Connector(2pin) [CNROL] 

163 QCNCM2482SC1H AE C Connector(18pin) [CNRS] 

164 QCNCM7014SC0F AB C Connector(6pin) [CNSEN] 

165 QCNCM7014SC0B AD C Connector(2pin) [CNSTP] 

– 18 –




PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

166 QCNCM7014SC0D AB C Connector(4pin) [CNTXM] 

167 VHD1SS355//-1 AB B Diode(1SS355) [D100] 


169 VHDDAP202U/-1 AB B Diode(DAP202U) [D103] 

170 VHDRB411D//-1 AD N B Diode(RB411D) [D104] 



























197 VHVCCP2E30/-1 AE N B IC protector(CCP2E30) [F1] 



QSOCZ2051SC32 

200 

VHI27040FBG1J 

AC 

BH 

C 

B 

IC socket(32pin) 

IC, EPROM(4MB) 

[IC1] 

[IC1] 

202 VHIM5255CF70L AW B IC(M5M5255CFP-70LL) [IC3] 

203 VHIR144AFXL/1 BM B IC(R144EFXL) [IC4] 

QSOCZ2051SC32 

204 

VHI27040FBG0F 

AC 

BH 

C 

B 

IC socket(32pin) 

IC, EPROM(4MB) 

[IC5] 

[IC5] 

206 VHILH28F80S10 BH N B IC(LH28F800SUT) [IC6] 

207 VHI4M16SOJ-70 BG N B IC(514260-70J) [IC7] 

208 VHIM5255CF70L AW B IC(M5M5255CFP-70LL) [IC8] 

209 VHI4M8SOJ-70/ BB N B IC(514800-70J) [IC9] 

210 VHI4M16SOJ-70 BG N B IC(514260-70J) [IC10] 

211 VHI4M8SOJ-70/ BB N B IC(514800-70J) [IC11] 

212 VHIH647702120 BS N B IC(HD6477021) [IC12] 

213 VHIPBL3717/-2 AL B IC(PBL3717/2) [IC13] 

214 VHIHD813201F1 BE N B IC(HD813201F) [IC14] 

215 VHILZ9FJ37/-1 AY N B IC(LZ9FJ37A) [IC15] 

216 VHILR38292/-1 AY N B IC(LR38292) [IC16] 

217 VHIPBL3717/-2 AL B IC(PBL3717/2) [IC17] 

218 VHILH5116NA10 AL B IC(LH5116NA-10) [IC19] 

219 VHILH5268TH10 AR B IC(LH5268) [IC20] 

220 VHILH5268TH10 AR B IC(LH5268) [IC21] 

221 VHITLS1049/-1 AV B IC(TLS1049) [IC22] 

222 VHINJM2904M-1 AE B IC(NJM2904M) [IC100] 

223 VHINJM4558MF- AC B IC(NJM4558M) [IC101] 

224 VHIMC74HC14F- AD B IC(MC74HC14AF) [IC102] 

225 VHIPST591CMT1 AE B IC(PST591C) [IC103] 

226 VHISN74LS244NR AG B IC(SN74LS244) [IC104] 

227 VHINJU4051M-1 AG B IC(NJU4051BM) [IC105] 

228 VHINJU6355E-1 AM B IC(NJU6355M) [IC106] 

229 VHISN74LS374NR AF B IC(SN74LS374) [IC107] 

230 VHIBA10339F-1 AD B IC(BA10339F) [IC109] 

231 VHIBU4053BCF1 AE B IC(BU4053BCF) [IC110] 

232 VHIN78L05UA-1 AK N B IC(NJU78L05UA) [IC111] 

233 VHIMC74HC04F- AC B IC(MC74HC04AF) [IC112] 




237 VHIMC74HC157F AD B IC(MC74HC157AF) [IC116] 



240 VRS-TQ2BB000J AA C Resistor(1/8W 0Ω ±5%) [L100] 



243 VRS-TV2AB330J AD C Resistor(1/10W 33Ω ±5%) [L105] 

244 VRS-TV2AB000J AA C Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%) [L106] 


– 19 –




PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 














259 RCILZ2104SCZZ AK C Coil(Z2104) [L124] 

260 RCILZ2104SCZZ AK C Coil(Z2104) [L125] 

261 VS2SD1164//-1 AE B Transistor(2SD1164) [Q1] 

262 VSDTA114EK/-1 AB B Transistor(DTA114EK) [Q100] 

263 VSDTA114EK/-1 AB B Transistor(DTA114EK) [Q101] 

264 VS2SC2413KP-1 AC B Transistor(2SC2413K) [Q102] 

265 VSDTC114EK/-1 AB B Transistor(DTC114EK) [Q103] 

266 VS2SD1664Q/-1 AD N B Transistor(2SD1664Q) [Q105] 

267 VRS-HT2HAR47J AB N C Resistor(1/2W 0.47Ω ±5%) [R1] 

268 VRS-HT2HAR47J AB N C Resistor(1/2W 0.47Ω ±5%) [R3] 

269 VRD-HT2HY910J AA C Resistor(1/2W 91Ω ±5%) [R6] 

270 VRS-TV2AB100J AD C Resistor(1/10W 10Ω ±5%) [R100] 








278 VRS-TV2AB103J AA C Resistor(1/10W 10KΩ ±5%) [R108] 



281 VRSTS2AD8662F AA C Resistor(1/10W 86.6KΩ ±1%) [R111] 






287 VRS-TV2AB000J AA C Resistor(1/10W 0Ω ±5%) [R117] 



290 VRS-TV2AB151J AA N C Resistor(1/10W 150Ω ±5%) [R123] 




296 VRS-TV2AB333J AD C Resistor(1/10W 33KΩ ±5%) [R129] 




300 VRSTS2AD1183F AA C Resistor(1/10W 118KΩ ±1%) [R133] 



303 VRS-TV2AB302J AA C Resistor(1/10W 3.0KΩ ±5%) [R136] 










313 RCORF2091SCZZ AD N C Coil [R147] 















– 20 –




PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

















































































– 21 –




PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 





















428 VRS-TV2AB105J AA C Resistor(1/10W 1.0MΩ ±5%) [R283] 







435 VRS-TV2AB163J AA N C Resistor(1/10W 16KΩ ±5%) [R294] 





















456 VRS-TV2AB392J AD C Resistor(1/10W 3.9KΩ ±5%) [R336] 


458 VRS-TQ2BB561J AA N C Resistor(1/8W 560Ω ±5%) [R338] 


460 VRS-TQ2BB000J AA C Resistor(1/8W 0Ω ±5%) [R341] 

461 RCORF2091SCZZ AD N C Coil [R347] 















476 VRS-TQ2BB200J AA N C Resistor(1/8W 20Ω ±5%) [R370] 











487 VRS-TV2AB513J AA N C Resistor(1/10W 51KΩ ±5%) [R383] 

– 22 –




PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 




491 RCRSQ2109SCZZ AL N B Crystal(38.00053MHz) [X1] 

492 RCRSQ1005LCZZ AE N B Crystal(19.6608MHz) [X3] 

493 RCRSZ7008SCZZ AD B Crystal(16MHz) [X4] 

494 RCRSQ2110SCZZ AG N B Crystal(22.24044MHz) [X5] 

495 RCRSP0074AFZZ AE B Crystal(32.768kHz) [X6] 

496 TLABP3078SCZZ 

(Unit) 

AA D Shading label(for EP-ROM) 

901 DCEKC683JSCZZ CF N E Control PWB unit(Within ROM) 



PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

1 VHVRA501PV6-1 AE B Varistor [AR1] 

2 VHVRA501PV6-1 AE B Varistor [AR2] 

3 QTANZ2042SCZZ AB C Terminal [ARG] 

4 VCEAGA1HW475M AA C Capacitor(50WV 4.7μF) [C1] 

5 VCEAGA1HW105M AB C Capacitor(50WV 1.0μF) [C2] 

6 VCEAGA1CW107M AC C Capacitor(16WV 100μF) [C3] 

7 VCEAGA1EW476M AA C Capacitor(25WV 47μF) [C4] 



10 VCEAGA1HW474M AB C Capacitor(50WV 0.47μF) [C7] 

11 VCEAGA1HW225M AA C Capacitor(50WV 2.2μF) [C8] 

12 RC-FZ2012SCZZ AE C Capacitor(250WV 1.8μF) [C10] 

13 VCEAGA1HW106M AA C Capacitor(50WV 10μF) [C11] 





18 VCKYTV1HB333K AA C Capacitor(50WV 0.033μF) [C104] 


20 VCKYTV1HB103K AB C Capacitor(50WV 0.010μF) [C106] 

21 VCKYTQ1HB104K AB C Capacitor(50WV 0.10μF) [C108] 







28 RRLYZ3411SCZZ AR B Relay [CML] 

29 QCNCM2456SC2F AG C Connector(26pin) [CNLIU] 

30 QCNCM688BAFZZ AC N C Connector(2pin) [CNSP] 

31 VHD1SS82///-1 AB B Diode(1SS82) [D1] 



34 VHITHS65//-1A AF B IC(THS-65) [IC1] 

35 VHINJM2113M-1 AG B IC(NJM2113M) [IC101] 

36 VHIBU4066BCF1 AD B IC(BU4066BCF) [IC102] 



39 RFILN2011SCZZ AC C Coil(SBT-0260) [L1] 























– 23 –



PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 


63 QJAKZ2060SC0D AE C Jack [MJ1] 

64 QJAKZ2060SC0D AE C Jack [MJ2] 

65 VHPTLP627//-1 AH B Photo coupler(TLP627) [PC1] 

66 VHPTLP521-1BL AE B Photo coupler(TLP521) [PC2] 

67 VHPTLP627//-1 AH B Photo coupler(TLP627) [PC3] 

68 VHPTLP521-1BL AE B Photo coupler(TLP521) [PC4] 

69 VSBS108////-1 AE B FET(BS108) [Q2] 

70 VS2SC2412KR-1 AD B Transistor(2SC2412K) [Q101] 













83 VRS-HT3DA470J AA C Resistor(2W 47Ω ±5%) [R4] 

84 VRS-HT3AA103J AA C Resistor(1W 10KΩ ±5%) [R5] 

85 VRS-HT3AA101J AA C Resistor(1W 100Ω ±5%) [R7] 































116 RH-DX2007SCZZ AC B Bridge diode(S1ZB60) [REC1] 

117 RTRNI2142SCZZ AN B Transformer [T2] 

118 VHVTN07G101-1 AB B Varistor(TNR7G101KT2) [VA1] 

119 VHEMTZJ300B-1 AA B Zener diode(MTZJ30B) [ZD1] 

120 VHEMTZJ390C-1 AA B Zener diode(MTZJ39C) [ZD2] 

121 VHEMTZ6R8B/-1 AB B Zener diode(MTZ6.8B) [ZD3] 

122 VHEHZ3B1///-1 AB B Zener diode(HZ3B1-TA) [ZD4] 




126 VHEHZ3B1///-1 AB B Zener diode(HZ3B1-TA) [Z10] 

127 VHEHZ3B1///-1 

(Unit) 

AB B Zener diode(HZ3B1-TA) [Z11] 

901 DCEKL374BSC01 BH N E TEL-Liu PWB unit 




PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

1 0AV1540000004 AF C Capacitor(275WV 0.047μF) [C701] 

2 0AV1540000004 AF C Capacitor(275WV 0.047μF) [C702] 

3 0AV1610000046 AD C Capacitor(470PF) [C703] 


– 24 –




PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

5 0AV1390000124 AT N C Capacitor(400WV 150μF) [C705] 

6 0AV1610000047 AC C Capacitor(1KWV 220PF) [C706] 

7 0AV1390000109 AC C Capacitor(35WV 47μF) [C707] 

8 0AV1610000054 AD C Capacitor(50WV 0.047μF) [C708] 

9 0AV1610000060 AC C Capacitor(50WV 220PF) [C709] 

10 0AV1474720090 AB C Capacitor(100WV 0.0047μF) [C710] 

11 0AV1610000061 AD C Capacitor(50WV 0.1μF) [C711] 

12 0AV1540000003 AE C Capacitor(275WV 0.1μF) [C712] 

13 0AV1471020090 AB C Capacitor(100WV 0.001μF) [C713] 


15 0AV1390000110 AF C Capacitor(35WV 680μF) [C715] 

16 0AV1390000110 AF C Capacitor(35WV 680μF) [C716] 

17 0AV1390000107 AC C Capacitor(50WV 0.47μF) [C717] 


19 0AV1390000106 AE C Capacitor(35WV 330μF) [C719] 





24 0AV1610000062 AE C Capacitor(250WV 10000PF) [C724] 




28 0AV1390000125 AC N C Capacitor(50WV 10μF) [C728] 

29 0AV1390000126 AC N C Capacitor(16WV 68μF) [C729] 

30 0AV1610000004 AC C Capacitor(1000PF) [C730] 

31 0AV5030090000 AD C Connector(DF3A-5P-2DSA) [CN1] 

32 0AV5030091000 AE C Connector(53258-0320) [CN2] 

33 0AV5030036000 AC C Connector(B2P3-VH) [CN3] 

34 0AV5030088000 AD C Connector(B2P-VH) [CN4] 

35 0AV5030089000 AG C Connector(B12B-PH-K-S) [CNPW] 

36 0AV3060038000 AH N B Diode(D3SBA6) [D701] 

37 0AV3060021000 AB B Diode(ERA15-01) [D702] 

38 0AV3050019000 AF B Diode(ERA91-02) [D703] 

39 0AV3070093000 AC B Zenner diode(RD20ES) [D704] 

40 0AV3050030000 AA B Diode(1SS178) [D705] 

41 0AV3070099000 AC N B Zenner diode [D706] 

42 0AV3050066000 AH B Diode(YG901C2) [D707] 


44 0AV3050075000 AF B Diode(D2S4M-4004P15) [D709] 

45 0AV3070099000 AC N B Zenner diode [D710] 


47 0AV5060074000 AG N A Fuse(250V 4A) [F701] 

48 0AV5070000012 AF A Thermal cutoff(127˚C) [F702] 





53 0AV3090056000 AP B IC(FA5315P) [IC701] 

54 0AV3090041000 AF B IC(UPC1093J-1) [IC702] 

55 0AV3090060000 AR B IC(PQ1CG1) [IC703] 

56 0AV3090065000 AH N B IC(UPC7812AHF) [IC704] 

57 0AV4070051000 AG N C Coil [L701] 

58 0AV4070051000 AG N C Coil [L702] 

59 0AV4120002000 AC C Coil(B-01-A) [L704] 

60 0AV4120002000 AC C Coil(B-01-A) [L705] 

61 0AV4120002000 AC C Coil(B-01-A) [L706] 

62 0AV4050014000 AE C Coil [L707] 

63 0AV4050013000 AE C Coil [L708] 

64 0AV4050014000 AE C Coil [L709] 

65 0AV3080123100 AF B Photo coupler(PC123FY2) [PC701] 

66 0AV3180000003 AP B Photo coupler(S21ME4FY) [PC702] 

67 0AV3080620100 AH N B Photo coupler(TLP620) [PC703] 

68 0AV3041984000 AQ N B FET(2SK1984) [Q701] 

69 0AV3001015500 AC B Transistor(2SA1015-Y) [Q702] 

70 0AV3021002999 AD N B Transistor(RN1002) [Q703] 

71 0AV2014743030 AA C Resistor(1/2W 470KΩ ±5%) [R701] 


73 0AV2012203020 AA C Resistor(1/4W 22Ω ±5%) [R703] 

74 0AV2016833030 AC N C Resistor(1/2W 68KΩ ±5%) [R704] 


76 0AV2024783040 AC C Resistor(1W 0.47Ω ±5%) [R706] 

77 0AV2024783040 AC C Resistor(1W 0.47Ω ±5%) [R707] 

78 0AV2023903040 AC C Resistor(1W 39Ω ±5%) [R708] 


80 0AV2048203010 AC C Fusing Resistor(1/6W 82Ω ±5%) [R710] 

81 0AV2045603010 AB C Fusing Resistor(1/6W 56Ω ±5%) [R711] 

82 0AV2014733020 AB C Resistor(1/4W 47KΩ ±5%) [R712] 



– 25 –



PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 


86 0AV2043903030 AD N C Fusing Resistor(1/2W 39Ω ±5%) [R716] 

87 0AV2041513030 AD N C Fusing Resistor(1/2W 150Ω ±5%) [R717] 




91 0AV2990015000 AC C Resistor(1/6W 22KΩ ±0.5%) [R721] 

92 0AV2990010000 AC C Resistor(1/6W 2.55KΩ ±0.5%) [R722] 

93 0AV2990014000 AC C Resistor(1/6W 3KΩ ±0.5%) [R723] 

94 0AV2990002000 AB C Resistor(1/6W 1KΩ ±0.5%) [R724] 

95 0AV2021023040 AB C Resistor(1W 1KΩ ±5%) [R725] 


97 0AV2024703060 AC C Resistor(3W 47KΩ ±5%) [R727] 

98 0AV2028233040 AF N C Resistor(1W 82KΩ ±5%) [R728] 

99 0AV2028233040 AF N C Resistor(1W 82KΩ ±5%) [R729] 


101 0AV2014723010 AA C Resistor(1/6W 4.7KΩ ±5%) [R731] 

102 0AV2014723010 AA C Resistor(1/6W 4.7KΩ ±5%) [R732] 



105 0AV5080007000 AT N B Relay [RL701] 

106 0AV5040010000 AP B Switch [S701] 

107 0AV3170001000 AE B Thyristor(CR02AM4) [SR701] 

108 0AV4000100811 AY N B Transformer [T701] 

109 0AV5140019000 AE N B Thermistor(M16007T3C) [TH701] 

110 0AV3160029000 AF N B Triac [TR701] 

111 0AV5190003000 AF B Varistor [X701] 

112 0AV5050008000 AC C Fuse holder 

113 0AV5180006000 AD C Terminal 

114 0AV6114084711 AH C Heat sink 

115 0AV6114085811 AK C Bracket 

116 0AV6114086811 AE C Heat sink 

117 0AV7510013000 AB N C Tube 

118 0AV7700017000 AD C Bush 

119 0AV8117730514 AB C Screw(B3×10) 

120 0AV8130730414 

(Unit) 

AB C Screw(B3×8) 

901 RDENT2104SCZZ BT N E Power supply PWB unit 

19 CCD PWB unit 


PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

DESCRIPTION 

1 VCEAEA1EW226M AA C Capacitor(25WV 22μF) [C1] 

2 VCKYTQ1EF104Z AA C Capacitor(25WV 0.1μF) [C2] 

3 VCKYTQ1EF104Z AA C Capacitor(25WV 0.1μF) [C3] 

4 QCNCM704HAFZZ AD N C Connector(8pin) [CNCCD] 

5 VHIUPD3753CY1 AY B IC(UPD3753CY) [IC1] 

6 VRS-TP2BD000J AA C Resistor(1/8W 0Ω ±5%) [J1] 

7 VS2SA1037KS-1 AB B Transistor(2SA1037KS) [Q1] 

8 VRS-TP2BD000J AA C Resistor(1/8W 0Ω ±5%) [R1] 

9 VRS-TP2BD222J 

(Unit) 

AA C Resistor(1/8W 2.2KΩ ±5%) [R2] 

901 DCEKD495ASC01 AZ N E CCD PWB unit 



PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

B2 LX-BZ2217SCZZ AB N C Screw 

B3 XBPSD30P06K00 AA C Screw(M3×6K) 

B4 XBPSD40P08K00 AA C Screw(M4×8K) 

B5 XBPSE30P08K00 AA C Screw(3×8K) 

B6 XEBSD30P06000 AA C Screw(M3×6) 

B7 XEBSD30P08000 AA C Screw(M3×8) 

B8 XEBSD30P10000 AA N C Screw(M3×10) 

B9 XEBSE30P08000 AA C Screw(M3×8) 

B10 XEBSE30P10000 AA C Screw(M3×10) 

B11 XHBSD30P06000 AA C Screw(3×6) 

B12 XHBSD30P08000 AA C Screw(M3×8) 

B13 XHBSE30P06000 AA C Screw(M3×6) 

B14 XHBSE30P10000 AA C Screw(3×10) 

B15 XHPSD30P08K00 AA N C Screw(M3×8K) 

B16 XEPSD30P06X00 AA C Screw(3×6) 

– 26 – 

DESCRIPTION 





PRICE 

RANK 

NEW 

MARK 

PART 

RANK 

B17 XUBSD20P06000 AA C Screw(2×6) 

W1 XRESJ50-06000 AA C E type ring(5mm) 

W2 XWHSD30-08100 AA C Washer(φ3) 

W3 LX-WZ2009SCZZ AA C Washer(t0.25) 

W4 XWHJZ62-02512 AA N C Washer(t0.25) 

– 27 – 

DESCRIPTION

■ I n d e x 

PARTS CODE 

[C] 

NO. 

PRICE NEW PART 

RANK MARK RANK 

CBSHP2079SC01 7- 1 AK N C 

CCADZ2332SC01 15- 30 AG D 

CCASP2083SC55 2- 1 BM N E 

″ 3- 901 BM N E 

CCNW-4557SC01 1- 2 AM N C 

CPAKA4863SC01 15- 6 AZ N D 

CPLTP2803SC01 15- 11 AU N C 

CPLTP2805SC01 15- 12 AQ N C 

CROLP2300SC01 7- 2 AF N C 

CSW-M2222SC01 

[D] 

7- 3 AE B 

DCEKC683JSCZZ 1- 4 CF N E 

″ 16- 901 CF N E 

DCEKD495ASC01 5- 1 AZ N E 

″ 19- 901 AZ N E 

DCEKL374BSC01 1- 6 BH N E 

″ 17- 901 BH N E 

DCEKP496ASC01 3- 1 BC N E 

DCYOD495ASC01 

[G] 

5- 901 BN N E 

GCABL2272SCZA 1- 8 AW N D 

GCABR2273SCZZ 1- 10 AW N D 

GCASP2083SCYC 3- 2 AT N D 

GCOVA2363SCZZ 1- 12 AQ N C 

GCOVA2364SCXZ 1- 13 AV N C 

GCOVA2367SCZA 1- 14 AP N C 

GCOVA2371SCZZ 1- 15 AL N C 

GMADZ2024SCZZ 

[H] 

1- 19 AF N C 

HPNLC2370SCZZ 

[J] 

3- 3 AK N C 

JBTN-2184SCZZ 3- 4 AK N C 

JBTN-2185SCZZ 3- 5 AH N C 

JBTN-2186SCZZ 3- 6 AE N C 



JBTN-2189SCZZ 

[L] 

3- 9 AE N C 

LANGH2803SCZZ 5- 2 AF N C 

LBNDJ2006SCZZ 1- 61 AA C 

LBNDJ2007SCZZ 1- 20 AA C 

″ 2- 5 AA C 

″ 4- 21 AA C 

LBSHC2084SCZZ 7- 4 AC N C 

LBSHP2066SCZZ 7- 5 AC C 

LBSHP2067SCZZ 4- 1 AC C 

LFRM-2167SCZZ 7- 6 AW N C 

LHLDP2155SCZZ 5- 3 AG N C 

LHLDW0004SCZZ 1- 52 AB C 

LHLDW1006FCZZ 1- 21 AA N C 

LHLDW2156SCZZ 1- 22 AC N C 



LPLTG2820SCZZ 4- 2 AH N C 

LPLTM2806SCZZ 1- 24 AY N C 

LPLTM2807SCZZ 1- 25 AT N C 

LPLTM2808SCZZ 1- 26 AU N C 

LPLTM2809SCZZ 1- 27 AX N C 

LPLTM2810SCZZ 1- 28 AG N C 

LPLTM2813SCZZ 7- 7 AK N C 


LPLTM2822SCZZ 4- 3 AF N C 

LPLTM2834SCZZ 6- 1 AQ N C 


LPLTM2856SCZZ 1- 49 AG N C 

LPLTP2811SCZZ 1- 30 AY N C 

LPLTP2812SCZB 1- 31 AL N C 

LPLTP2819SCZZ 4- 4 AD N C 

LPLTP2821SCZZ 4- 5 AD N C 

LPLTP2823SCZZ 3- 10 AF N C 

LPLTP2832SCZA 5- 4 AF N C 

LPLTP2833SCZA 5- 5 AF N C 

LX-BZ0175FCZZ 14- 15 AB C 

LX-BZ2217SCZZ 50- B2 AB N C 

LX-WZ2009SCZZ 

[M] 

50- W3 AA C 

MLEVP2230SCZZ 4- 6 AG N C 

MLEVP2242SCLZ 14- 17 AF N C 

MLEVP2242SCRZ 14- 16 AF N C 

PARTS CODE NO. 



MSPRC2843SCZZ 4- 7 AC N C 

MSPRC2844SCZZ 4- 8 AA N C 



MSPRC2867SCZZ 4- 10 AB N C 


MSPRC2889SCZZ 14- 20 AD N C 

MSPRP2838SCZZ 7- 9 AC N C 

MSPRP2839SCZZ 7- 10 AD N C 





MSPRP2850SCZZ 

[N] 

7- 13 AD N C 

NGERH2177SCZZ 7- 14 AC C 

NGERH2239SCZZ 6- 2 AC C 

NGERH2319SCZZ 7- 15 AC N C 

NGERH2320SCZZ 7- 16 AD N C 






NGERH2330SCZZ 6- 5 AE N C 

NGERP2287SCZZ 1- 34 AC C 

NROLP2300XHZZ 4- 13 AC C 

NROLR2336SCZZ 4- 14 AM N C 

NROLR2337SCZZ 7- 19 AH N C 

NROLR2338SCZZ 7- 20 AK N C 

NROLR2339SCZZ 7- 21 AM N C 

NSFTZ2260SCZZ 7- 22 AG N C 

NSFTZ2261SCZZ 7- 23 AH N C 

NSFTZ2262SCZZ 7- 24 AE N C 

NSFTZ2263SCZZ 

[P] 

4- 15 AD N C 

PBRS-2047SCZZ 4- 16 AG N C 

PCAPH2020SCZZ 1- 62 AT C 

PCUSG2070SCZZ 1- 64 AB C 

PCUSS2097SCZZ 3- 13 AC N C 

PCUSS2103SCZZ 1- 65 AC N C 

PCUSU2101SCZZ 7- 35 AC N C 

PGIDP2454SCZZ 1- 35 AG N C 

PGIDP2455SCZZ 1- 36 AF N C 

PGIDP2456SCZZ 4- 17 AT N C 

PGIDP2459SCZZ 2- 2 AS N C 

PGLS-2057SCZA 2- 3 AF N C 

PGUMS2135SCZZ 1- 37 AC N C 

PHOG-2073SCZZ 1- 48 AF N C 

PHOP-2091SCZZ 1- 38 AU N C 

PLNS-2050SCZZ 5- 7 AY N C 

PMIR-2073SCZZ 5- 8 AL N C 

PSHEZ3204SCZZ 5- 9 AC N C 

PSHEZ3205SCZZ 4- 18 AD N C 


PSHEZ3236SCZZ 2- 7 AE C 

PSHEZ3237SCZZ 1- 63 AE C 






PSHEZ3303SCZZ 1- 40 AG N C 



PSHEZ3321SCZZ 1- 58 AG N C 

PTME-2051SCLZ 1- 59 AE N C 

PTME-2051SCRZ 

[Q] 

1- 60 AE N C 

QACCB7125SCZZ 1- 1 AZ C 

QCNCM2401SC0B 16- 156 AA C 

QCNCM2442SC0B 16- 162 AB C 

QCNCM2456SC2F 17- 29 AG C 

QCNCM2482SC1H 16- 163 AE C 

QCNCM2482SC2D 16- 159 AB C 

QCNCM2524SC3B 16- 160 AP N C 

QCNCM2525SC5J 16- 158 AK N C 

QCNCM688BAFZZ 17- 30 AC N C 

QCNCM7014SC0B 16- 165 AD C 

QCNCM7014SC0D 16- 166 AB C 

– 28 – 





QCNCM7014SC0F 16- 164 AB C 

QCNCM7014SC0H 16- 155 AB C 

QCNCM7014SC1B 16- 161 AD C 

QCNCM704HAFZZ 19- 4 AD N C 

QCNCW2436SC2F 16- 157 AG C 

QCNW-4266SCZZ 15- 32 AP N C 

QCNW-4494SCBK 15- 18 AF C 

QCNW-4554SCZZ 3- 11 AU N C 

QCNW-4555SCZZ 5- 10 AL N C 

QCNW-4559SCZZ 1- 42 BA N C 

QCNW-4560SCZZ 4- 20 AD N C 

″ 6- 6 AD N C 

QCNW-4562SCZZ 7- 29 AK N C 

QCNW-4563SCZZ 1- 43 AP N C 

QCNW-4612SCZZ 7- 30 AE N C 

QCNW-4668SCZZ 1- 51 AC N C 

″ 6- 7 AC N C 

QJAKZ2060SC0D 17- 63 AE C 

″ 17- 64 AE C 

QSOCZ2051SC32 16- 200 AC C 

″ 16- 204 AC C 

QSW-Z2236SCZZ 7- 31 AE N B 

QSW-Z2237SCZZ 7- 33 AE N B 

QTANZ2042SCZZ 

[R] 

17- 3 AB C 

RC-FZ2012SCZZ 17- 12 AE C 

RCILZ2104SCZZ 16- 259 AK C 

″ 16- 260 AK C 

RCORF2063SCZZ 5- 13 AE B 


RCORF2091SCZZ 16- 313 AD N C 

″ 16- 461 AD N C 


RCORF7009XCZZ 1- 55 AR B 

RCRSP0074AFZZ 16- 495 AE B 

RCRSQ1005LCZZ 16- 492 AE N B 

RCRSQ2109SCZZ 16- 491 AL N B 

RCRSQ2110SCZZ 16- 494 AG N B 

RCRSZ7008SCZZ 16- 493 AD B 

RDENT2104SCZZ 1- 45 BT N E 

″ 18- 901 BT N E 

RFILN2011SCZZ 17- 39 AC C 

″ 17- 40 AC C 

″ 17- 41 AC C 

″ 17- 42 AC C 

″ 17- 43 AC C 

″ 17- 44 AC C 

RH-DX2007SCZZ 17- 116 AC B 

RMOTZ2124SCZZ 6- 8 BF N B 

RRLYZ3411SCZZ 17- 28 AR B 

RTRNI2142SCZZ 

[S] 

17- 117 AN B 

SPAKA006ASCZZ 15- 23 AC N C 

SPAKA235ASCZZ 15- 25 AP N D 

SPAKA4861SCZZ 15- 15 AQ N D 

SPAKA4944SCZZ 15- 16 AR N D 

SPAKA4996SCZZ 15- 21 AC N D 

SPAKC139ASCZZ 15- 20 AW N D 

SPAKP4946SCZZ 

[T] 

15- 5 AP N D 

TCADZ2139SCZZ 15- 1 AE D 

TCADZ2311SCZZ 15- 31 AE D 

TINSE3776SCZZ 15- 4 BR N D 

TLABH2231FCZZ 1- 70 AC D 

TLABH3094SCZA 1- 71 AC D 

TLABH3841SCZZ 1- 72 AD D 

TLABH4198SCZZ 14- 21 AD N D 

TLABM3424SCZZ 1- 73 AC D 

TLABP3078SCZZ 16- 496 AA D 

TLABP4196SCZZ 15- 2 AD N D 

TLABZ3935SCZZ 

[U] 

15- 3 AE N D 

UBAT-A005PRE0 

[V] 

16- 1 AN N B 

VCCCTV1HH100D 16- 37 AA C 

″ 16- 44 AA C 

″ 16- 50 AA C 

″ 16- 51 AA C 

″ 16- 97 AA C 

″ 16- 98 AA C





VCCCTV1HH101J 16- 56 AA C 

VCCCTV1HH300J 16- 58 AA C 

″ 16- 59 AA C 

VCCCTV1HH6R0C 16- 109 AB C 

″ 16- 110 AB C 

″ 16- 115 AB C 

VCCSTV1HL102J 16- 18 AA C 

″ 16- 24 AA C 

″ 16- 57 AA C 

″ 16- 104 AA C 

″ 16- 105 AA C 

″ 16- 125 AA C 

″ 16- 146 AA C 

VCCSTV1HL391J 16- 25 AA C 

VCEAEA1CW106M 16- 2 AC C 

″ 16- 6 AC C 

VCEAEA1CW336M 16- 9 AB C 

″ 16- 10 AB C 

″ 16- 11 AB C 

″ 16- 12 AB C 

″ 16- 13 AB C 

″ 16- 15 AB C 

″ 16- 16 AB C 

VCEAEA1EW226M 16- 3 AA C 

″ 19- 1 AA C 

VCEAEA1EW475M 16- 8 AA C 

VCEAEA1EW476M 16- 14 AB C 

VCEAEA1HW105M 16- 7 AC C 

VCEAEA1HW476M 16- 4 AC C 

″ 16- 5 AC C 

VCEAGA1CW107M 17- 6 AC C 

VCEAGA1EW476M 17- 7 AA C 

″ 17- 8 AA C 

″ 17- 9 AA C 

″ 17- 14 AA C 

VCEAGA1HW105M 17- 5 AB C 

VCEAGA1HW106M 17- 13 AA C 


VCEAGA1HW474M 17- 10 AB C 


VCKYTQ1EF104Z 19- 2 AA C 

″ 19- 3 AA C 

VCKYTQ1HB104K 17- 21 AB C 

VCKYTV1CF105Z 16- 17 AB C 

″ 16- 26 AB C 

″ 16- 30 AB C 

″ 16- 39 AB C 

″ 16- 45 AB C 

″ 16- 86 AB C 

″ 16- 114 AB C 

″ 16- 121 AB C 

″ 16- 143 AB C 

″ 16- 149 AB C 

″ 16- 150 AB C 

″ 17- 19 AB C 

VCKYTV1EB104K 16- 27 AA C 

″ 16- 28 AA C 

″ 16- 106 AA C 

VCKYTV1EF104Z 16- 19 AA C 

″ 16- 20 AA C 

″ 16- 21 AA C 

″ 16- 22 AA C 

″ 16- 23 AA C 

″ 16- 29 AA C 

″ 16- 31 AA C 

″ 16- 32 AA C 

″ 16- 33 AA C 

″ 16- 34 AA C 

″ 16- 35 AA C 

″ 16- 36 AA C 

″ 16- 40 AA C 

″ 16- 41 AA C 

″ 16- 42 AA C 

″ 16- 43 AA C 

″ 16- 46 AA C 

″ 16- 47 AA C 

″ 16- 49 AA C 

″ 16- 52 AA C 

″ 16- 60 AA C 

″ 16- 61 AA C 





″ 16- 65 AA C 

″ 16- 66 AA C 

″ 16- 68 AA C 

″ 16- 77 AA C 

″ 16- 78 AA C 

″ 16- 79 AA C 

″ 16- 87 AA C 

″ 16- 92 AA C 

″ 16- 94 AA C 

″ 16- 95 AA C 

″ 16- 100 AA C 

″ 16- 101 AA C 

″ 16- 103 AA C 

″ 16- 107 AA C 

″ 16- 108 AA C 

″ 16- 111 AA C 

″ 16- 113 AA C 

″ 16- 116 AA C 

″ 16- 117 AA C 

″ 16- 118 AA C 

″ 16- 119 AA C 

″ 16- 120 AA C 

″ 16- 122 AA C 

″ 16- 123 AA C 

″ 16- 124 AA C 

″ 16- 126 AA C 

″ 16- 127 AA C 

″ 16- 128 AA C 

″ 16- 129 AA C 

″ 16- 130 AA C 

″ 16- 131 AA C 

″ 16- 132 AA C 

″ 16- 133 AA C 

″ 16- 134 AA C 

″ 16- 135 AA C 

″ 16- 136 AA C 

″ 16- 137 AA C 

″ 16- 138 AA C 

″ 16- 139 AA C 

″ 16- 140 AA C 

″ 16- 141 AA C 

″ 16- 142 AA C 


″ 17- 17 AA C 

VCKYTV1HB102K 17- 24 AA C 

″ 17- 25 AA C 

VCKYTV1HB103K 16- 148 AB C 

″ 17- 20 AB C 


″ 16- 48 AA C 

″ 16- 53 AA C 

″ 16- 62 AA C 

″ 16- 64 AA C 

″ 16- 69 AA C 

″ 16- 70 AA C 

″ 16- 71 AA C 

″ 16- 72 AA C 

″ 16- 73 AA C 

″ 16- 74 AA C 

″ 16- 75 AA C 

″ 16- 76 AA C 

″ 16- 80 AA C 

″ 16- 81 AA C 

″ 16- 82 AA C 

″ 16- 83 AA C 

″ 16- 84 AA C 

″ 16- 85 AA C 

″ 16- 88 AA C 

″ 16- 91 AA C 

″ 16- 96 AA C 

″ 16- 99 AA C 

″ 16- 102 AA C 

″ 16- 112 AA C 

″ 16- 144 AA C 






– 29 – 





″ 16- 90 AA C 

″ 16- 93 AA C 

VCKYTV1HF104Z 16- 54 AA C 

″ 16- 89 AA C 

VCKYTV1HF223Z 17- 22 AA C 

″ 17- 23 AA C 

″ 17- 27 AA C 

VHDDAP202U/-1 16- 169 AB B 

VHDRB411D//-1 16- 170 AD N B 

″ 16- 172 AD N B 

″ 16- 173 AD N B 

″ 16- 174 AD N B 

″ 16- 175 AD N B 

″ 16- 176 AD N B 

″ 16- 177 AD N B 

″ 16- 178 AD N B 

″ 16- 179 AD N B 

″ 16- 180 AD N B 

″ 16- 181 AD N B 

″ 16- 182 AD N B 

″ 16- 183 AD N B 

″ 16- 184 AD N B 

″ 16- 185 AD N B 

″ 16- 186 AD N B 

″ 16- 187 AD N B 

″ 16- 188 AD N B 

″ 16- 189 AD N B 

″ 16- 190 AD N B 

″ 16- 191 AD N B 

″ 16- 192 AD N B 

″ 16- 193 AD N B 

″ 16- 194 AD N B 

″ 16- 195 AD N B 

″ 16- 196 AD N B 

VHD1SS355//-1 16- 167 AB B 

″ 16- 168 AB B 

″ 16- 171 AB B 

″ 17- 32 AB B 

″ 17- 33 AB B 

VHD1SS82///-1 17- 31 AB B 

VHEHZ3B1///-1 17- 122 AB B 

″ 17- 123 AB B 

″ 17- 124 AB B 

″ 17- 125 AB B 

″ 17- 126 AB B 

″ 17- 127 AB B 

VHEMTZJ300B-1 17- 119 AA B 

VHEMTZJ390C-1 17- 120 AA B 

VHEMTZ6R8B/-1 17- 121 AB B 

VHIBA10339F-1 16- 230 AD B 

VHIBU4053BCF1 16- 231 AE B 

VHIBU4066BCF1 17- 36 AD B 

VHIHD813201F1 16- 214 BE N B 

VHIH647702120 16- 212 BS N B 

VHILH28F80S10 16- 206 BH N B 

VHILH5116NA10 16- 218 AL B 

VHILH5268TH10 16- 219 AR B 

″ 16- 220 AR B 

VHILR38292/-1 16- 216 AY N B 

VHILZ9FJ37/-1 16- 215 AY N B 

VHIMC74HC04F- 16- 233 AC B 


″ 16- 239 AC B 

VHIMC74HC14F- 16- 224 AD B 

VHIMC74HC157F 16- 237 AD B 


VHIMC74HC74F- 16- 235 AD B 

″ 16- 238 AD B 

VHIM5255CF70L 16- 202 AW B 

″ 16- 208 AW B 

VHINJM2113M-1 17- 35 AG B 

VHINJM2904M-1 16- 222 AE B 

VHINJM4558MF- 16- 223 AC B 

″ 17- 37 AC B 

″ 17- 38 AC B 

VHINJU4051M-1 16- 227 AG B 

VHINJU6355E-1 16- 228 AM B 

VHIN78L05UA-1 16- 232 AK N B 

VHIPBL3717/-2 16- 213 AL B




VHIPBL3717/-2 16- 217 AL B 

VHIPST591CMT1 16- 225 AE B 

VHIR144AFXL/1 16- 203 BM B 

VHISN74LS244NR 16- 226 AG B 

VHISN74LS374NR 16- 229 AF B 

VHITHS65//-1A 17- 34 AF B 

VHITLS1049/-1 16- 221 AV B 

VHIUPD3753CY1 19- 5 AY B 

VHI27040FBG0F 16- 204 BH B 

VHI27040FBG1J 16- 200 BH B 

VHI4M16SOJ-70 16- 207 BG N B 

″ 16- 210 BG N B 

VHI4M8SOJ-70/ 16- 209 BB N B 

″ 16- 211 BB N B 

VHPSNL17A36-1 7- 34 BA B 

VHPTLP521-1BL 17- 66 AE B 

″ 17- 68 AE B 

VHPTLP627//-1 17- 65 AH B 

″ 17- 67 AH B 

VHVCCP2E20/-1 16- 199 AE N B 

VHVCCP2E30/-1 16- 197 AE N B 

″ 16- 198 AE N B 

VHVRA501PV6-1 17- 1 AE B 

″ 17- 2 AE B 

VHVTN07G101-1 17- 118 AB B 

VRD-HT2HY150J 17- 81 AA C 

″ 17- 82 AA C 

VRD-HT2HY910J 16- 269 AA C 

VRS-HT2HAR47J 16- 267 AB N C 

″ 16- 268 AB N C 

VRS-HT3AA101J 17- 85 AA C 

VRS-HT3AA103J 17- 84 AA C 

VRS-HT3DA470J 17- 83 AA C 

VRS-TP2BD000J 19- 6 AA C 

″ 19- 8 AA C 

VRS-TP2BD222J 19- 9 AA C 

VRS-TQ2BB000J 16- 240 AA C 

″ 16- 241 AA C 

″ 16- 242 AA C 

″ 16- 460 AA C 

″ 17- 47 AA C 

″ 17- 48 AA C 

″ 17- 49 AA C 

″ 17- 61 AA C 

VRS-TQ2BB200J 16- 476 AA N C 

VRS-TQ2BB561J 16- 458 AA N C 

VRS-TV2AB000J 16- 244 AA C 

″ 16- 245 AA C 

″ 16- 246 AA C 

″ 16- 256 AA C 

″ 16- 257 AA C 

″ 16- 258 AA C 

″ 16- 287 AA C 

″ 16- 288 AA C 

″ 16- 289 AA C 

″ 16- 302 AA C 

″ 16- 328 AA C 

″ 16- 329 AA C 

″ 16- 330 AA C 

″ 16- 332 AA C 

″ 16- 338 AA C 

″ 16- 340 AA C 

″ 16- 343 AA C 

″ 16- 345 AA C 

″ 16- 346 AA C 

″ 16- 349 AA C 

″ 16- 374 AA C 

″ 16- 444 AA C 

″ 16- 447 AA C 

″ 16- 459 AA C 

″ 16- 462 AA C 

″ 16- 477 AA C 

″ 16- 483 AA C 

″ 16- 484 AA C 

″ 16- 485 AA C 

″ 16- 490 AA C 

″ 17- 45 AA C 

″ 17- 46 AA C 

″ 17- 50 AA C 

″ 17- 53 AA C 





″ 17- 56 AA C 

″ 17- 57 AA C 

″ 17- 58 AA C 

″ 17- 59 AA C 

″ 17- 62 AA C 

″ 17- 89 AA C 

″ 17- 104 AA C 

″ 17- 106 AA C 

″ 17- 110 AA C 

VRS-TV2AB100J 16- 270 AD C 

″ 16- 271 AD C 

″ 16- 272 AD C 

″ 16- 273 AD C 

″ 16- 274 AD C 

″ 16- 275 AD C 

″ 16- 276 AD C 

″ 16- 277 AD C 

″ 16- 283 AD C 

″ 16- 284 AD C 

″ 16- 285 AD C 

″ 16- 286 AD C 

″ 16- 292 AD C 

″ 16- 293 AD C 

″ 16- 308 AD C 

″ 16- 309 AD C 

″ 16- 310 AD C 

″ 16- 311 AD C 

″ 16- 312 AD C 

″ 16- 320 AD C 

″ 16- 321 AD C 

″ 16- 322 AD C 

″ 16- 323 AD C 

″ 16- 333 AD C 

″ 16- 334 AD C 

″ 16- 335 AD C 

″ 16- 336 AD C 

″ 16- 337 AD C 

″ 16- 360 AD C 

″ 16- 361 AD C 

″ 16- 362 AD C 

″ 16- 401 AD C 

″ 16- 402 AD C 

″ 17- 102 AD C 


″ 16- 248 AA C 

″ 16- 249 AA C 

″ 16- 250 AA C 

″ 16- 251 AA C 

″ 16- 252 AA C 

″ 16- 253 AA C 

″ 16- 254 AA C 

″ 16- 255 AA C 

″ 16- 331 AA C 

″ 16- 363 AA C 

″ 16- 383 AA C 

″ 16- 384 AA C 

″ 16- 385 AA C 

″ 16- 439 AA C 

″ 16- 454 AA C 

″ 16- 466 AA C 

″ 16- 472 AA C 


″ 16- 373 AA C 

″ 16- 427 AA C 

″ 16- 478 AA C 

″ 16- 481 AA C 


″ 16- 279 AA C 

″ 16- 280 AA C 

″ 16- 282 AA C 

″ 16- 314 AA C 

″ 16- 315 AA C 

″ 16- 316 AA C 

″ 16- 319 AA C 

″ 16- 325 AA C 

″ 16- 326 AA C 

″ 16- 339 AA C 

″ 16- 348 AA C 

″ 16- 396 AA C 

– 30 – 






″ 16- 415 AA C 

″ 16- 431 AA C 

″ 16- 433 AA C 

″ 16- 438 AA C 

″ 16- 441 AA C 

″ 16- 443 AA C 

″ 16- 451 AA C 

″ 16- 463 AA C 

″ 16- 488 AA C 

″ 17- 99 AA C 

″ 17- 103 AA C 

″ 17- 111 AA C 

″ 17- 112 AA C 


″ 17- 87 AA C 

″ 17- 90 AA C 

″ 17- 94 AA C 

″ 17- 101 AA C 



″ 16- 452 AA C 


VRS-TV2AB151J 16- 290 AA N C 

″ 16- 291 AA N C 

″ 16- 305 AA N C 

″ 16- 306 AA N C 

″ 16- 307 AA C 





″ 17- 92 AA C 

″ 17- 93 AA C 

″ 17- 95 AA C 

″ 17- 105 AA C 

″ 17- 108 AA C 

″ 17- 109 AA C 

″ 17- 113 AA C 



″ 17- 97 AA C 

″ 17- 100 AA C 




″ 16- 390 AA C 

″ 16- 391 AA C 

″ 16- 392 AA C 

″ 16- 393 AA C 

″ 16- 394 AA C 

″ 16- 395 AA C 

″ 16- 409 AA C 

″ 16- 410 AA C 

″ 16- 411 AA C 

″ 16- 412 AA C 

″ 16- 414 AA C 

″ 16- 416 AA C 

″ 16- 430 AA C 

″ 16- 432 AA C 

″ 16- 442 AA C 


″ 16- 486 AA C 

″ 16- 489 AA C 

″ 17- 88 AA C 


″ 16- 350 AD C 

″ 16- 351 AD C 

″ 16- 352 AD C 

″ 16- 353 AD C 

″ 16- 354 AD C 

″ 16- 355 AD C 

″ 16- 356 AD C 

″ 16- 357 AD C 

″ 16- 358 AD C 

″ 16- 359 AD C 

″ 16- 375 AD C 

″ 16- 399 AD C 

″ 16- 400 AD C 

VRS-TV2AB332J 16- 404 AA C






″ 16- 406 AA C 

″ 16- 407 AA C 

″ 16- 448 AA C 

″ 16- 450 AA C 


″ 16- 297 AD C 

″ 17- 115 AD C 






″ 16- 377 AA C 

″ 16- 378 AA C 

″ 16- 379 AA C 

″ 16- 380 AA C 

″ 16- 381 AA C 

″ 16- 382 AA C 

″ 17- 51 AA C 

″ 17- 52 AA C 

″ 17- 54 AA C 

″ 17- 60 AA C 


″ 16- 327 AA C 

″ 16- 341 AA C 

″ 16- 342 AA C 

″ 16- 344 AA C 

″ 16- 364 AA C 

″ 16- 365 AA C 

″ 16- 366 AA C 

″ 16- 367 AA C 

″ 16- 368 AA C 

″ 16- 369 AA C 

″ 16- 370 AA C 

″ 16- 386 AA C 

″ 16- 388 AA C 

″ 16- 418 AA C 

″ 16- 419 AA C 

″ 16- 420 AA C 

″ 16- 421 AA C 

″ 16- 422 AA C 

″ 16- 423 AA C 

″ 16- 424 AA C 

″ 16- 425 AA C 

″ 16- 426 AA C 

″ 16- 437 AA C 

″ 16- 465 AA C 

″ 16- 467 AA C 

″ 16- 468 AA C 

″ 16- 469 AA C 

″ 16- 470 AA C 

″ 16- 471 AA C 

″ 16- 473 AA C 

″ 16- 474 AA C 

″ 16- 475 AA C 

″ 16- 479 AA C 

″ 16- 480 AA C 

″ 16- 482 AA C 






″ 16- 457 AA C 


″ 16- 403 AA C 




″ 16- 413 AA C 




″ 17- 86 AA C 

VRSTS2AD1183F 16- 300 AA C 




″ 16- 298 AA C 




VSBS108////-1 17- 69 AE B 

VSDTA114EK/-1 16- 262 AB B 

″ 16- 263 AB B 

VSDTC114EK/-1 16- 265 AB B 

″ 17- 72 AB B 

″ 17- 74 AB B 

″ 17- 75 AB B 

″ 17- 76 AB B 

″ 17- 77 AB B 

″ 17- 78 AB B 

″ 17- 79 AB B 

″ 17- 80 AB B 

VS2SA1037KS-1 19- 7 AB B 

VS2SC2412KR-1 17- 70 AD B 

″ 17- 71 AD B 

″ 17- 73 AD B 

VS2SC2413KP-1 16- 264 AC B 

VS2SD1164//-1 16- 261 AE B 

VS2SD1664Q/-1 16- 266 AD N B 

VVLLMG2025TPR 

[X] 

3- 12 BA N B 

XBPSD30P06K00 50- B3 AA C 

XBPSD40P08K00 50- B4 AA C 

XBPSE30P08K00 50- B5 AA C 

XEBSD30P06000 50- B6 AA C 

XEBSD30P08000 50- B7 AA C 

XEBSD30P10000 50- B8 AA N C 

XEBSE30P08000 50- B9 AA C 

XEBSE30P10000 50- B10 AA C 

XEPSD30P06X00 50- B16 AA C 

XHBSD30P06000 50- B11 AA C 

XHBSD30P08000 50- B12 AA C 

XHBSE30P06000 50- B13 AA C 

XHBSE30P10000 50- B14 AA C 

XHPSD30P08K00 50- B15 AA N C 

XRESJ50-06000 50- W1 AA C 

XUBSD20P06000 50- B17 AA C 

XWHJZ62-02512 50- W4 AA N C 

XWHSD30-08100 

[0] 

50- W2 AA C 

0AV1390000106 18- 19 AE C 

″ 18- 20 AE C 

″ 18- 21 AE C 

0AV1390000107 18- 17 AC C 

0AV1390000108 18- 18 AC C 

″ 18- 27 AC C 

0AV1390000109 18- 7 AC C 

0AV1390000110 18- 15 AF C 

″ 18- 16 AF C 

0AV1390000124 18- 5 AT N C 

0AV1390000125 18- 28 AC N C 

0AV1390000126 18- 29 AC N C 

0AV1471020090 18- 13 AB C 

0AV1474720090 18- 10 AB C 

0AV1540000003 18- 12 AE C 

0AV1540000004 18- 1 AF C 

″ 18- 2 AF C 

0AV1610000004 18- 30 AC C 

0AV1610000029 18- 14 AC C 

0AV1610000046 18- 3 AD C 

″ 18- 4 AD C 

0AV1610000047 18- 6 AC C 

″ 18- 26 AC C 

0AV1610000054 18- 8 AD C 

0AV1610000060 18- 9 AC C 

0AV1610000061 18- 11 AD C 

0AV1610000062 18- 24 AE C 

0AV1650000003 18- 22 AD C 

″ 18- 23 AD C 

″ 18- 25 AD C 

0AV2011023010 18- 85 AA C 

″ 18- 88 AA C 

″ 18- 89 AA C 

0AV2011033010 18- 72 AA C 

″ 18- 83 AA C 

0AV2011043010 18- 90 AA C 

″ 18- 100 AA C 

0AV2011233010 18- 104 AA C 

0AV2011533010 18- 84 AA C 

0AV2012203020 18- 73 AA C 

– 31 – 




0AV2012233010 18- 103 AA C 

0AV2012733010 18- 79 AA C 

0AV2014723010 18- 101 AA C 

″ 18- 102 AA C 

0AV2014733020 18- 82 AB C 

0AV2014743030 18- 71 AA C 

0AV2016833030 18- 74 AC N C 

″ 18- 75 AC N C 

″ 18- 96 AC N C 

0AV2021023040 18- 95 AB C 

0AV2023903040 18- 78 AC C 

0AV2024703060 18- 97 AC C 

0AV2024783040 18- 76 AC C 

″ 18- 77 AC C 

0AV2028233040 18- 98 AF N C 

″ 18- 99 AF N C 

0AV2041513030 18- 87 AD N C 

0AV2043903030 18- 86 AD N C 

0AV2045603010 18- 81 AB C 

0AV2048203010 18- 80 AC C 

0AV2990002000 18- 94 AB C 

0AV2990010000 18- 92 AC C 

0AV2990014000 18- 93 AC C 

0AV2990015000 18- 91 AC C 

0AV3001015500 18- 69 AC B 

0AV3021002999 18- 70 AD N B 

0AV3041984000 18- 68 AQ N B 

0AV3050019000 18- 38 AF B 

0AV3050030000 18- 40 AA B 

″ 18- 43 AA B 

″ 18- 46 AA B 

0AV3050066000 18- 42 AH B 

0AV3050075000 18- 44 AF B 

0AV3060021000 18- 37 AB B 

0AV3060038000 18- 36 AH N B 

0AV3070093000 18- 39 AC B 

0AV3070099000 18- 41 AC N B 

″ 18- 45 AC N B 

0AV3080123100 18- 65 AF B 

0AV3080620100 18- 67 AH N B 

0AV3090041000 18- 54 AF B 

0AV3090056000 18- 53 AP B 

0AV3090060000 18- 55 AR B 

0AV3090065000 18- 56 AH N B 

0AV3160029000 18- 110 AF N B 

0AV3170001000 18- 107 AE B 

0AV3180000003 18- 66 AP B 

0AV4000100811 18- 108 AY N B 

0AV4050013000 18- 63 AE C 

0AV4050014000 18- 62 AE C 

″ 18- 64 AE C 

0AV4070051000 18- 57 AG N C 

″ 18- 58 AG N C 

0AV4120002000 18- 59 AC C 

″ 18- 60 AC C 

″ 18- 61 AC C 

0AV5030036000 18- 33 AC C 

0AV5030088000 18- 34 AD C 

0AV5030089000 18- 35 AG C 

0AV5030090000 18- 31 AD C 

0AV5030091000 18- 32 AE C 

0AV5040010000 18- 106 AP B 

0AV5050008000 18- 112 AC C 

0AV5060073000 18- 49 AG N A 

″ 18- 50 AG N A 

″ 18- 51 AG N A 

0AV5060074000 18- 47 AG N A 

″ 18- 52 AG N A 

0AV5070000012 18- 48 AF A 

0AV5080007000 18- 105 AT N B 

0AV5140019000 18- 109 AE N B 

0AV5180006000 18- 113 AD C 

0AV5190003000 18- 111 AF B 

0AV6114084711 18- 114 AH C 

0AV6114085811 18- 115 AK C 

0AV6114086811 18- 116 AE C 

0AV7510013000 18- 117 AB N C 

0AV7700017000 18- 118 AD C 

0AV8117730514 18- 119 AB C 

0AV8130730414 18- 120 AB C




0KW0910362001 10- 46 AC N C 

0KW0928300602 13- 12 AG N C 

0KW0928301902 13- 15 AL N C 

0KW0933382612 13- 3 AH N C 

0KW0933384002 13- 2 AF N C 

0KW0933390202 14- 6 AT N C 

0KW0933390302 14- 10 AT N C 

0KW0933392201 14- 5 AN N C 

0KW0933392301 14- 11 AN N C 

0KW0956202701 9- 62 AF C 

0KW0957010101 10- 50 AZ E 

0KW0957251103 13- 20 AG N C 

0KW0957320801 11- 7 AF C 

0KW0957321501 11- 4 AE C 

0KW0957551101 12- 23 AK N C 

0KW0957552702 12- 34 AF C 

0KW0972553101 12- 15 AE C 

0KW0992010224 11- 2 AV E 

0KW0992011903 9- 2 CA N E 

0KW0992012102 9- 67 AX B 

0KW0992039101 11- 13 BQ E 

0KW0992044301 10- 7 AS N C 

0KW0992048303 12- 13 CD N E 

0KW0992053901 10- 1 CA N E 

0KW0992075101 9- 47 BB C 

0KW0992075201 10- 29 AZ N C 

0KW0992075901 11- 9 BA N C 

0KW0992100601 8- 17 AF N C 

0KW0992101703 12- 2 AC N C 

0KW0992180126 8- 11 BH N C 

0KW0992180226 12- 3 AY N C 

0KW0992180302 8- 3 AQ N C 

0KW0992180401 8- 19 AL N C 

0KW0992180501 8- 21 AF N C 

0KW0992180601 12- 44 AE N C 

0KW0992180701 8- 23 AE N C 

0KW0992200117 9- 4 BG N D 

0KW0992200412 9- 29 AL N C 

0KW0992200512 9- 3 AQ N C 

0KW0992200603 10- 3 AF N C 

0KW0992200701 10- 2 AD N C 

0KW0992201201 10- 4 AD N C 

0KW0992201304 10- 31 AD N C 

0KW0992201902 10- 9 AF N C 

0KW0992202014 10- 11 AD N C 

0KW0992202101 10- 12 AC N C 

0KW0992202202 10- 32 AF N C 

0KW0992202301 9- 5 AD N C 

0KW0992202401 10- 24 AD N C 

0KW0992203301 9- 57 AC N C 

0KW0992203401 9- 30 AQ N C 

0KW0992203801 9- 63 AD N C 

0KW0992230413 8- 6 AG N C 

0KW0992230514 9- 13 AF N C 

0KW0992230712 9- 1 AP N C 

0KW0992230825 9- 18 AH N C 

0KW0992231002 8- 5 AG N C 

0KW0992231101 9- 61 AC N C 

″ 10- 33 AC N C 

0KW0992231314 9- 23 AF N C 

0KW0992232012 9- 7 AD N C 

0KW0992241202 10- 14 AF N C 

0KW0992241302 10- 13 AF N C 

0KW0992241402 9- 9 AD N C 

0KW0992242301 9- 64 AF N D 

0KW0992250102 9- 32 AL N C 

0KW0992250213 9- 27 AH N C 

0KW0992250301 9- 25 AG N C 

0KW0992250401 9- 26 AG N C 

0KW0992250512 9- 28 AH N C 

0KW0992250601 9- 35 AF N C 

0KW0992250701 9- 33 AG N C 

0KW0992250813 12- 7 AG N C 

0KW0992250901 12- 8 AF N C 

0KW0992251001 12- 12 AN N C 

0KW0992251112 12- 11 AD N C 

0KW0992251212 12- 10 AF N C 

0KW0992251301 12- 9 AC N C 

0KW0992251401 9- 34 AF N C 

0KW0992255001 12- 6 AF N C 




0KW0992255101 12- 5 AC N C 

0KW0992255202 12- 4 AF N C 

0KW0992280102 9- 8 AX N C 

0KW0992280201 9- 10 AQ N C 

0KW0992280301 9- 66 AF N C 

0KW0992280401 9- 78 AE N C 

0KW0992281201 9- 65 AH N C 

0KW0992300124 9- 24 AQ C 

0KW0992300202 9- 52 AR C 

0KW0992300301 10- 27 AF N C 

0KW0992300601 9- 43 AD N C 

″ 10- 17 AD N C 

0KW0992300701 10- 21 AD N C 

0KW0992300802 9- 19 AF N C 

0KW0992300901 9- 20 AD N C 

0KW0992301012 9- 15 AG N C 

0KW0992301102 9- 38 AD N C 

0KW0992301401 9- 37 AD N C 

0KW0992301502 9- 17 AD N C 

0KW0992301603 10- 22 AD N C 

0KW0992301804 9- 42 AD N C 

0KW0992301901 9- 16 AF N C 

0KW0992302112 9- 54 AF N C 

0KW0992302202 9- 48 AF N C 

0KW0992302401 10- 23 AN N C 

0KW0992302501 10- 30 AD N C 

0KW0992302902 9- 22 AM N C 

0KW0992303505 9- 44 AF N C 

0KW0992304001 9- 21 AC N C 

″ 13- 26 AC N C 

0KW0992304101 9- 46 AC N C 

0KW0992304513 10- 16 AD N C 

0KW0992305036 10- 15 AD N C 

0KW0992305201 9- 60 AC N C 

0KW0992305301 10- 41 AC N C 

0KW0992305501 10- 42 AG N C 

0KW0992310401 10- 28 AL N C 

0KW0992320102 10- 20 AG N C 

0KW0992320701 10- 18 AF N C 

0KW0992320801 10- 44 AC N C 

0KW0992350102 9- 49 AR N C 

0KW0992350205 9- 41 AN N C 

0KW0992350301 9- 40 AD N C 

0KW0992370601 12- 35 AF N C 

0KW0992370701 11- 6 AD N C 

0KW0992370901 11- 5 AD N C 

0KW0992371101 11- 3 AD N C 

0KW0992380101 11- 21 AF N C 

0KW0992380202 11- 22 AH N C 

0KW0992380301 10- 53 AF N C 

0KW0992381501 11- 1 AL N C 

0KW0992382013 11- 8 AV N C 

0KW0992401503 12- 14 AH N C 

0KW0992410112 9- 51 AP N C 

0KW0992420101 11- 16 BL C 

0KW0992420301 11- 15 AS N C 

0KW0992420412 11- 19 AH N C 

0KW0992420512 11- 14 AG N C 

0KW0992420601 11- 12 AG N C 

0KW0992420712 11- 10 AD N C 

0KW0992420812 11- 20 AC N C 

0KW0992421001 11- 11 AH N C 

0KW0992421301 11- 17 AG N C 

0KW0992421402 11- 18 AC N C 

0KW0992551201 12- 16 AL N C 

0KW0992551713 12- 19 AC N C 

0KW0992551801 12- 36 AD N C 

0KW0992551901 12- 37 AC N C 

0KW0992552101 12- 17 AH N C 

0KW0992552401 12- 21 AD N C 

0KW0992553103 12- 18 AF N C 

0KW0992553201 12- 30 AD N C 

0KW0992553303 12- 33 AH N C 

0KW0992554001 12- 24 BF C 

0KW0992554101 12- 25 BR C 

0KW0992554501 12- 45 AU N C 

0KW0992562501 12- 29 AQ N C 

0KW0992562601 12- 27 AN N C 

0KW0992563401 12- 22 AD N C 

0KW0992580602 12- 32 BT N C 

– 32 – 





0KW0992605202 9- 55 AL N C 

0KW0992605301 12- 39 AG N C 

0KW0992605413 10- 8 AQ N C 

0KW0992605501 10- 19 AU N C 

0KW0992605601 10- 5 AN N C 

0KW0992606101 10- 38 AN N C 

0KW0992606604 12- 20 AQ N C 

0KW0992606801 9- 68 AQ N C 

0KW0992610401 9- 31 BF B 

0KW0992621213 9- 39 AV B 

0KW0992650601 12- 31 BF N B 

0KW0992671301 12- 28 BB B 

0KW0992671501 12- 26 AZ B 

0KW0992731301 12- 40 AD N D 

0KW0997231203 10- 49 AH N C 

0KW0997605101 10- 51 AL N C 

0KW0997605201 10- 47 AM N C 

0KW0997610201 8- 4 BC B 

0KW0997621204 10- 6 BV E 

0KW0997630101 10- 48 AN B 

0KW1200123602 9- 53 AC N C 

0KW1200312003 13- 13 AD N C 

0KW4150010103 13- 32 BS N E 

0KW4150020201 13- 23 AX N C 

0KW4150102902 13- 19 AH N C 

0KW4150104301 13- 27 AR C 

0KW4150180103 13- 5 AU N C 

0KW4150180201 13- 4 AX N C 

0KW4150180303 13- 34 AY N C 

0KW4150180714 14- 1 BC N C 

0KW4150180812 14- 2 AE N C 

0KW4150180901 13- 9 AP N C 

0KW4150181001 13- 33 AP N C 

0KW4150181301 13- 1 AG N C 

0KW4150181502 14- 8 AN N C 

0KW4150181703 13- 30 AN N C 

0KW4150181901 13- 28 AP N C 

0KW4150182001 13- 11 AV N C 

0KW4150182201 13- 31 AL N C 

0KW4150182402 14- 4 AL N C 

0KW4150182518 14- 7 BL N C 

0KW4150182602 14- 9 AF N C 

0KW4150182712 14- 12 AK N C 

0KW4150182801 14- 22 AE N C 

0KW4150183101 13- 16 AG N C 

0KW4150183201 13- 14 AF N C 

0KW4150183301 13- 17 AF N C 

0KW4150183602 13- 29 AH N C 

0KW4150184501 13- 6 AD N C 

0KW4150184601 13- 7 AD N C 

0KW4150184701 13- 41 AF N C 

0KW4150184801 13- 45 AF N C 

0KW4150184901 13- 44 AF N C 

0KW4150185001 13- 43 AD N C 

0KW4150185101 14- 23 AD N C 

0KW4150186601 14- 18 AF N C 

0KW4150187501 14- 24 AL N C 

0KW4150620101 13- 18 BT B 

0KW4150731312 14- 13 AF N D 

0KW9335141031 9- 36 BA B 

″ 12- 38 BA B 

0KW9383251011 9- 58 AD N C 

0KW9384131091 13- 42 AC N C 

0KW9384131111 10- 37 AC N C 

0KW9646030613 12- 42 AB C 

0KW9646030813 9- 73 AB N C 

0KW9646040813 13- 39 AC N C 

0KW9721040001 9- 77 AB N C 

″ 13- 40 AB N C 

0KW9733031013 12- 43 AB C 

0KW9733031413 9- 76 AB N C 

0KW9735030613 9- 71 AB C 

″ 10- 56 AB C 

0KW9735030813 9- 75 AC N C 

″ 10- 55 AC N C 

0KW9735031213 10- 58 AB C 

0KW9739030613 11- 24 AB N C 

0KW9739030813 8- 22 AB C 

″ 9- 72 AB C 

″ 10- 54 AB C





0KW9739030813 11- 23 AB C 

″ 12- 41 AB C 

″ 14- 14 AB C 

0KW9742030813 9- 70 AB N C 

″ 10- 57 AB N C 

″ 11- 25 AB N C 

″ 13- 35 AB N C 

0KW9742031013 13- 36 AB N C 

0KW9743030813 13- 37 AB N C 

0KW9770030613 13- 38 AC N C 

0KW9770030813 9- 74 AC N C 


– 33 – 





RANK MARK RANK

CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT 

(Danish) ADVARSEL ! 

Lithiumbatteri-Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering. 

Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri 

af samme fabrikat og type. 

Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren. 

(English) Caution ! 

Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. 

Replace only with the same or equivalent type 

recommended by the equipment manufacturer. 

Discard used batteries according to manufacturer’s instructions. 

(Finnish) VAROITUS 

Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. 

Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan 

tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden 

mukaisesti. 

(French) ATTENTION 

Il y a danger d’explosion s’ il y a remplacement incorrect 

de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du 

même type ou d’un type recommandé par le constructeur. 

Mettre au rébut les batteries usagées conformément aux 

instructions du fabricant. 

(Swedish) VARNING 

Explosionsfare vid felaktigt batteribyte. 

Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent 

typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. 

Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens 

instruktion. 

(German) Achtung 

Explosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien. 

Als Ersatzbatterien dürfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ oder 

vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden. 

Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom 

Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen. 



COPYRIGHT © 1997 BY SHARP CORPORATION 

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 

No part of this publication may be reproduced, 

stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in 

any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, 

photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without 

prior written permission of the publisher. 

SHARP CORPORATION 

Communication Systems Group 

Quality & Reliability Control Center 

Higashihiroshima, Hiroshima 739-01, Japan 

Printed in U.K. 

9712-403NS•IS•J

SERVICE MANUAL FACSIMILE MODEL FO-4500

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?